<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=IDT-5</id>
		<title>ICIHelp8.2 - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=IDT-5"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/IDT-5"/>
		<updated>2026-05-12T07:07:18Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.25.2</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Icertis_Business_Apps&amp;diff=11250</id>
		<title>Icertis Business Apps</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Icertis_Business_Apps&amp;diff=11250"/>
				<updated>2019-10-14T05:30:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM Business Applications =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM Business Applications, built on the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform, help customers address specific business requirements and get even more out of their investment in the ICM platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Sourcing Application ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Sourcing application places contracts at the center of the sourcing process to ensure compliance, minimize risk, and create long term strategic agility. Get full visibility into supplier’s risk profile and ensure compliance throughout the procurement process. Leverage AI/ML based contract terms and clause recommendations to better negotiate RFx events and surface opportunities for savings. Perform side-by-side analysis of bids or proposals, and score them with both qualitative and quantitative criteria. Get a complete view of your relationship with suppliers including current and past contracts, historical performance and complete risk profile for a unified view for sourcing events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Obligation Management Application ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Obligation Management application enables companies to better manage their commitments and to realize the full value of their entitlements. This helps optimize business performance, and protects organizations from reputational, commercial and financial risks. Built on the ICM platform and infused with artificial intelligence, the new app transforms how organizations identify, create, manage and fulfill obligations that were previously hidden in complex contract language. The app includes automatic obligation discovery, powerful rule-based obligation ownership, workflow tools to ensure seamless obligation fulfillment, and sophisticated analytics – all designed to protect your business and maximize the ROI of your relationships.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Extend Contract Type definition to be able to describe the Application Type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application Type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp;The access privileges for Business Applications such as Sourcing, are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:''' [[ICM_Sourcing_Application|ICM Sourcing App]] | [[ICM_Mobile_App|ICM Mobile App]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Microsoft_Dynamics_CRM&amp;diff=10953</id>
		<title>Microsoft Dynamics CRM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Microsoft_Dynamics_CRM&amp;diff=10953"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T12:47:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Microsoft Dynamics CRM =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this guide is to document the process of: &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Configuring ICM with Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Mapping data entities and saved searches from ICM to Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The guide also describes how to use Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector for standard scenarios.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The document is primarily intended for:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrators, who configure ICM and Microsoft Dynamics Connector &lt;br /&gt;
*Other users who work with Agreements in ICM &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector allows you to access the full suite of ICM functionality within Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; With the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector, you can integrate data between Microsoft Dynamics CRM and other enterprise applications, Web Services, XML data sources, legacy systems and simple and complex flat- tiles. Whether your connection is with cloud, mobile or on premise software applications, you will be able to integrate quickly with a wizard-driven interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting up ICM in Microsoft Dynamics ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prerequisites ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Microsoft Dynamics CRM Organization &lt;br /&gt;
*System Administrator privileges to install and configure the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector &lt;br /&gt;
*Respective ICM instance should be configured on the system &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To integrate ICM with Microsoft Dynamics CRM 365:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1. '''Log on''' to Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The Dynamics CRM 365 home page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2. '''Click''' the drop-down arrow next to Dynamic 365 and '''select''' ''Sales Hub''. The ''Sales Activity Dashboard'' opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sales'' and '''select''' ''Settings''. The ''Settings'' section opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-3.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. '''Click''' ''Solutions'' under ''Customizations''. The ''All Solutions'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-4.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5. '''Click''' the ''Solution Package''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon. The ''Select Solution Package'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-5.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6. '''Select''' the solution which you have downloaded from AppSource to your local drive.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-7.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8. '''Click''' ''Import''. The ''Import Options'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9. After the ''Importing'' process is complete, the ''Import Solution'' page opens. The imported solution is visible on the ''All Solutions'' page.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Close'' to close the ''Import Solution'' page.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;11. '''Click''' ''Publish All Customizations'' on the ''All Solutions'' page. The ''Publishing Customizations'' pop-up opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-10.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-11.png|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12. After all customizations are published successfully, ''ICM Solution'' opens in the list of solutions on ''All Solutions'' page in Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM-12.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring ICM Solution ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure ICM Solution only after you have installed Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector. For more information about ICM App installation in Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector, see ''Configuring CRM Dynamics 365 in ICM''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuring the ICM Solution ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To configure the ICM Solution:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1. '''Click''' ''Settings'' on the top navigation bar and navigate to ''Solutions''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Click''' ''ICMSolution'' on ''All Solutions'' page. The ''ICM Setting'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring the ICM Solution-1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]\&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following text boxes are available on this page, which can be set as per the requirement:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Client Type'': It is the name of the client that will be mapped with ICM. This value does not require any changes.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Version'': It is the ICM version mapped with CRM.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Base URL'': It is the URL of the ICM instance that is mapped with CRM.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Context URL'': It is the specific URL of the ICM instance using which ICM application can be accessed through CRM. This URL is used to display the ICM user interface in CRM.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''API URL'': It is the specific URL of the ICM API.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The following are names of the APIs to validate the token to authenticate the user accessing ICM APIs. These values do not require any changes.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Validate User Token API''&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Execute Saved Search URL''&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Get Config URL'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Quick Contract URL'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''API Key'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Create Contract Caption'': This field defines the title/header of the ''Create Contract'' page in CRM.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Create Contract Request Caption'': This field defines the title/header of the ''Create Contract Request'' page in CRM. &lt;br /&gt;
*''View Contract Caption'': This field defines the title/header of the ''View Contract'' page. &lt;br /&gt;
*''View Contract Request'': This field defines the title/header of the ''View Contract Request'' page. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Saved Search'': It is the unique name of the saved search created in ICM. '''Replace '''the appropriate value of ''ICMSavedSearchName'' in this field that contains the existing JSON. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Hide Contract Request Section On'': '''Type '''the comma separated unique names CRM entities for which you want to hide the ''Contract Request'' section. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Enable One Click Contract Creation'': '''Select '''this checkbox to enable creating a Contract from CRM with a single-click. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Allow Redirect'': '''Select '''''Yes'' or ''No'' to enable or disable the logging. Enabling the logging helps tracking the errors occurring on any environment for which logging is enabled.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Logging Level'': '''Select '''the logging level from ''Info'', ''Error'' or ''All'' from the drop-down.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**''Info'': Selecting this option logs basic information and data about the processes occurring at the back-end. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Error'': Selecting this option logs the errors thrown by the system if any.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**''All'': Selecting this option logs all the information as well as the errors thrown by the system.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Quick Create Configurations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1. '''Click''' the plus&amp;amp;nbsp;icon next to ''Quick Create Configurations'' if you have enabled creating the Contract with a single-click.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Quick Create Configurations-1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2. '''Type''' or '''select''' the information in the following fields.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Button Label'': '''Type''' the text that you want to view as the button label in ''Contract'' or ''Contract Request'' sections when creating a Contract or Contract Request with a single-click. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Active'': '''Select''' this checkbox to enable the button in the ''Contract or Contract Request'' section. Only the buttons selected as ''Active ''will be available in the ''ICM ''section on the CRM user interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Button Type'': '''Select''' ''Contract'' or ''Contract Type'' from this drop-down based on your requirement. This is a drop-down just to specify the button type. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Entities'': '''Type''' and '''select''' the entities from this field where you want to make this button available. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Action'': '''Select''' the action you want the system to perform after clicking ''Quick Contract''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can select one of the following actions: &lt;br /&gt;
**Create: '''Select '''this option to only create the Contract. The Contract is not visible to anyone until it is published. You (primary owner) can only make necessary changes to the Contract. If you have selected button type as ''Contract Request'' you can only '''create''' it and not perform any other action.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**''Create'' ''and Publish'': '''Select''' this option to create and publish the Contract. After publishing, other users with adequate privileges can take actions on the Contract. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Create'' ''and Send for Approval'': '''Select''' this option to create and send the Contract for Approval.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
*''Contract Type'': It is the unique name of the Contract Type in ICM that you want to create with a single-click. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Delete'': '''Select''' this button to delete the row from this page which also removes the button from the user interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enabling Single Sign-On&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to setup single sign-on for CRM to work seamlessly with ICM. For more information about setting up single sign-on refer to:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [https://community.dynamics.com/crm/b/microsoftdynamicscrmsolutions/archive/2016/11/11/sso-configuration-for-crm-portal https://community.dynamics.com/crm/b/microsoftdynamicscrmsolutions/archive/2016/11/11/sso-configuration-for-crm-portal&amp;amp;nbsp;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with Saved Searches&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the ''Advanced Search'' option to search for existing entities. You can save these searches and pin them as ''Favorites ''for easy access. Saved searches can be opened for easy access to the search results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Performing a Search to Save ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1. '''Click''' the ''Search'' tile at the top right corner on ''My Dashboard'' page. The ''Advanced Search'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. In the ''Please select Entities to Search field'', '''enter''' or '''select''' appropriate entities from the list and '''type''' the keywords to search in the ''Enter Search here'' field.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:Performing a Search to Save-1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3. '''Select''' from each of the following options:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Metadata'': the search is performed in the metadata of the selected Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Full Text'': the search is performed within the contents of the document of the selected Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. After selecting either of the above options, '''click '''the ''Search'' icon. The list of search results is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5. To refine your search further, navigate to the ''Search'' For field. '''Click''' ''Select Field'' and '''select''' an option from the list displayed. The number in the bracket indicates the number of items available containing that search term. You can select multiple options. For example, '''selecting '''the field ''Status'' displays the number of Agreements that have the ''Status as Draft'', ''Approved'', ''Terminated'', ''Superseded'' and so on. If you select the status as ''Draft'' (select the checkbox next to Draft), all Agreements in ''Draft'' state are displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6. A list of these Agreements is displayed as the search result in a tabular format. Enhance your search using wild cards as follows:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;Type a search term in between the star characters *...*. It displays the existing items which include the respective search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; Type *...Prefix* to a search term. It displays the existing items which end with this term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; Type *...Suffix * to a search term. It displays the existing items which start with this term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;Type a search term in double quotes &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;. It displays the existing items which include the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;Type...(space)...&amp;amp;nbsp;multiple search terms with a space in between. It displays the existing items which include the search terms.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Saving a Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the search criteria defined and need to use it repeatedly, it is recommended to save the search. To configure Saved Search, we need some Data mapping which includes CRM Account and Opportunity ID (which is 18 digit of alphanumeric reference value). Hence, when defining the mapping of a CRM Opportunity with Contract Request, create a field/Attribute in that Contract Request that will hold the CRM Opportunity Id. You can similarly create an Attribute for the Account ID reference. After creating these required mappings, you can use the Saved Search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To save the search:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the Save icon. This opens the '''''Save Search''''' window. Set the parameters for this Saved Search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type '''the name for the search. Use a name that you can easily associate with this search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Click''' ''Yes'' to make it a global search. This allows all users of the selected Security Groups and Organization units to view it. '''Select''' ''No'' to save this search locally so that it will only be visible to the person creating it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Only the Administrator can save global searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Specify''' the Advanced Parameters as follows:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Saving a Search-1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;A search defined as a Smart Link cannot be set as a Dashboard tile.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;For a global search, the Administrator needs to create a Security Group and give access to the specific users. Only those users can see that Saved Search in the list and add it as a Dashboard tile.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Updating Saved Search Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this feature, the CRM Administrator can map any of the entity level or parent level Attribute for executing Saved Search provided the Saved Search is created in ICM as per the Attribute configured in CRM.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; If you do not configure the Attribute in CRM, the Saved Search is executed based on the CRM record System ID. The Contracts or Contract Requests will be retrieved from ICM to CRM provided the saved search in ICM is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mapping Data between ICM and Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the ''Configuration ''tile in the ICM application to specify the mapping details between CRM and ICM. Data Mapping involves the following two primary tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Creating Masterdata Contract Type &lt;br /&gt;
*Creating Masterdata records for mapping entities&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Support for different Attribute Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Multi-Select Attribute'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*This enables in creating an Agreement in CRM that contains multi-select Attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
*When you select multiple attributes in CRM for the Contract, it must be mapped with the multi-select fields in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lookup Attribute'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*This enables creating an Agreement in CRM that contains Lookup Attributes. &lt;br /&gt;
*When you select lookup attributes in CRM for the Contract, it must be mapped with the appropriate Masterdata record in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File Attachment&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*This enables creating an Agreement in CRM with attachments added in the Notes section. &lt;br /&gt;
*When you add an attachment to an Agreement created in CRM, it must be mapped with the appropriate Association added to the Agreement in ICM. The files in the Notes section are mapped to the File Selection Attribute in Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Masterdata Contract Type ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to the ICM application.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'' on ICM Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Masterdata Contract Type-1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3. '''Click''' ''Create Contract Type'' on the ''Configuration'' page. The ''Select Contract Type'' page opens displaying the following options:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Associated Document&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Request &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Masterdata'' on the ''Select Contract Type'' page and '''click''' Next. The ''Create Contract Type'' page opens displaying the following five sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Details&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Display Preference &lt;br /&gt;
*Team &lt;br /&gt;
*Verify &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Details'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Enter the following information on this page:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Contract Type Name'': '''Type''' the name in this field as Client App Entity Mapping. This Contract Type is used for mapping entities between ICM and CRM.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Contract Type Code'': Every Contract Type is assigned a unique ID known as the Contract Type code. It is auto-generated when you create the Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Enable Approval Workflow'': '''Select '''Yes to enable the approval workflow.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Two Column Attribute Layout'': ''Select'' Yes to enable a two-column Attribute layout.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Attributes'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Click the plus&amp;amp;nbsp;icon and create the following Attributes in ICM because the integration between CRM and ICM is restricted to the use of these Attributes only.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Name &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Entity Name &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Entity Name &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Attribute Name &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Attribute Name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the Attributes mentioned above already exist, use the &amp;amp;nbsp; arrow to move them to the Selected Attribute list.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6. When creating each of the above Attributes, ensure that you retain the following default settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Data Type'': String &lt;br /&gt;
*''Is Default'': Off &lt;br /&gt;
*''Is Editable'': On &lt;br /&gt;
*''Is Mandatory'': Off &lt;br /&gt;
*''Tracking Attribute'': Off &lt;br /&gt;
*''Is Unique'': Off &lt;br /&gt;
*''Defined by Rule'': Off &lt;br /&gt;
*''Is Inherit'': Off &lt;br /&gt;
*''Is Searchable'': On &lt;br /&gt;
*''Is Conditional'': Off &lt;br /&gt;
*''Is Lookup'': Off &lt;br /&gt;
*''Is Localized'': Off&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Display Preference'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select''' any four attributes that you want to display on the ''agreement tile'' view.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the plus&amp;amp;nbsp;icon or '''select '''the following attributes from the ''Available Attributes'' and '''click''' Next.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The ''Team'' section is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Client Name &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Entity Name &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Attribute Name &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Entity Name &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Attribute Name&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Relationship Key &lt;br /&gt;
*Data Flow Type &lt;br /&gt;
*Enable Sync &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Events&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Masterdata Contract Type-3.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Team'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;9. Click the plus&amp;amp;nbsp;icon to add an approver to the Contract Type Masterdata team.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:Creating a Masterdata Contract Type-4.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Verify'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Verify''' the information you entered. '''Click''' ''Create''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11. Send the Contract Type for approval.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12. After the Masterdata is approved, '''publish''' the Masterdata Contract Type to make it available for Agreement creation.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Masterdata Contract Type-5.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Creating Masterdata for Mapping the Entities&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a Masterdata record for the Contract Type Masterdata that you created earlier. This helps in mapping the entities between CRM and ICM. ICM allows mapping this data from any CRM entity such as Opportunity, Account, or Quote to a Contract Request or Agreement by creating the Masterdata record in ICM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the Masterdata record:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration on My Dashboard''. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata for Mapping the Entities-1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Click''' ''Masterdata'' on the ''Configuration'' page. The ''Masterdata'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata for Mapping the Entities-2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Click''' ''Create Masterdata'' on the Masterdata page. The ''Create Masterdata'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata for Mapping the Entities-3.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4. '''Complete''' the information in the following sections:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata Details&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Attributes&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Next'' at the end of ''Masterdata Details'' section to go to the ''Attributes'' section and complete creating the Masterdata record.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Masterdata Details&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6. '''Select''' the ''Category ''from the drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type Masterdata that you created earlier. For the purpose of mapping the data between ICM and CRM, '''select '''''Client App Entity Mapping''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata for Mapping the Entities-4.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8. '''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Attributes'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the plus&amp;amp;nbsp;icon or select the following Attributes from the ''Available Attributes''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Name &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Entity Name &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Entity Name &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Reference Key &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Reference Key &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Attributes'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;This section displays the Attributes that you created when creating the Contract Type Masterdata. Complete the following details on this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Masterdata Code'': Each Masterdata you create is assigned a unique ID. It is auto-generated when you create the Masterdata. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Name'': '''Type '''the name of the Masterdata record you are creating for mapping with ICM.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Ensure that the name you give to the Masterdata record is unique and can be identified easily. For example, you can use the following name for mapping: ''CRM_Acct_Agr_AccountName''. This example clearly states that you are creating a mapping for an Agreement with a CRM Account (CRM Acct) entity and the Attribute that you are mapping is the Account Name on Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Client Name'': This helps in defining the mapping with the external system. For example, add CRM in the Client Name field to define the mapping between ICM and CRM. &lt;br /&gt;
*''ICM Entity Name'': '''Type '''the ICM Agreement Contract Type for which you are creating this mapping.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''ICM Attribute Name'': '''Type''' the ICM Attribute Name of the Contract Type Masterdata that you created earlier where the CRM data will appear.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Client Entity Name'': This is the CRM side entity name (technical name) for which you are defining the mapping between ICM and CRM. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Client Attribute Name'': '''Type''' the CRM side Attribute name (technical name). It is the CRM side Attribute name (technical name) for the client entity name that you mapped. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Data Flow Type'': This defines the direction of mapping for the data flow. You can select from any of the following data flow types: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Client to ICM'': '''Select''' this option if you want the data mapping from CRM to ICM. If you create the Agreement from CRM, the respective CRM entity value will populate in the ICM attribute. When you want to create or update the data from CRM to ICM, ensure that you select the flow as Client to ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
**''ICM to Client'': '''Select''' this option if you want the data mapping to happen from ICM to CRM.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**''Both'': Select this option if you want to use the same mapping for data flow from ICM to CRM and CRM to ICM.   &lt;br /&gt;
*''Enable Sync'': '''Select''' Yes if you want the data mapping to synchronize the data from CRM to ICM. This option works only if you select the data flow as Client to ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Contract Events'': It is used to synchronize data from ICM to CRM. You can enter the events that happen in the Contract lifecycle such as Created, Approved, and Executed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Save'' to save the Masterdata record and enable mapping between ICM and CRM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a Contract Request if your organization does not provide the privileges to create a contract directly.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To create a Contract Request from an Opportunity:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector using your credentials. The ''Sales Activity Dashboard'' opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity-1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Select''' ''Opportunities'' under ''Sales'' on the top navigation bar. The ''Open Opportunities'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity-2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3. '''Select''' the opportunity for which you want to create a Request on the ''Open Opportunities'' page. The ''Opportunity Summary'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity-3.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. On the ''Opportunity Summary'' page, '''scroll''' down to the ''ICM ''section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5. '''Click''' the plus&amp;amp;nbsp;icon next to the Contract Request. The Create Contract Request page opens. The options available on this page indicate the type of Contract for which you are creating this Request.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6. '''Select''' the ''Category'' and ''Request Type'' based on the Request you are creating and '''click '''''Next''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity-4.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Specify''' the details of the Request on various sections of this page. The following table describes the fields that are typically found on this page:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-caption&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity-5.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-caption&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity-6.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Request Summary'' page opens. You can '''click '''Save if you want to save the changes and create the Request later.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity-7.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9. '''Click''' ''Create Request''. The ''Opportunity Summary'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10. '''Click''' ''ICM'' on the top navigation bar. Then, '''click '''''Contract Requests''. The ''Contract Request'' page opens showing the list of available Requests.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11. '''Click''' ''View'' next to the Request you created. The ''Request Details'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12.&amp;amp;nbsp;Use the buttons in the table below to perform a desired action:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity-8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity-9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Contract from Opportunity&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The process of creating a contract from ICM in Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector is dependent on the workflow implemented in your organization.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To create a Contract from an Opportunity:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to Microsoft Dynamics CRM connector using your credentials. The ''Sales Activity Dashboard'' opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Select''' ''Opportunities'' under ''Sales ''on the top navigation bar. The ''Open Opportunities'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Select''' ''Opportunities'' from the drop-down list under Sales on the top navigation bar of your Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector page. The ''Open Opportunities'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-3.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4. '''Click''' the ''Opportunity ''from the list to create a Contract from Opportunity. The ''Opportunity Summary ''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-4.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5. On the ''Opportunity Summary'' page, scroll down to the ''ICM ''section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-5.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6. '''Click '''the plus&amp;amp;nbsp;icon next to ''Contract''. The ''Create Contract'' page opens in Microsoft Dynamics CRM connector.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;Complete the following details in the sections below and '''click '''Next.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Contract Type Details&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8. Enter the following information in this section:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-7.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Attributes'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; This section contains the attributes that the primary owner selected while creating the Contract Type for the Agreement. Now, you are creating a contract using the same Contract Type. You can also save the details at any stage and return to this page to complete the Agreement later. The attributes displayed in this section vary based on the Contract Type you select.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Some Attributes are described here:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-10.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Template Name'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; This section displays the Templates that you created for the selected Contract Type. This section opens only if you select ''Own ''type of paper to create the Agreement. '''Select '''the Template from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-11.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Verify'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the last step in the Agreement creation process. The details in this section appear based on the Attributes and sections you used to create this Agreement. You can perform the following actions on this page:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Previous'' to go back and make any changes to the Agreement. ''Click ''Next to return to this section after making the required changes. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Create ''to create the Agreement in Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector. After you create the Agreement, it is not visible to all users until it is published by its Primary Owner. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Create and Publish'' to create and publish the Agreement. After the Agreement is published, it becomes visible to other users and a Draft watermark opens on the Agreement in all states until it is approved by designated approver. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Create and Send'' for Approval to create and send the Agreement for approval. The Agreement is sent to the approvers that are set by rule for the Contract Type selected for this Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-12.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9. After you create the Agreement, the ''Summary ''page opens. You can perform the following actions on the ''Summary ''page:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Download All'' to download and save the Agreement and all its Associated Documents on your local computer. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Download ''to save the Agreement on your local computer. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Upload Document'' to upload the document in ICM application. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Confidential ''to move the Agreement to a confidential Organization Unit. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Edit ''to go back and make changes to the Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Delete ''to delete the Agreement from ICM application. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Cancel ''to cancel the process of creating Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Lock ''to restrict any other user from taking action on the Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Collaborate'' to share the Agreement with External users. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Assemble Contract ''to include the Associated Documents with the Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Request Review'' to send the Agreement for review. You can send the ''Agreement ''for review to an internal or external (third party) reviewer. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Send for Approval'' to send the Agreement for approval. The Agreement is sent to the approvers that are set by rule for the Contract Type selected for this Agreement. If there is no approver in the Agreement team, the status of the Agreement changes to ''Approved ''automatically. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:Creating a Contract from Opportunity-13.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; After the Agreement is created in Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector it is available in ICM in the Draft state. You can send the Agreement for approval through Microsoft Dynamics CRM Connector, however, approve and reject actions on the Agreement can only happen through ICM.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Single-click creation of ICM Contracts and Contract Requests from within Microsoft Dynamics CRM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM integration with Microsoft Dynamics CRM now enables creating an ICM Contract through Microsoft Dynamics CRM with a single-click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, when creating an ICM Contract in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, the user was required to go through the entire ''New Contract ''creation wizard even if all the form values were pre-filled based on the existing CRM data. With this enhancement, you can now configure and enable the ''Quick Create ''button on the Microsoft Dynamics CRM interface to create an ICM Contract without having to navigate through multiple form pages. A similar single-click creation capability has also been added to the ICM Contract Request in Microsoft Dynamics CRM integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Support for synchronizing additional Attributes in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM integration with Microsoft Dynamics CRM is now enhanced with support for the following entities, provided the appropriate mapping configuration is present in ICM:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Multi-select and Lookup Attributes: When a user is required to select multiple or lookup values for a particular field in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, they are mapped and synchronized to the corresponding multi-select or lookup fields in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*File Attachment: Now, user has the ability of synchronizing the documents (in all ICM supported file formats) from the Notes section of Microsoft Dynamics CRM to ICM, on creation of a Contract from Microsoft Dynamics CRM. This can be achieved by creating appropriate mapping to the available file type attributes in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Increased flexibility to configure ICM Contract and Contract Request lists within Microsoft Dynamics CRM entities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, Microsoft Dynamics CRM administrator can configure the list of Contracts and Contract Requests displayed in Microsoft Dynamics CRM entities like Opportunity, Accounts etc., on the basis of other custom attributes, for example, Region, Country etc., rather than the Microsoft Dynamics CRM system ID. If a specific criterion is not provided, the list of Contracts or Contract Requests will be filtered on the basis of Microsoft Dynamics CRM system ID by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration for allowing user to start or stop redirecting to ICM iframe in CRM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;With this release, CRM administrator can now allow the user to stay on the Agreement Details page in CRM after creating the Agreement. This enables the user in avoiding to navigate through the CRM user interface to access the Agreement that was created. The CRM administrator can configure the Allow Redirect field on the Configuration page in CRM.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Allow Redirect SP7.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Related Topics:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]'''&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;'''[[Configuration|Configuration]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Integrations|Integrations]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Using_Adobe_Sign&amp;diff=10952</id>
		<title>Using Adobe Sign</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Using_Adobe_Sign&amp;diff=10952"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T12:41:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Using Adobe Sign =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sending an Own Paper Agreement for Electronic Signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic signatures are done through ''Adobe&amp;amp;nbsp;Sign (''or&amp;amp;nbsp;''DocuSign)''. External signatories can choose one of these applications if they wish to do electronic signatures. Refer to&amp;amp;nbsp;Sending an Agreement for Third Party Signature&amp;amp;nbsp; for details on sending the Agreement to external signatories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sign an Agreement electronically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Open '''the e-mail you receive from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Adobe Sign (or DocuSign).''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click '''''Review Document.''&amp;amp;nbsp;The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Please review &amp;amp; Act on These Documents&amp;amp;nbsp;''window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Signature mail.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''the ''I agree...''check box'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;'''''and&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Continue'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;'''This enables the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Fields'' menu in the left panel.&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:I agree.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''If you are using Internet Explorer,&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Allow&amp;amp;nbsp;at&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;tracking physical location&amp;amp;nbsp;message''.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the document, sender may mark few fields that appear with a text box next to the field name. Fill the appropriate information in appropriate text box. e.g. title, company.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Sign'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;next to&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;Signature''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Adopt Your Signature window''&amp;amp;nbsp;is displayed if you are signing the document for the first time.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:Sign1.jpg|720px|RTENOTITLE]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If you have signed before, the system inserts the signature that you used when you signed&amp;amp;nbsp;for the first time.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5. Verify your ''Full Name'', ''Initials'', and ''Signature''. Your Full Name and Initials appear as they are entered at the time of your user creation process.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adopt your signature.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You cannot change the signature style&amp;amp;nbsp;once it appears on&amp;amp;nbsp;the document.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Finish''. You receive a notification stating your signature process is completed. The status of the agreement changes to ''Waiting For Internal Signature''. An e-mail is sent to the internal signatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Internal Signatory can follow steps 1 to 9 to sign the Agreement electronically. Once signed, the status of the Agreement changes to ''Executed''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;A notification email is sent to the Primary Owner, Internal Signatory and External Signatory.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7. '''Verify''' your signature on&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Style'' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Change Style'' to change the style of your signature and initials. This displays a list of alternate styles. Use scroll arrows to scroll through the signatures.&amp;amp;nbsp;Select from the list of styles. &lt;br /&gt;
*Alternatively, '''click''' the ''Draw'' tab to draw your own signature. '''Click''' ''Clear'' to clear the signature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''Click''' ''Adopt And Sign''. The Signature and Initials appear on&amp;amp;nbsp;the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All ''Executed'' Agreements signed using Adobe Sign, include an audit log of key details in the signature flow, such as:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The specific actions performed, such a document created, emailed, viewed and electronically signed &lt;br /&gt;
*Name of the user that performed these actions &lt;br /&gt;
*Time stamp of when those actions were completed &lt;br /&gt;
*IP address of the user that completed the actions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is disabled by default and can be enabled from the Global Account Settings of Adobe Sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sending an Agreement for Third Party Signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an Agreement is approved,&amp;amp;nbsp;the Primary Owner can send it for external signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': For the Agreements that are signed outside ICM, you can choose to skip the Signature workflow manually, by selecting the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Fully Signed&amp;amp;nbsp;''option from the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Signature Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list on the ''Create Agreement'' page. This moves the Agreement from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Approved&amp;amp;nbsp;''to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Executed&amp;amp;nbsp;''state directly&amp;amp;nbsp;without clicking on the ''Send for Signature'' button. If there are approvers, the Agreement moves to ''Executed'' state after the last approver approves it.&amp;amp;nbsp;This option is available while creating Agreements, Assignments, Amendments, and Termination Agreements, if configured in the ''Contract Type''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create agreement fully signed.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;External signatory can choose to sign the Agreement:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Manually:&amp;amp;nbsp;the primary owner emails a PDF of the agreement to the external signatory. The signatory prints the document, signs it and emails back a scanned copy. The primary or secondary owners upload&amp;amp;nbsp;the signed copy of the agreement into ICM, at which point it's status becomes executed. &lt;br /&gt;
*Electronically: ICM uses Adobe Sign and DocuSign for electronic signatures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To send an Agreement to an external signatory, '''click''' ''Send For External Signature''&amp;amp;nbsp;in the &amp;lt;a href=&amp;quot;Agreement%20Details%20Page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Agreement Details Page&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;. The External Signatory receives an&amp;amp;nbsp;email from Adobe Sign or Docusign in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:New format.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The status of the Agreement changes to ''Waiting For External Signature''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sending an Agreement for Wet Signature using Adobe Sign's- Print sign and upload option&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the Print, sign and upload option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the Wet Signatures Only option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the Print, sign and upload option of Adobe Sign.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*If the Wet Signatures Only option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the Print, sign and upload option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the Print, sign and upload option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s Print-Sign-Upload option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the Wet Signature Only option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the Approved state.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To&amp;amp;nbsp;send an Agreement for Wet (manual) signature:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Agreement Management&amp;amp;nbsp;''on the Dashboard. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Agreement Management&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Create Agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;''on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Agreement Management&amp;amp;nbsp;''page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Create and Send for Approval.&amp;amp;nbsp;''The Agreement is sent to the selected Signatory and the Agreement status changes.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. On receiving the Agreement, the signatory has to&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click''' the ''Click here to review and sign'' hyperlink. The ''Adobe Sign'' page opens displaying the Agreement sent for Signature.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Review Sign Agreement-7.9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Print, sign and upload ''option from the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Alternative actions ''drop-down''. The Print, sign and upload ''window opens''.''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Print sign upload-7.9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Continue'' so that you can download the Agreement, print it, sign/initial where required, scan it and then upload it back to the ''Adobe Sign'' page.''&amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:Print sign upload 1-7.9.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Close''' the popup window that explains the steps to sign the Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Steps to Sign Agreement.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Navigate''' to the page in the Agreement document that displays Internal and External Party information.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the information. Some fields are mandatory and '''click''' ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Download'' on the ''Download'', ''Print'', ''and Sign'' window. Alternatively, you can '''click''' ''Cancel'' if you need to make changes to the information added. &amp;amp;nbsp;The ''Enter Your Information'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Download Print Sign.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;When you have signed the downloaded Agreement, you need to return to the ''Upload your Signed Agreement'' page and upload the signed Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Upload Signed Agreement.png|720px|Upload Signed Agreement.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
12.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Upload''. The Agreement is uploaded. It moves to the ''Approved'' state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mandating an Agreement for Wet Signatures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can opt for an Agreement to only be signed manually by all signatories by mandating it for wet signatures.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To mandate an Agreement for Wet Signatures (manual signing):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. When creating an Agreement, on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Signatory Information&amp;amp;nbsp;''page,&amp;amp;nbsp;'''toggle&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Mandate Wet Signatures in Echosign&amp;amp;nbsp;''option to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Yes.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:Mandate Wet Signatures-7.9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Create''' the Agreement and send it for Approval to completely the signatory process.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; In the ''Adobe Sign Mail Details'' window, the ''Wet Signatures Only'' checkbox is selected by default.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adobe Sign Mail Details-Release7.9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Sending Associated Documents to Adobe Sign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Send for Signature functionality only allows users to send the main Agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main Agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; With this release, ICM will support Preview and sending of the associated documents (Attachments) along with the main Agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Only Agreement specific tags will be displayed in the Agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the Agreement document is signed, only the main Agreement document will be synchronized with ICM again.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You need to have the Script attribute ''AdobeAssociateDocuments'' which should be associated with the Contract Type as well as its Associations that will be sent to the authorized signatories.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To send Associated Documents to Adobe Sign:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Agreement Management'' on the ''Dashboard''. The ''Agreement Management'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select AgreementManagement.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Agreement'' on the ''Agreement Management'' page. The ''Create Agreement''&amp;amp;nbsp; page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Agreement.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Category'', ''Contract Type Name'' and ''Type of Paper'' on the ''Create Agreement'' page. For example, '''select''' ''Category'' as ''Default'', ''Contract Type Name'' as ''SaaS Agreement'' and ''Type of Paper'' as ''Own''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Next.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Agreement 1.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the information on ''Other Information Page'', ''Party Information Page'' and '''click''' ''Next''. The ''Signatory Information'' ''Page'' opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''External First'' in the ''Signature Sequence'' and ''Electronic Signature'' in the ''Signature Type'' on the ''Signatory Information'' ''Page''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' and add the External Signatory and an Internal Signatory for the Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create''. The Agreement is created and the ''Agreement Details'' page opens displaying the Agreement in ''Draft'' state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Associations'' in the left pane on ''Agreement Details'' page. The ''Association Details'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the information on the ''Create Association'' page in the ''Metadata'' tab and '''click''' ''Create''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Publish'' on the ''Agreement Details'' page to publish the Agreement. The ''Published successfully'' message is displayed on the ''Information'' window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Publish Agreement.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;12.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Send for Approval'' on the ''Agreement Details'' page to send the Agreement for approval. The ''Please Confirm Team is not available. Agreement will move to the next possible state. Do you want to continue?'' Message is displayed. The status of the Agreement changes to ''Approved''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Please Confirm TeamNotAvailable.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;13. '''Click''' ''Send for External Signature''. The ''Adobe Sign Mail Details'' window is displayed.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adobe Sign Mail Details-Release7.9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;14.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the mirror icon next to ''Attachments'' field. The ''Send for Signature'' window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
15.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Associated Document from the list and '''click''' ''Select'' to select the Associated Document to be sent for external signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Send AssociatedDocumentsforSignature.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;16.'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the icon next to the document that you want to preview. The Agreement document opens in&amp;amp;nbsp;''Preview&amp;amp;nbsp;''mode.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Preview AgreementDocument.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;17.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Send'' to send the Associated Document for External Signature. The status of the Agreement changes to ''Waiting for External Signature''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;You can select and send the parent as well child Associations for the Agreement.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
18.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Open''' your mailbox and '''click''' the ''Click here to review and sign [DEMO USE ONLY ] Adobe Sign Subject'' link. The ''Adobe Sign'' page opens displaying the Agreement sent for Signature.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Review Sign Agreement-7.9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Only Agreement specific tags will be displayed in the Agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the Agreement document is signed, only Agreement will be synchronized with ICM and not Associations.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Signing the Agreement Document ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can sign the Agreement document using Electronic Signature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sign an Agreement document:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next'' on the ''Agreement Details'' page. The page opens displaying the fields for performing the Electronic Signature.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Signing the AgreementDocument1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Click here to sign in the Signature'' field. The ''Sign'' window opens where you can type, draw, attach and upload the signature image.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Signing the AgreementDocument2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Close'' or ''Apply'' to apply the signature and close the window. The signature is displayed in the Signature field. A message is displayed ''I agree to the Terms of Use and Consumer Disclosure of this Document''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Signing the AgreementDocument3.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Click to Sign'' to sign the Agreement document. The ''You have successfully signed the agreement “[DEMO USE ONLY]” Adobe Sign'' message is displayed. The status of the Agreement changes to ''Waiting for Internal Signature''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Signing the AgreementDocument4.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Agreement document is sent for external signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Preview and Send Agreement Document for Signature ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can preview and send the Agreement document for Signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Recall'' on the ''Agreement Details'' page. The status of the Agreement changes to ''Approved''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Edit'' on the ''Agreement Details'' page. The ''Party Information'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;Make the necessary changes on this page and '''click''' ''Next''. The ''Signatory Information'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Yes'' in the ''Adobe Add Signature Tags'' field and then '''click''' ''Next''. The ''Select Template'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adobe Add SignatureTags.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Update'' to update the Agreement.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Send for External Signature''. The ''Adobe Sign Mail Details'' window is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adobe Sign Mail Details-Release7.9.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the mirror icon next to ''Attachments'' field. The ''Send for Signature'' window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Associated Document from the list and '''click''' ''Select'' to select the Associated Document to be sent for external signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Send AssociatedDocumentsforSignature.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the icon next to the document that you want to preview. The Agreement document opens in&amp;amp;nbsp;''Preview&amp;amp;nbsp;''mode.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Preview AgreementDocument.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Preview and Send'' to send the Associated Document for External Signature. The ''Send for Signature'' window opens. The status of the Agreement changes to ''Waiting for External Signature''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;You can preview the Associated document by clicking the icon next to the Association.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Preview and Send'' again. The ''Agreement Details'' page opens in .pdf format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Send'' in the ''Recipients'' pane on the ''Agreement Details'' page. The “[DEMO USE ONLY] ''Adobe Sign Subject''” ''has been successfully sent for signature ''message is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Send AssociatedDocumentsforSignature 1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-Factor Authentication using Adobe Sign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM supports multi-factor authentication (MFA) for Adobe Sign customers at the Agreement level to ensure that select Agreements&amp;amp;nbsp;(such as high value and highly confidential Agreements) are only accessible to relevant users, as compared to only providing access based on the Name and Email address validation that was the case earlier.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MFA authentication is configured by enabling the multi-factor flag. This results in ICM sending the signatory’s phone number to Adobe Sign for processing the e-signature authentication of the user for that Agreement. If the phone number for the signatory is not available, a message is displayed indicating that the phone number is mandatory and one or more of the signatory’s phone number is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note: '''When both – the password and the phone authentication are enabled for an Agreement, then the password authentication takes precedence.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable multi-factor authentication for an Adobe Sign customer:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the''User Administration ''tile.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Users t''ile.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Create User/Provision User'' (based on the user authorization to the instance) tile to open the ''Create User'' page.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the''Details'' tab, enter the personal details of the user. ''The First Name, Last Name, Email Address,'' etc are mandatory fields.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Phone Number'' field, add the phone number of the user if you want to activate the authentication for the user. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Check''' the ''Consent Acknowledgment'' checkbox below By adding phone number,''I confirm capturing user consent to receive important text messages from ICM'' to validate the user consent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' This is not a mandatory field. However, it becomes mandatory to provide a phone number when the consent box is checked and vice-versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phone number format needs to be in the Country Code-Phone Number. For example, '''1-555-555-5555.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''the remaining details of the page as required and click the Create button. This opens the ''Users ''page enlisting the user that you created in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multi-factor authentication is validated using the phone number when:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The Country Code-Phone Number format is incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;
*A signatory is added by Rule and the Agreement is sent for approval but the mandatory ''Phone Number'' field is blank. The Agreement will still be sent for approval and the workflow will continue after clicking ''OK ''on the validation message. &lt;br /&gt;
*A signatory is added by Rule and the Agreement is sent for external signature but the mandatory Phone Number field is blank. The Agreement will not be sent for signature and will remain in the approved state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The two step authentication using Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Agreement is sent for external signature and when the two step authentication is configured, the external signatory receives authentication messages in two ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A voice call&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*An OTP code from ICM with an authentication code. On entering the code, the Agreement is sent for approval and workflow continues as expected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sending an Agreement for Parallel Signatures using Adobe Sign ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can send Agreements for&amp;amp;nbsp;parallel signatures across internal and external signatories, instead of sequentially based on step numbers, when using Adobe Sign. This can be configured in Rules for signatories allowing ICM users to send the Agreement to either multiple external or internal signatories so that each of them can sign in parallel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider an example of 2 Internal signatories A and B and both are required to sign the Agreement in parallel; then the configurator configures the Approval Rule for internal signatories A and B with the same Step number but different Signatory order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*So, if signatory&amp;amp;nbsp;'''A&amp;amp;nbsp;'''is set at Step Number 10 and Signatory Order 1, but Signatory&amp;amp;nbsp;'''B'''&amp;amp;nbsp;is set at Step Number 10 and Signatory Order 2, then the contract goes to both signatories&amp;amp;nbsp;'''A&amp;amp;nbsp;'''and&amp;amp;nbsp;'''B'''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the same time. However, signatory&amp;amp;nbsp;'''A'''&amp;amp;nbsp;will be prompted to sign at Signature Tag 1 whereas Signatory&amp;amp;nbsp;'''B&amp;amp;nbsp;'''will be prompted to Sign at Signature Tag 2 (based on the signatory order). &lt;br /&gt;
*Existing Approval rules will be enhanced to support this example, wherein 2 new Actions are now available in the Rules: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Select Parallel Signatory From Attribute'': Parallel signatory is selected from the User Attribute &lt;br /&gt;
**''Require Approval From By Condition'': User selects signatory on the Rule configuration page which will be considered as the parallel signatory during Agreement signing   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To set up parallel signatories using Adobe Sign:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Dashboard''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rules''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile. This opens the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rules''&amp;amp;nbsp;page.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''a Contract Type from the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Contract Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down for which you want to define a Rule.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. You can create a Rule or select a rule to edit.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon. This opens the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;page.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the mandatory details such Rule Name, Rule Type and Team Role if not auto-generated.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;N''ext''. This opens the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Build''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab to add rules and actions to define the rule you want to define.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;button.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Add'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Conditions'''&amp;amp;nbsp;for your Rule. For example,&amp;amp;nbsp;''All &amp;gt; Adobe Add Signature &amp;gt; Is &amp;gt; True.''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Condition''&amp;amp;nbsp;if you want to add more conditions to the rule.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Group''&amp;amp;nbsp;if you want to define the group for whom the conditions apply.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Action''&amp;amp;nbsp;field in the''Actions''&amp;amp;nbsp;section. The following actions are available in the drop-down to define the type and sequence of approval:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Require Approval From'': Select one signatory to approve the Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*''Require Signature in Parallel From'': Select multiple signatories to approve the Agreement based on the applied conditions&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select User From Attribute'': Select the step number for the signatory to sign Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Parallel Signatory From Attribute'': Select the step numbers for the signatories to sign the Agreement in Parallel &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;13. To select multiple signatories, select the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Require Parallel Signatory&amp;amp;nbsp;''option from the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Action''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down. Two new fields are added:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Step Number&amp;amp;nbsp;''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Signatory Order''. You can now define multiple signatories at the same step number and different signatory order, as required.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;If you select the Require Approval From option from the Actions drop-down, you will not be able to define signatories at different step numbers.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
14.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the Actions for the first external signatory:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the User by clicking the Add User &amp;amp;nbsp;icon next to the field. This opens the Select User window. Select the first external signatory from the list. '''Click''' the ''Add ''button to add the user. For example, AE User9. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the Step Number for this signatory. For example, 10. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Signatory Order for this signatory. For example, 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;15.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Actions''&amp;amp;nbsp;for the second external signatory:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the user by clicking the Add User &amp;amp;nbsp; icon next to the field. This opens the Select User window. Select the second external signatory from the list.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add button to add the user. For example, AE User10. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Step Number for this signatory. For example, 10. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Signatory Order for this signatory. For example, 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;16.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Next''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Summary''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens providing details of the rules defined.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;17.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Update''&amp;amp;nbsp;to save the defined rules. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Updated Successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 18.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''OK''. You can view the status and of the Agreement on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Agreement Details''&amp;amp;nbsp;page.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
19.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Send for Approval&amp;amp;nbsp;''button to send the Agreement to both signatories for approval.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Both signatories AE User9 and AE User10 will simultaneously receive an email from Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*The tags will be introduced in the Agreement as per the defined Signatory Order. &lt;br /&gt;
*When signatory AE User9 signs the Agreement, a message will be displayed that the Agreement is successfully signed and the Agreement status will be&amp;amp;nbsp;''Waiting for External Signature''&amp;amp;nbsp;from AE User10. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;A new version of the Agreement is created each time an Approver signs it. This can be viewed on the ''Version'' tab of the Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*When both signatories sign the Agreement, it moves to the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Approved&amp;amp;nbsp;''status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sending Adobe Sign Email Notifications in the Recipient's Preferred Language ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing support to send notifications to external signatories in the localized language when using Adobe Sign, instead of sending the notification in English to all users. This can be done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. You can toggle the Agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;''Preview''&amp;amp;nbsp;to&amp;amp;nbsp;''On&amp;amp;nbsp;''or&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off''. When it is turned&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', you can tag the signature by toggling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Adobe Add Signature Tags''&amp;amp;nbsp;field to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Yes''. By default, this field is set to&amp;amp;nbsp;''No''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When the Primary Owner clicks the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Send for Signature''&amp;amp;nbsp;button, a popup window opens. Enter the following details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*External Signatories:&amp;amp;nbsp;displays the External Signatories based on the defined Rules &lt;br /&gt;
*''Internal Signatories:''&amp;amp;nbsp;displays the Internal Signatories based on the defined Rules &lt;br /&gt;
*''Cc:''&amp;amp;nbsp;can add more recipients (internal users) &lt;br /&gt;
*''Subject:''&amp;amp;nbsp;an editable field that displays the default text &lt;br /&gt;
*''Additional Information:''&amp;amp;nbsp;can add a custom message in any language using the Rich Text Editor &lt;br /&gt;
*''Default Message:''&amp;amp;nbsp;a non-editable standard message that can be localized based on the user’s language pthe Additionbareference &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. You can Preview the document before sending it for signatures by clicking the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Preview and Send''&amp;amp;nbsp;button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The recipient can preview the document and add tags as needed and click the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Send''&amp;amp;nbsp;button to send the document for signatures.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5. The Signatories will receive an Email notification from Adobe Sign in their preferred language.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;6. The recipient receives an email from Adobe in their Inbox which contains the Agreement document that the signatory needs to sign.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key Points''':&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*This feature is only available for Agreements and Amendments &lt;br /&gt;
*Only 1000 characters are allowed for the Default Message and the Additional Information combined &lt;br /&gt;
*The default message is in English &lt;br /&gt;
*All Signatories get the same notifications (with customized text, if any), irrespective of their language settings &lt;br /&gt;
*Signatories at same Step Number will receive notifications at same time. &lt;br /&gt;
*The Signatories will receive the Email notification from Adobe Sign in English (default language): &lt;br /&gt;
**On Recall/ Reject &lt;br /&gt;
**On Delegation/ Change Signer&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Configuration|Configuration]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Integrations|Integrations]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|[[Icertis_Adapter_for_Coupa_Integration|Icertis Adapter for Coupa Integratio]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Salesforce|Salesforce]]&amp;amp;nbsp; | [[Using_DocuSign|Using DocuSign]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Using_DocuSign&amp;diff=10951</id>
		<title>Using DocuSign</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Using_DocuSign&amp;diff=10951"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T12:35:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Using DocuSign =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sending an Own Paper Agreement for Electronic Signature ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic signatures are done through ''Docu''''Sign ('''''&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;amp;nbsp;''DocuSign)''. External signatories can choose one of these applications if they wish to do electronic signatures.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sign an Agreement electronically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Open '''the e-mail you receive from&amp;amp;nbsp;''DocuSign (or Adobe Sign).''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click '''''Review Document.''&amp;amp;nbsp;The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Please review &amp;amp; Act on These Documents&amp;amp;nbsp;''window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Signature mail.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''the ''I agree...''check box'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;'''''and&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Continue'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;'''This enables the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Fields'' menu in the left panel.&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''[[File:I agree.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;If you are using Internet Explorer, '''''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Allow&amp;amp;nbsp;''at&amp;amp;nbsp;''the&amp;amp;nbsp;tracking physical location&amp;amp;nbsp;message'''''.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the document, sender may mark few fields that appear with a text box next to the field name. Fill the appropriate information in appropriate text box. e.g. title, company.''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Sign'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;next to&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;Signature''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Adopt Your Signature window''&amp;amp;nbsp;is displayed if you are signing the document for the first time.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:Sign1.jpg|720px|RTENOTITLE]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you have signed before, the system inserts the signature that you used when you signed&amp;amp;nbsp;for the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Verify your ''Full Name'', ''Initials'', and ''Signature''. Your Full Name and Initials appear as they are entered at the time of your user creation process.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adopt your signature.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': You cannot change the signature style&amp;amp;nbsp;once it appears on&amp;amp;nbsp;the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Finish''. You receive a notification stating your signature process is completed. The status of the agreement changes to ''Waiting For Internal Signature''. An e-mail is sent to the internal signatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': Internal Signatory can follow steps 1 to 9 to sign the Agreement electronically. Once signed, the status of the Agreement changes to ''Executed''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;A notification email is sent to the Primary Owner, Internal Signatory and External Signatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''Verify''' your signature on&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Style'' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Change Style'' to change the style of your signature and initials. This displays a list of alternate styles. Use scroll arrows to scroll through the signatures.&amp;amp;nbsp;Select from the list of styles. &lt;br /&gt;
*Alternatively, '''click''' the ''Draw'' tab to draw your own signature. '''Click''' ''Clear'' to clear the signature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''Click''' ''Adopt And Sign''. The Signature and Initials appear on&amp;amp;nbsp;the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All ''Executed'' Agreements signed using Adobe Sign, include an audit log of key details in the signature flow, such as:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The specific actions performed, such a document created, emailed, viewed and electronically signed &lt;br /&gt;
*Name of the user that performed these actions &lt;br /&gt;
*Time stamp of when those actions were completed &lt;br /&gt;
*IP address of the user that completed the actions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is disabled by default and can be enabled from the Global Account Settings of DocuSign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Electronic Signature for Third Party Paper ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic signatures are done through&amp;amp;nbsp;DocuSign or (Adobe Sign). External signatories can choose one of these applications if they wish to do electronic signatures.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sign an Agreement electronically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Open''' the e-mail you receive from DocuSign (or Adobe Sign).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;font face=&amp;quot;Segoe UI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Signature mail.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click '''''Review Document''. This opens the''&amp;amp;nbsp;Please review &amp;amp; Act on These Documents''&amp;amp;nbsp;window.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Select '''the I agree...checkbox and click Continue. This enables the&amp;amp;nbsp;Fields menu in the left panel.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;font face=&amp;quot;Segoe UI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:I agree.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''If you are using Internet Explorer, click Allow at the&amp;amp;nbsp;tracking physical location&amp;amp;nbsp;message.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Fields ''menu, you can use the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Signature: Drag and drop your signature onto the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*Initial: Drag and drop your initials onto the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*Date Signed: Drag and drop the Date onto the document. Displays current date by default. &lt;br /&gt;
*Name: Drag and drop the Name box. Type your name into the box. &lt;br /&gt;
*Company: Drag and drop the Company box. Type the name of your company into the box. &lt;br /&gt;
*Title: Drag and drop the Title box. Type the title into the box. &lt;br /&gt;
*Text: Drag and drop Text box. Type additional text into the box. &lt;br /&gt;
*Checkbox: Drag and drop Checkbox into the document.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Drag t'''he Signature onto the document. This opens the ''Adopt Your Signature''&amp;amp;nbsp;window.&amp;amp;nbsp;Verify you full name, initials and signature. Your full name and signature appear as they were entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;font face=&amp;quot;Segoe UI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adopt your signature.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Internal Signatory can follow the above steps to sign the agreement electronically. Once signed, the status of the agreement changes to Executed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;A notification email is sent to the primary owner, internal signatory and external signatory.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5. Verify your signature on the Select Style tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Change Style''&amp;amp;nbsp;to change the style of your signature and initials. This shows a&amp;amp;nbsp;list of alternate styles. Use the arrows to scroll through the signatures and select from the list of styles. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Alternatively, '''''click '''''Draw''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab to draw your own signature. ClickClear&amp;amp;nbsp;to clear the signature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click '''''Adopt And Sign''. The signature and initials appear on&amp;amp;nbsp;the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;font face=&amp;quot;Segoe UI&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Other actions.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7. '''Click''' the''Other Actions ''menu.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Select from the following options in the window that appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''FINISH LATER'' to save the document in its current state&amp;amp;nbsp;and finish the signing process at a later time. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''PRINT &amp;amp; SIGN ''to print the document&amp;amp;nbsp;and sign it in ink. After signing it, scan and upload&amp;amp;nbsp;or fax the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''ASSIGN TO SOMEONE ELSE'' to assign a third person as a signatory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Assign to Someone Else'' window:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Email Address for the New Signer:'' type the email address of the person you want to assign the envelope. &lt;br /&gt;
*''New Signer's Name:'' type the name of the new signor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please provide a reason to Research Team for changing signing responsibility: type the reason for changing the signing responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. '''Click '''''ASSIGN TO SOMEONE ELSE''. The new signatory&amp;amp;nbsp;and the original sender receive&amp;amp;nbsp;a notification with you in the Cc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. '''Click''' ''DECLINE&amp;amp;nbsp;TO SIGN'' to notify the sender that you refuse to sign the document&amp;amp;nbsp;and put in the reason for declining it in the Comment box. The comments can be seen under Notes on the Agreement Details&amp;amp;nbsp;Page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''FINISH&amp;amp;nbsp;''to complete the signature process. You will receive a notification stating that your signature process is completed. The status of the agreement changes to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Waiting For Internal Signature''. An email is sent to the internal signatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sending Associated documents for Signatures along with the main Agreement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM allows the Primary Owner to select and attach individual copies of the Associated documents along with the main Agreement and send them for signatures via DocuSign, after adding the signatory tags. The Signatories can not only view but also sign these Associated Documents. Thus,&amp;amp;nbsp;the signatory can have all the information required to sign the Agreement at once, so that they do not need&amp;amp;nbsp;to download each of the associated documents separately to find the required information.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' DocuSign supports only PDF and .docx format. This feature is not supported by Adobe Sign.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
To select and share Associated documents with the Agreement for e-signature using DocuSign:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;Ensure that you have a script type of Attribute DocuSignAssociatedDocuments in the Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Open''' the Agreement with the Associations to be sent for signature using DocuSign.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:DocuSign 1.PNG|720px|SP7 DocuSign 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''View Document'' icon to preview the Association.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:DocuSign 2.PNG|720px|SP7 DocuSign 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Preview'' to view the associations to verify the ones that you want to send. Only Associations which are in the .pdf and .docx format can be previewed. If you try to preview a document in any other format (for example, XLSX), then a message will be displayed that the format is not supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:DocuSign 3.PNG|720px|SP7 DocuSign 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Upload Document ''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:DocuSign 4.PNG|720px|SP7 DocuSign 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Select File'' in the''Upload Document'' window to upload a file to the association.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can associate Masterdata Contract Types and create instances for the Masterdata Contract Type. You can also associate peer associations. However, only the Association instances that contain .pdf and .docx files are displayed. Other formats are not supported when using DocuSign and cannot be previewed.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Send For Approval'' button to send the Agreement for approval.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:DocuSign 5.PNG|720px|SP7 DocuSign 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Send for External Signature'' button to send the Agreement with associated documents for e-signatures using DocuSign. The DocuSign Mail Details window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;This option is available only if the DocuSign Associated Document attribute is configured at the Agreement Contract Type level.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:DocuSign 6.PNG|720px|SP7 DocuSign 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:DocuSign 7.PNG|720px|SP7 DocuSign 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;Fill in the necessary details. '''Click '''the ''Attachment'' icon. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Send For signature'' window opens. This displays Association instances for Parent as well as peer association that contain the DocuSign Associate Documents script attribute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. '''Select''' the required associations from the list.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Signatories defined for the Main Agreement are applicable for its Associated Documents too.&amp;amp;nbsp;Signatories can sign the Parent-Child type of Associations along with the main Agreement Document . If signature tags are not present in any of the Parent-Child Association, then signing is not mandatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Sending agreement for external signatures Send for signature window 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
After signing, Version and History of only the signed Parent Child Association and main Agreement is uploaded and generated with name of the last signatory.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The tags for Peer Association don't get render and the version doesn’t get synched back.&amp;amp;nbsp;Status of Parent Child Association does not change irrespective of the action taken by signatories.&amp;amp;nbsp;After the agreement is executed, only the signed copy of the Agreement gets uploaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Configuration|Configuration]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Integrations|Integrations]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Icertis_Adapter_for_Coupa_Integration|Icertis_Adapter_for_Coupa_Integration]] | [[Salesforce|Salesforce]] | [[Using_Adobe_Sign|Using_Adobe_Sign]] |&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Icertis_Experience_for_Workday&amp;diff=10942</id>
		<title>Icertis Experience for Workday</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Icertis_Experience_for_Workday&amp;diff=10942"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T09:04:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Icertis Experience for Workday =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Icertis Experience for Workday is a highly configurable and comprehensive solution that enables data synchronizing capabilities for mapping business objects between ICM and Workday. ICM integration with Workday provides a seamless user experience to work with the business data from both ICM and Workday.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This integration gives ICM the capabilities to tag Worker Data (for example, Employee ID, Employee Name, etc.) and Worker Role, and map them to the relevant ICM user attributes which can be referred and used across application as required.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Icertis Experience for Workday supports following sample use cases:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Create Supplier Contracts in ICM that allows negotiating and managing the Contract through ICM, but only tracking the status in Workday &lt;br /&gt;
*Synchronize the amended and renewed Supplier Contracts from Icertis to Workday &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Icertis Experience for Workday offers many benefits:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Measure supplier performance with access to more detailed information&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Manage the entire process throughout the entire life-cycle of the Agreement&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Side Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Configuration tile in the ICM application to specify the mapping details between Workday and ICM by creating Masterdata records for mapping entities. Data Mapping involves the following two primary tasks:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Creating Masterdata Contract Type &lt;br /&gt;
*Creating Masterdata records for mapping entities&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a Masterdata Contract Type&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masterdata Contract Type is the core data that changes less frequently and has a unique ID associated with it. For example, Employee Records can be a Masterdata Contract Type and Employee ID can be an attribute associated to that Masterdata Contract Type.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to the ICM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'' on Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-Config-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Create Contract Type ''on the ''Configuration ''page. The ''Select Contract Type ''page opens and shows the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Associated Document &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Request&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' Masterdata on the Select Contract Type page and click Next. The Create Contract Type page opens, which consists of these five sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Details &lt;br /&gt;
*Attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Display Preference &lt;br /&gt;
*Team &lt;br /&gt;
*Verify &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these sections is described in detail below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Details'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Enter the following basic details of the Masterdata in this section:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type Name: '''Type''' the name in this field as Client App Cross Reference Mapping. Note that Client App Cross Reference Mapping is an example provided here for the list of Masterdata you need to create. This Contract Type is used for mapping entities between ICM and Workday. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type Code: Every Contract Type is assigned a unique ID known as Contract Type Code. The Contract Type Code is generated automatically when you create the Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Enable Approval Workflow: '''Select''' ''Yes'' to enable the approval workflow.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Two Column Attribute Layout: Select Yes to enable a two-column attribute layout &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Attributes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section captures important details of the Masterdata you are creating. The integration between ICM and Workday is restricted to the attributes listed below.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the plus icon to create them:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Name &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Name &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Entity Name &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Entity Name &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Attribute Name &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Relationship Key &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Reference Key &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If any of the attributes mentioned above already exist, use the&amp;amp;nbsp;arrow to move them to the Selected Attribute list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-SelectAttribute-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;While creating each of the above attributes, ensure that you retain the following default settings:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Data Type: String &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Default: Off&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Editable: On &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Mandatory: Select Off &lt;br /&gt;
*Tracking Attribute: Off &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Unique: Off&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Defined by Rule: Off&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Inherit: Off &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Searchable: On&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Conditional: Off &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Lookup: Off&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Localized: Off&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Display Preference'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Select''' any four attributes that you want to display on the agreement tile view and agreement details view and '''click''' ''Next''. The ''Team'' section is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-DisplayPreference-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Team'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows the existing team members along with their roles for the Masterdata Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' the plus icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add a user with the Approver role to the Contract Type Masterdata team.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-Addnewuser-SP6.png|720px|Workday-Addnewuser-SP6.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Verify'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the final section for creating the Contract Type Masterdata. It displays only the sections and attributes that you used to create this Masterdata Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.'''Verify''' the information you entered in the previous sections. You can go back and make changes or '''click''' ''Create''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Send''' the Contract Type for approval.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;After Masterdata is approved, publish the Masterdata Contract Type to make it available for Agreement creation.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating Masterdata records for mapping entities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM integrates with Workday and provides capability of synchronizing important Masterdata from Workday to ICM through a technical configuration. This list of Masterdata includes:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;Supplier&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;Payment Terms&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;Payment Type&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;Purchase Items&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The synchronized Masterdata can be used and referred across ICM application as required. For example, Supplier Masterdata can be used while creating supplier type contracts in ICM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create Masterdata records for mapping the entities between ICM and Workday.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Client App Cross Reference Mapping ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Log on''' to the ICM application.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Click''' ''Configuration'' on ICM Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-Config-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Masterdata'' on the ''Configuration'' page. The ''Masterdata'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-Masterdata-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Create Masterdata.&amp;amp;nbsp;''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateMasterdata-SP6.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;Provide relevant information in the respective fields:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Category: '''Select''' ''Default'' from this drop-down.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata: '''Select''' ''Client App Cross Reference'' from this drop-down. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateMasterdata2--SP6.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Attributes'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateMasterdata2--SP6.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;7.&amp;amp;nbsp;Provide relevant information in the respective fields:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Name: Select Workday from the drop-down.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Name: Type the name of the Masterdata.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Entity Name: Type the name of the Agreement for which you are creating the Masterdata. For example, ICMSupplierMaster &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Entity Name: Type the name of the Entity of Workday. For example, Supplier.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Reference Key: Type the ICM Reference Key value in this field. This is used to track the Masterdata in Workday that was created in ICM. For example, ICMExtSupplierId &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Reference Key: Type the Reference attribute to be entered from Workday. For example, Supplier_Reference_ID. &lt;br /&gt;
*External Contract Creation Criteria: Type the ICM entity metadata value that evaluates the value and creates the Contract Type. You can type @true to create the Contract Type Masterdata record and make it visible in Workday.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*External Contract Creation Event: Select the appropriate event from this drop-down to enable create object in in Workday.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*External Contract Update Event: Select the appropriate event from this drop-down&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Save&amp;amp;nbsp;''after entering the details.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Client App Entity Mapping ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a Masterdata record for the Contract Type Masterdata that you created earlier. This helps in mapping the entities between ICM and Workday.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Masterdata record:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.'''Click''' ''Configuration'' on ''My Dashboard''. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-Config-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Masterdata'' on the ''Configuration'' page. The ''Masterdata'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-Masterdata-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Masterdata'' on the ''Masterdata'' page. The ''Create Masterdata'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateMasterdata-SP6.png|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. Complete the information in the following sections.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata Details &lt;br /&gt;
*Attributes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next'' at the end of ''Masterdata Details'' section to go to the ''Attributes'' section and complete creating the Masterdata record.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Masterdata Details'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section displays the categories you can select and the Masterdata Contract Type for creating the Masterdata record.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the category from the drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type Masterdata that you created earlier. For mapping the data between ICM and Workday, '''select''' ''Client App Entity Mapping''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Attributes'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:Workday-CreateMasterdata-ClientAppEntityMapping-SP6.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Attributes'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This section shows the attributes that you created when creating the Contract Type Masterdata.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateMasterdata-ClientAppEntityMapping 2-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the following details in appropriate fields&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata Code: Every Masterdata record you create is assigned a unique ID. It is generated automatically when you create the Masterdata. &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Name: This helps in defining the mapping with the external system. For example, select Workday from the Client Name drop-down to define the mapping between ICM and Workday &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Entity Name: Type the ICM Agreement Contract Type for which you are creating the mapping between ICM and Workday. &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Attribute Name: Type the ICM Attribute Name of the Contract Type Masterdata.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Entity Name: Workday entity name for which you are defining the mapping between ICM and Workday.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Attribute Name: Type the Workday side attribute name for the client entity name that you mapped. &lt;br /&gt;
*Data Flow Type: Defines the direction of mapping for the data flow. You can select the following data flow type. &lt;br /&gt;
**ICM to Client: '''Select''' this option if you intend to map the data from ICM to Workday.   &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Events: It is used to synchronize data from ICM to Workday. You can enter the events that happen in the Contract life cycle. For example, Created, Approved and so on. If you want to send the Agreement document in .docx format, set the value as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created/Published,&amp;amp;nbsp;''else set the value as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created/Published/Updated&amp;amp;nbsp;''to send the Agreement document in .pdf format. &lt;br /&gt;
*Applicable to: '''Select''' one of the following from this drop-down to make this Masterdata record applicable to the Main Contract and Amendment or both:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Main Contract: '''Select''' this if you want to make the ''Client App Entity Mapping'' Masterdata applicable to the main Contract. &lt;br /&gt;
**Amendment: '''Select''' this if you want to make the ''Client App Entity Mapping'' Masterdata applicable to the Amendment added to the main Contract.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Both: '''Select''' this if you want to make the ''Client App Entity Mapping'' Masterdata applicable to the main contract and the Amendment added to it.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Click''' ''Save'' to save the Masterdata record and enable mapping between ICM and Workday.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating Client App Masterdata Sync&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a Masterdata record for the Contract Type Masterdata that you created earlier. This helps synchronize the Masterdata between Workday and ICM.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To create a Masterdata record:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.'''Click''' ''Configuration'' on ''My Dashboard''. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-Config-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2. '''Click''' ''Masterdata'' on the ''Configuration'' page. The ''Masterdata'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-Masterdata-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Masterdata'' on the Masterdata page. The ''Create Masterdata'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateMasterdata-SP6.png|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. Complete the information in the following sections.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata Details &lt;br /&gt;
*Attributes &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next'' at the end of ''Masterdata Details'' section to go to the ''Attributes'' section and complete creating the Masterdata record.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Masterdata Details'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This section displays the categories you can select and the Masterdata Contract Type for creating the Masterdata record.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the category from the drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateMasterdata-ClientAppMasterdata Sync-SP6.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type Masterdata that you created earlier. For mapping the data between ICM and Workday, '''select''' ''Client App Masterdata Sync''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Attributes'' section is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Attributes'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This section shows the attributes that you created when creating the Contract Type Masterdata.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateMasterdata-ClientAppMasterdata Sync Attributes-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the following details in the following fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata Code: Every Masterdata record you create is assigned a unique ID. It is generated automatically when you create the Masterdata. &lt;br /&gt;
*Name: '''Type''' the name of the Masterdata record you are creating for mapping with Workday. Ensure that the name you give to the Masterdata record is unique and can be identified easily. For example, you can use WD_Supplier_Name for mapping:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Name: Defines the mapping with the external system. For example, select Workday from the Client Name drop-down to define the mapping between ICM and Workday.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Entity Name: '''Type''' the ICM Agreement Contract Type for which you are creating the mapping between ICM and Workday. &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Entity Name: This is the Workday side entity name for which you are defining the mapping between ICM and Workday. &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Reference Key: Type the ICM Reference Key value in this field. This is used to track the Masterdata in Workday that was created in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Client Reference Key: Type the Reference attribute to be entered from Workday. &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Data Retrieval Filter Criteria: Select from one of the following options:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**From Date: '''Select''' this option to map the data with Workday from a specific date.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**From Last Run: '''Select''' this option to synchronize the data with Workday since the time this operation was last performed.   &lt;br /&gt;
*Data Retrieval Filter Criteria: Select from one of the following options:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**From Date: '''Select''' this option to map the data with Workday from a specific date.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**From Last Run: '''Select''' this option to synchronize the data with Workday since the time this operation was last performed.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Effective Date: '''Select''' the date using the calendar control from which the data should be mapped with Workday. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Supplier Contract in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supplier Contract is an Agreement in which the seller promises to provide the specified goods or services to the buyer on an agreed date at the agreed price.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The exact process of creating a Supplier Contract in ICM depends on how the workflow is implemented in your organization.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To create a Supplier Contract in ICM:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.'''Click''' ''Agreement Management'' on the ''Dashboard''. The ''Agreement Management'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday AgreementManagement-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Agreement'' on ''Agreement Management'' page. The ''Create Agreement'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateAgreement-SP6.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a new Agreement, provide the details in the sections mentioned below:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type Details &lt;br /&gt;
*Attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Select Template &lt;br /&gt;
*Verify &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Contract Type Details'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Provide the following basic details of the Agreement in this section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Category: These are used for organizing the Agreements and are created by the administrator. The drop-down shows all the categories created while creating the Contract Type. '''Select''' the desired category from this drop-down.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type Name: This shows the list of Contract Types that were created for the selected Category in the earlier step. &lt;br /&gt;
*Type of Paper: '''Select''' either ''Own'' or ''Third'' party Template for creating the Agreement. Provide your own Template if you select Own type of paper. '''Select''' ''Third Party'' option when you want to create the Agreement by uploading the Template provided by the vendor.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of the four sections mentioned above, the Select Template section only appears for Own type of paper. The two options for Type of Paper are:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Own: If you select ''Own'' type of paper, the ''Select Template'' section is displayed with the list of Templates available for the selected Contract Type. Note that, selecting ''Own'' Type of Paper provides you with the option to use either ''Own'' or ''Third Party'' paper for the Agreement you are creating.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Third: If you select ''Third Party'' type of paper, the ''Select Template'' section is not displayed and you will have to upload the Template provided by the vendor manually.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Attributes'' section is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-CreateAgreement 2SP6.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Attributes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section captures the important details of the Agreement you are creating. The attributes appearing on this page vary according to the Contract Type you select. Following is an explanation of some of the less obvious attributes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Organization Unit: '''Select''' the organization unit in which you want to create this Agreement. Users within an organization unit must have specific privileges to take any action on the Agreement. For example, users with ''View'' privilege can only view the Agreement whereas users with Manage privilege can perform actions on the Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Name: '''Specify''' a name for the Agreement you are creating. Note that the name must be unique and easily identifiable. This helps in tracking the Agreement easily. &lt;br /&gt;
*Agreement Code: Each Agreement is assigned a unique ID known as its Agreement Code. It is generated automatically on '''clicking''' the Create button to create the Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Select Template'' section is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Select Template'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section displays the Templates that are available for the selected Contract Type. This section is available only if you select ''Own'' Type of Paper while creating the agreement. '''Select''' the appropriate Template in this section and '''click''' ''Next''. The ''Verify'' section is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workay SelectTemplate-SP6.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Verify'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the final step for creating the Agreement. It displays only the sections and attributes that you have used for creating this Agreement. Verify all the details you have entered. On this page, you can:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Previous'' to go back and make changes to the Agreement. '''Click''' ''Next'' to return to this section after making the required changes and create the Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Create'' to create the Agreement. The Agreement will not be visible to anyone except the user who created it, until it is published.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Create and Publish'' to create and publish the Agreement. After publishing, other users with adequate access can search, view and take actions on the Agreement. After publishing, a ''Draft'' watermark appears on the Agreement until it is approved. &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create and Send for Approval'' to create and send the Agreement for approval. The Agreement is sent for approval to the approvers that are set by a rule on the Contract Type selected for this Agreement and the status changes to Waiting for Approval. If no rules are defined and no approvers are set, the Agreement status automatically changes to Approved. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Discard'' to delete the Agreement you are creating.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sending an Agreement Document from ICM to Workday ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM provides the ability to send Agreement documents from ICM to Workday.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;You can create an Agreement using ''Own'' and ''Third Party'' Type of Paper to send the Agreement document in .docx and .pdf format from ICM to Workday.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sending the .docx version of Agreement from ICM to Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have already configured sending an Agreement document in .docx or .pdf&amp;amp;nbsp;format, modify the Contract events and also the document format , else you must create the Client App Entity Mapping Masterdata using the steps mentioned in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Creating Client App Entity Mapping&amp;amp;nbsp;''section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Dashboard.&amp;amp;nbsp;''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:WD Configuration 1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:WD Configuration 2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the icon next to the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Client App Entity Mapping&amp;amp;nbsp;''Masterdata.&amp;amp;nbsp;The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Client App Entity Mapping&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:WD Configuration 3.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.'''Set''' the value of ''ICM Attribute Name'' Attribute as ''Contract_Assembled_Doc'' and the value of ''Client Attribute Name'' as ''Supplier_Contract_Data#Attachment_Data'' and the value of Contract Events as ''Created/ Published'' to send the Agreement document in .docx format from ICM to Workday. &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Send Agreement doc to Workday.png|720px|Send Agreement doc to Workday.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can send the .docx version of Agreement to Workday only after the Agreement is published.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Sending the .pdf version of Agreement from ICM to Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have already configured sending an Agreement document in .docx or .pdf&amp;amp;nbsp;format, modify the Contract events and also the document format , else you must create the Client App Entity Mapping Masterdata using the steps mentioned in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Creating Client App Entity Mapping&amp;amp;nbsp;''section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To send the .pdf version of Agreement to Workday:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Repeat steps 1-3 from the Sending the .docx version of Agreement froom ICM to Workday section and then perform the below step.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Set''' the value of ''ICM Attribute Name'' attribute as ''$Contract_Assembled_Pdf ''and the value of ''Client Attribute Name'' as ''Supplier_Contract_Data#Attachment_Data'' and the value of Contract Events as ''Created|Published| Updated'' to send the Agreement document in .pdf format from ICM to Workday. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Send Agreement pdf to Workday.png|720px|Send Agreement pdf to Workday.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can send the .pdf version of the Agreement to Workday only after the Agreement is approved.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Viewing the Supplier Contract in Workday ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;integrates with Workday and provides capability of viewing and updating the Supplier Contracts in Workday that are originally created in ICM. When a Supplier Contract is created in ICM, it is synchronized in Workday. Any updates and amendments made to the ICM Contract are auto-synchronized and get reflected in Workday.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Any Amendments created in ICM will not reflect as separate amendment documents in Workday, but the main Supplier Contract will directly reflect the respective changes, and a Note will be added in Workday to indicate that the Contract has been amended in ICM.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM integration with Workday allows you to only view the Contract in Workday.&amp;amp;nbsp;After you create a Supplier Contract in ICM, you can view it in Workday using the following process:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to Workday as an Integration System user provisioned in ICM and Workday.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' Find Supplier Contract in the text box on the Welcome page. The ''Find Supplier Contracts'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:Workday-ViewSupplierContract-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.'''Type''' the Contract name you entered in ICM in the ''Contract Name'' field on ''Find Supplier Contract'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday FindSupplierContact-SP6.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''OK''. The ''Report Criteria'' page opens showing the list of relevant Contracts.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-ReportCriteria-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the magnifying glass icon under Supplier Contract. The Contract Information page opens showing the details of the Contract created in ICM.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Workday-ViewContractInformation-SP6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing the Agreement document in Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The .docx and .pdf are displayed under the ''Contract'' record on the ''View Supplier Contract'' page under ''Catalog Item Pricing'' section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Workday Side Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Administrator from Workday end must create the following domain security policy permissions for creating Workday Integration security groups.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Note that, the domain security policy permissions provided below are just an example of the various security policies the Workday administrator will have to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:WorkdaySideConfiguration-SP6.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Salesforce&amp;diff=10941</id>
		<title>Salesforce</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Salesforce&amp;diff=10941"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T09:00:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Salesforce =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this Wiki is to document the process of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Configuring ICM in Salesforce. &lt;br /&gt;
*Performing Salesforce related configuration in ICM for mapping data entities and saved searches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also describes the process of using the Icertis Experience for Salesforce&amp;amp;nbsp;with the standard scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The document is primarily intended for:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Administrator users who configure Icertis Experience for Salesforce&amp;amp;nbsp;on Salesforce.com. &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM Administrator Users who work on ICM Side Configuration. &lt;br /&gt;
*Other users who work with Agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Prerequisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The user must have an account on Salesforce and ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Icertis CLM must be installed on Salesforce.com from Salesforce AppExchange. It is compatible with Group, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Force.com Developer and Performance Editions. &lt;br /&gt;
*The user must have admin privileges for ICM and Salesforce in case the user is configuring ICM on Salesforce.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Icertis Experience for Salesforce&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Icertis Experience for Salesforce is a native Salesforce application that allows you to access the full suite of ICM functionality from Salesforce, including the following capabilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Manage end-to-end contract lifecycle from the familiar Salesforce platform. &lt;br /&gt;
*Create Contract Requests with pre-populated data from Salesforce objects. &lt;br /&gt;
*Track contract progress and status updates within Salesforce. &lt;br /&gt;
*View contract notifications as part of chatter feed messages. &lt;br /&gt;
*Automatically transfer and synchronize data between Salesforce objects and ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Map Salesforce objects (standard and custom) with ICM entities. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Overview of ICM Salesforce.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM and Salesforce integration is required to port data from ICM to Salesforce. This integration avoids the need for re-entering the data manually in Salesforce which you have already created in ICM.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use ICM from within Salesforce:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The ICM sections must be embedded in the Salesforce pages. &lt;br /&gt;
*After logging on to Salesforce, select ICM in the top right corner of your Salesforce page to use ICM through Salesforce. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce has the following key concepts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Account'' is a label for business. It is a company or a business entity, you might already be working with, or one that you hope to work with. In simple words, an Account is an actual business or company. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Overview of ICM Salesforce2.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Opportunity'' is a pending deal with a monetary value associated with it. It helps to track the pending deals and sales. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Overview of ICM Salesforce3.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Quote'' is the data showing the proposed prices for the products or services. Quotes can be created by using the data that is saved in the Opportunities and shared with the prospective customers. Every opportunity can have multiple associated quotes linked to it. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Overview of ICM Salesforce4.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
After integrating ICM with Salesforce, you can do the following contract management tasks in Salesforce:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Create and edit a Contract Request from an existing Account. &lt;br /&gt;
*Create and edit a Contract Request from an existing Opportunity. &lt;br /&gt;
*Create and edit a Contract Request from an existing Quote. &lt;br /&gt;
*Create and edit a Contract from an Account when a prospective sales lead is qualified and a corresponding account is created. &lt;br /&gt;
*Create and edit a Contract from an existing Opportunity. &lt;br /&gt;
*Create and edit a Contract from an existing Quote. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Salesforce Side Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prerequisites ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You must have a Salesforce account.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*You must have administrator privileges to install ICM in Salesforce. &lt;br /&gt;
*You must have ICM administrator privileges to configure ICM in Salesforce. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Compatibility ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM is compatible with the following editions of Salesforce:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Professional &lt;br /&gt;
*Enterprise &lt;br /&gt;
*Unlimited &lt;br /&gt;
*Developer &lt;br /&gt;
*Performance &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about the different editions of Salesforce, refer to:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=overview_edition.htm&amp;amp;type=0 https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=overview_edition.htm&amp;amp;type=0]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing ICM in Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To install ICM in Salesforce:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;Log on to Salesforce.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;Open a new browser instance and go to Salesforce AppExchange to download the ICM application.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Installing ICM in Salesforce.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Get It'' Now. This opens a new screen having two options:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Log in to AppExchange: '''Logon''' to AppExchange using your Salesforce credentials to proceed with the installation. &lt;br /&gt;
*I don’t have a login: '''Install''' ICM in Salesforce as a guest user. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Installing ICM in Salesforce2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4. '''Choose&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Log into AppExchange''. This presents the following options:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Install in production &lt;br /&gt;
*Install in Sandbox &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Installing ICM in Salesforce3.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Choose''' ''Install in production'' and '''select''' the ''Terms and Conditions'' checkbox.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Installing ICM in Salesforce4.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6. '''Choose '''one of the applicable options:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Install for Admins only: install ICM for Salesforce Administrators who can install ICM in Salesforce. &lt;br /&gt;
*Install for All Users: install ICM for all users of Salesforce. &lt;br /&gt;
*Install for Specific Profiles: install ICM for specific profiles only. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;7. Perform Configuring ICM EndPoint.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating and Managing the Canvas App ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Creating the Canvas App'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps to create a Canvas App:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;In '''Salesforce''', under ''Setup'', '''search '''for ''Apps'' in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Quick Find'' box and '''select''' Apps.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating and Managing the Canvas App.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Connected Apps related'' list, '''click '''New.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating and Managing the Canvas App2.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Connected App Name'' field, '''type '''the name of the Canvas App.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4. Accept the default API Name. This is the internal name of the Canvas App and you cannot change the name after saving it.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5. In the ''Contact Email'' field, '''type''' your valid email address.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Logo Image URL'' field, '''type''' the ''Logo URL'' that you want to provide.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Icon URL'' field, '''type''' the ''Icon URL'' that you want to provide.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating and Managing the Canvas App3.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;8.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''API'' (''Enable OAuth Settings'') section '''select '''the ''Enable OAuth Settings'' field.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9. In the ''Callback'' URL field, '''type''' your ''Callback'' ''URL''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10. In the ''Selected OAuth Scopes'' field, '''select''' ''Full Access''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11. In the ''Canvas App Settings'' section, '''select '''''Force.com Canvas''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12. In the ''Canvas App URL'' field, '''type''' the application URL that you want to sync with Salesforce. This is the application URL, which is integrated with Salesforce.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 13. In the ''Access Method'' field, '''select''' ''Signed Request'' (Post)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14. In the ''Locations'' field, '''select''' ''Visualforce'' Page.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating and Managing the Canvas App4.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;15.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Save''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Managing the Canvas App'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;In ''Salesforce'', under ''Setup'', '''search''' for ''Connected Apps'' in the ''Quick Find'' box and then '''select''' the option for managing ''Connected Apps''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Managing the Canvas App.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''ICM App'', and then '''click''' ''Edit''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Managing the Canvas App2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Permitted Users'' field, '''select''' ''Admin approved users are pre-authorized'' so that other ICM users cannot view the Canvas App until they are provided permissions. '''Click '''''OK'' in the&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; pop-up message that opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If you select the ''All Users may self-authorize'' option in the ''Permitted Users'' field, other ICM users can see the Canvas App, but they would need to approve or deny access to it.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Managing the Canvas App3.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click''' ''Save''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Now, define who can access your Canvas App by using profiles and permission sets.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To understand the following example, consider that you want to give access to the System Administrator profile.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1. In the ''Profiles ''related list, '''click''' ''Manage Profiles''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the ''System Administrator'' profile and '''click''' Save.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuring ICM EndPoint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can perform ICM EndPoint Configuration only after you have installed Salesforce ICM from AppExchange.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring ICM EndPoint 1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure ICM EndPoint:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1. '''Click''' ''ICM Configuration'' in the top navigation bar by logging on to the ICM App in Salesforce on ICM App Home page. ''ICM EndPoint Configuration'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. Provide relevant information in the respective fields:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Table 1 1.PNG|RTENOTITLE]][[File:Table 1 2.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a Field Set&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Field set are fields that have been grouped together for creating the Field Set. For example, Opportunity name, Close Date, Opportunity Owner etc. A user with Administrator privileges can create or edit a Field Set.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Field Set:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the ''Settings&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon on the ''Settings'' page,&amp;amp;nbsp;and then click Setup. The ''Setup'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:CreatingFieldSet1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Object Manager''. The ''Object Manager'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select ObjectManager.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the entity name in the ''Quick Find'' box to search for the entity that you want to create the Field Set. For example, ''Opportunity''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Quick Find Entity.png|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click''' an ''Opportunity'' from the filtered list. The respective ''Opportunity'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Quick Find Entity 1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Field Sets'' in the left navigation pane. The ''Field Sets'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Field Sets.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''New'' on the ''Field Sets'' tab. The ''New Field Set'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create New FieldSet.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the description for the following fields on the ''New Field Set'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Field Set Label:&amp;amp;nbsp;''The name for the Field Set.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Field Set Name:&amp;amp;nbsp;''This is&amp;amp;nbsp;auto-populated based on the ''Field Set'' label above. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Where is this used?''&amp;amp;nbsp;: A brief description of the Salesforce pages where the ''Field Set'' will be used, and for what purpose. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create New FieldSet 1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Drag''' and '''drop''' the Fields from the ''Quick Find'' section to the ''In the Field Set'' section to add the Fields to the Field Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Save&amp;amp;nbsp;''to save the Field Set you created.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing the Fields in Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fields added in the Field Set can be viewed when creating a Contract from Salesforce using an Account, Opportunity or Quote.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the Fields:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Opportunities'' on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Home'' page in Salesforce. The ''Opportunities'' page opens displaying the list of Opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:View FieldSet 1.png|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Opportunity'' from which you want to create a Contract. The ''Opportunity Details'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:View FieldSet 2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''New Contract'' in the ''Icertis Contracts'' section. The ''Create'' page opens displaying the details to be entered for creating the Contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the following on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create&amp;amp;nbsp;''page.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Category:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the Category from this dropdown. For example,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Default.&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Contract Type Name:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the Contract Type based on which you want to create the Contract. For example,&amp;amp;nbsp;''SFMSA.&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Type of Paper'': '''Select''' ''Own'' if you want to use the system generated Template. '''Select''' ''Third Party'' if you want to upload and use your own Template. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:View FieldSet 4.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Attributes'' page opens showing the list of Fields added in the Field Set. For example, ''Opportunity Id'', ''Opportunity Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:View FieldSet 5.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;After the Contract is created in Salesforce, it is displayed in ICM along with the Fields added in the Field Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:View FieldSet 6.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Setting up a new Remote Site (whitelisting of ICM instance) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adding a remote site or whitelisting the ICM domain is an optional step. The Application automatically creates or adds the remote site settings but if the application does not create remote site automatically, follow the steps below to create remote site settings. You can view added remote site by navigating to ''Setup'', ''Remote Site Settings'' and search for ''ICM URL'', which you added by following the steps in the earlier section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You need to add your ICM Application URL in Salesforce for whitelisting. Salesforce can access only whitelisted URLs.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To setup a new remote site:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1. '''Click '''''Setup ''in the upper right corner of your page. The ''Setup'' page&amp;amp;nbsp;opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Click '''''Security Controls'' in the ''Administer'' menu in the left pane and then '''click''' ''Remote Site Settings''. Alternatively, you can '''type '''''Remote Site Settings'' in the ''Quick Find/Search box''. As you type the text, the relevant search result opens. '''Select''' ''Remote Site Settings'' under ''Security Controls''. The ''All Remote Sites'' page opens showing the list of Remote sites.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Click '''''New Remote Site''. The ''Remote Site Edit ''page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Table 2.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you add the above information on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Remote Site Edit'' page, you can do the following:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save '''the Remote Site you created.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Save ''and ''New'' to save the Remote Site you created and open the ''Remote Site Edit'' page to continue creating a new Remote Site. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Cancel'' to cancel the process of creating the Remote Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Setting up a new Remote type.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuring Page Layout ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To Enable ICM sections on the added entity (as per the ''ICM Configuration'' section) you need to add the ICM custom pages into page layouts. By using the ''Page Layout Configuration'', Admin assigns user access to Contract or Contract Request Related Sections. For example, if you have enabled the ICM Configuration for Opportunity in Salesforce, you need to enable ICM custom pages in '''Opportunity Layout''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opportunity (Opportunity Page Layout)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;You can Edit your existing Page layout (''Opportunity Layout'') and add two Visualforce pages inside the page layout as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp; On the ''Opportunity Layout'' page, '''click''' ''Edit'' to edit the page layout where you want to add ''Visualforce'' pages.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring Page Layout new.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Opportunity Layout'' pane, in the left menu, scroll down to select ''Visualforce Pages''. &amp;amp;nbsp;Under ''Blank Space'', drag the page that you want to give access to and drop it in the appropriate area in the opportunity (located on the same page under ''Opportunity Sample''). For example, as you can see in the following screenshot, ''ICM_Contract Page'' and ''ICM_Contract Request Page'' can be dragged and dropped in the appropriate area in the opportunity.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring Page Layout new2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4.&amp;amp;nbsp;Pages are added in the ''Icertis Contracts'' Section.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configuring Page Layout new3.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Save''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': For better visualization, please add inline VF pages with the height of 250px.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Configuring Data Sync ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the Contract and Contract Request is created from Salesforce, the data is synced to ICM entities. If the Salesforce entity is edited or changed, user need to update mapped fields in ICM. Ideally, this process is automated. The system should automatically sync the data in the background, without user intervention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable this feature in Salesforce, ''ICM Service User Authentication Token'' should be configured and create a process in ''Process Builder'' for specific entities. &amp;amp;nbsp;Selected entities will have Data sync functionality. To know more about the ''Process Builder'', visit: [https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=process_overview.htm&amp;amp;type=0 https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=process_overview.htm&amp;amp;type=0&amp;amp;nbsp;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data Sync (Salesforce to ICM) Configuration ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Data sync configuration is divided into two sections:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Configure Service User Authentication Token &lt;br /&gt;
*Configure Entity Process Builder &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Service User Authentication Token ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To configure Service User Token in Salesforce, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;In Salesforce, under ''Setup'', '''search''' ''Installed Packages'' in the ''Quick Find'' box and '''select '''''Installed Packages''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Service USer Authentication Token.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Find '''''IcertisCLM'' Package and '''Click '''Configure. ''Data Sync Configuration'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Service USer Authentication Token new 2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Service USer Authentication Token new 3.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;Only the ''Admin ''user can perform the following actions:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Disable DS Interval Flow'': '''Click''' this checkbox to deactivate the Data Sync Interval Flow. Default value false.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Sync Time Duration'': &amp;amp;nbsp;It denotes the sync time duration (in seconds). Default value 10. &lt;br /&gt;
*''ICM Service User Auth Token'': It is the Service User Authentication Token. Contact DevOps team to get this token. and it is existed in ICM, if you want this token contact ICM Configurator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click''' ''Save''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configure Entity Process Builder ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Process Builder ''configuration is an entity-specific configuration. To configure ''Process Builder'' in Salesforce, go through the following steps. In this case, the Opportunity entity will be configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. In Salesforce, under ''Setup'', '''search '''for ''Process Builder'' in the ''Quick Find'' box and '''select''' ''Process Builder''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configure Entity Process Builder.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2. On the ''Process Builder Configuration Page'', '''click''' ''New''. ''New Process'' popup opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configure Entity Process Builder1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. On the New Process popup window, '''enter '''Process Name and API Name.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Set '''The process starts when field value to ''A record changes'' and '''click''' Save.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configure Entity Process Builder2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;''Opp Sync process configuration'' page opens. '''Click '''''Add Object'', '''Select '''''Object Name'' and '''select '''''when record is created or edited'' and '''click '''''Save''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configure Entity Process Builder3.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Criteria'', '''enter''' ''Criteria Name'' and '''select''' ''Conditions are met'', ''formula evaluates true'' or ''No Criteria'' and '''click''' Save.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configure Entity Process Builder4.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;To configure ''Immediate Actions'', '''click '''''Add Action'', '''enter''' the data as per the table below and '''click '''''Save''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Table 3.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configure Entity Process Builder6.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Activate'' to complete the process.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Configure Entity Process Builder7.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;You can configure any other Entity following the same process.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Side Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mapping Data between Salesforce and ICM ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the ''Configuration ''tile in the ICM application to specify the mapping details between Salesforce and ICM by creating Masterdata records for mapping entities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Masterdata records for mapping entities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Creating Client App Cross Reference Mapping'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Log on '''to the ICM application.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Click''' ''Configuration'' on ICM Dashboard. The Configuration page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata records for mapping entities.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Masterdata ''on the ''Configuration ''page. The ''Masterdata ''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata records for mapping entities1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4. '''Click''' ''Create Masterdata''. ''Create Masterdata ''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata records for mapping entities2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5. Provide relevant information in the respective fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata records for mapping entities3.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Attributes ''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata records for mapping entities4.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;7. Provide relevant information in the respective fields:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Table 4.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''You can map a Salesforce standard Contract object to ICM Contract Type. This allows creating a Contract in Salesforce automatically whenever it is created in ICM. You can configure any Salesforce entity to map with the ICM Contract creation.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Save'' after entering the details.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Masterdata for mapping the entities ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a Masterdata record for the Contract Type Masterdata that you created earlier. This helps in mapping the entities between Salesforce and ICM. ICM allows mapping this data from any Salesforce entities like opportunity, account, or quote to a Contract Request or agreement by creating the Masterdata record in ICM.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To create a Masterdata record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' ''Configuration'' on My Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata for mapping the entities.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Masterdata'' on the Configuration page. The Masterdata page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata for mapping the entities1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Create Masterdata'' on the Masterdata page. The ''Create Masterdata'' page opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata for mapping the entities2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4. Complete the information in the following sections.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Masterdata Details'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Attributes'' &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Next'' at the end of ''Masterdata Details'' section to go to the ''Attributes ''section and complete creating the Masterdata record.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Masterdata Details'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1. '''Select '''the category from the drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Select''' the Contract Type Masterdata that you created earlier. For the purpose of mapping the data between ICM and Salesforce, '''select '''''Client App Entity Mapping''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Next''. The ''Attributes'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata for mapping the entities3 new.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Attributes'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This section shows the attributes that you created when creating the Contract Type Masterdata.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Masterdata for mapping the entities4 new.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4.&amp;amp;nbsp;Enter the following details in appropriate fields.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Table5 1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]][[File:Table5 2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Save'' to save the Masterdata record and enable mapping between ICM and Salesforce.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration for allowing user to be redirected to ICM Details page in Salesforce ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When creating Contracts, Contract Requests and Amendments from Salesforce, Administrators can now configure whether the users should be redirected to the ICM Contract details page or the Salesforce Record page from where creation process was initiated.&amp;amp;nbsp;This can be configured by selecting the Allow Redirect checkbox on the ICM Endpoint Configuration page. By default, the checkbox is unchecked. When checked, the user is redirected to the Salesforce Record page, else to the ICM Contract detail page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with Saved Searches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use advanced search option to search for existing entities. You can save these searches and pin them as favorites for easy access. Saved searches can be opened for easy access to the search results.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Performing a Search to Save ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Search&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon''&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile on the top right corner on ''My Dashboard'' page. The ''Advanced Search'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Please select Entities to Search'' field, '''enter''' or '''select''' appropriate entities from the list and '''type''' the keywords to search in the ''Enter Search here'' field.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Working with saved searches.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Select''' from these options:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Metadata'': the search is performed in the metadata of the selected Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Full Text'': the search is performed within the contents of the document of the selected Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After selecting either of the above options, '''click '''the ''Search''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon. The list of search results opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;To narrow down your search further, navigate to ''Search For'' field. '''Click '''''Select Field'' and '''select '''an option from the list provided. The number in the bracket indicates the number of items available containing that search term. You can select multiple options. For example, '''selecting '''the field Status displays the number of Agreements that have the ''Status as Draft'', ''Approved'', ''Terminated'', ''Superseded ''and so on. If you select the status as ''Draft'' (select the checkbox next to Draft), all Agreements in the ''Draft'' state are displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. A list of these Agreements opens as search result in a tabular format. Enhance your search using wild cards as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Type a search term in between the star characters *...*. It shows existing items which include the respective search term. &lt;br /&gt;
*Type *...Prefix* to a search term. It shows existing items which end with this term. &lt;br /&gt;
*Type *...Suffix* to a search term. It shows existing items which start with this term. &lt;br /&gt;
*Type a search term in double quotes &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;. It shows existing items which include the search term.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Type ...(space)... multiple search terms with space in between. It shows existing items which include the search terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Saving a Search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the search criteria defined and need same search criteria repeatedly, it is advisable to '''save '''the search. For Configuring Saved Search in Salesforce, we need some of the Data Mapping which includes Salesforce Account and Opportunity Id (which is 18 digit of alphanumeric reference value). That means, if you are defining a mapping of Salesforce Opportunity with Contract Request, then in that contract request create a field/attribute which will hold the salesforce Opportunity id, in the same manner you can create for the account id reference. So create these required mapping to start with Saved Search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, after you map data, attribute like Opportunity ID can be mapped in ICM and Salesforce.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Working with saved searches2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Working with saved searches3.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
To '''save''' the search:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Save&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon. This opens the ''Save Search'' window. Set the parameters for this Saved Search.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Type''' a name for the search. Use a name that you can easily associate with this search.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Click '''''Yes ''to make it a global search, which means all users of the selected Security Groups and Organization units can view it. '''Select '''''No'' to save this search locally, which will not be visible to any other person than the person who is creating it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Only the Administrator can save global searches.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Specify''' the Advanced parameters as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Working with saved searches5.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;A search defined as a Smart Link cannot be set as a Dashboard tile.&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; For a global search, the administrator needs to create a security group and give access to specific users. Only those users can see that Saved Search in the list and add it as a Dashboard tile.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can also save your searches and use the saved search Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) in the ICM Endpoint Settings in Salesforce. You can create saved searches for the following fields that are displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;in ''Salesforce ICM Config Settings &amp;gt; ICM Endpoint Settings'':&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Working with saved searches4.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Following is an example of creating a saved search for Contract Opportunity Search URI:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. On the upper right corner of your ICM page, '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Search'' icon. The Search page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Please select Entities to search'' list, select the entity that you want to search such as Agreement or Contract Request and then '''type '''the entity that you want to display in the search text box. The relevant search results open.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the upper right corner of the search results, click ''Save''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon to save your search. The Save Search window is displayed. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4. In the Save search as box, type the name of the saved search as a URI such as SF_OPP_CR for a contract request, or SF_OPP_Contract for a contract request. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Similarly, you can create&amp;amp;nbsp;saved searches for the remaining entities. The entity and field to filter will be different.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;For core ICM related configuration, refer to ICM admin guide.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Within Salesforce, ICM will be accessible as per the ICM based User context so if there is anything which you need to control at the user end, please control the user settings from core ICM product.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Updating Saved Search Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With&amp;amp;nbsp;this feature, Salesforce administrator can map any of the entity level attribute for executing the Saved Search, provided it is created in ICM as per the attribute configured in Salesforce.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; If you do not configure the attribute in Salesforce, the Saved Search still executes based on the Salesforce record ID.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enabling Single Sign-On ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to setup single sign-on for Salesforce to work seamlessly with ICM. For more information about setting up single sign-on, refer [https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=sso_saml.htm&amp;amp;type=0 https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=sso_saml.htm&amp;amp;type=0]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multiple Salesforce Instances ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this feature, you can connect multiple Salesforce instances of your organization or organization groups to a single ICM instance. For using this feature, the user needs to create a new `Masterdata record which can be used to define the multiple Salesforce instances. The user needs to add the login details of the configured Salesforce instance machine configuration. Contact Dev Ops team for assistance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To support Multiple Salesforce instances, you need to add multiple records in Client App Org Reference Contract Type. If the Contract Type is not listed in the system, then it needs to be created.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; If the Client Org Reference Contract Type is not already created, create it using the following steps:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To create a Masterdata record:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the ''My Dashboard'' page, '''click '''''Configuration ''and then '''click''' ''Masterdata''. The Masterdata page opens&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Create Masterdata''. Provide relevant information in the respective fields and '''click '''''Next''. The ''Attributes'' page opens. Provide relevant information in the respective fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Multiple Salesforce Instances1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;Provide relevant information in the respective fields:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Table 6.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Notes''':&amp;amp;nbsp;While creating a new Contract Type, name it as Client Org Reference only. The naming convention must be followed exactly as given. ICM will not recognize and sync Contract Type which is created by any other name.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; After adding the Org Reference mapping in Client App Entity mapping and Cross-reference mapping, there will be an extra attribute where the user selects the Org for which that particular mapping is synced.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; After the Salesforce instance is configured, you can use that Reference Org to define Client App Entity Mapping and Client App Cross Reference mapping.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; If Client App Org Reference Contract Type is not installed, you need to create this Contract type, with exactly the same name and attributes. Refer this link for details.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In this way, Client Org Reference Contract Type can be used for multiple Salesforce instances.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a Contract Request from an Account&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a Contract Request if your organization does not provide the privileges to create a contract directly.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Account.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a Contract Request from an account:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to Salesforce using your ICM credentials.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''ICM'' in the top right corner of your Salesforce page to use ICM through Salesforce.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Account'' in the top navigation, and '''click''' the ''Account'' for which you want to create a Contract Request.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the ''Account Detail'' page, scroll down to the ''Icertis Contracts'' section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''New Contract Request''. The ''Create Contract Request'' page opens in Salesforce. The options available on this page indicate the type of contract for which you are creating this request.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Account2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the ''Category'' and ''Request Type'' based on the request you are creating and '''click''' ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Account3.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Specify '''the details of the request on the various sections of this page.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Table 7.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Next''. The ''Request Summary'' page opens. You can also '''click''' ''Save'' if you want to save the changes and create the request later.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Account5.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9. '''Click''' ''Create Request''. The Accounts page opens showing the Contract Request you created in ''Draft ''state.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10. '''Click''' ''ICM'' in the top navigation bar and then click ''Contract Requests''. The Contract Request page opens and it shows the list of available requests.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11. '''Click''' ''View ''next to the Request you created. The ''Request Details'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Account6.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
12. Use the buttons in the table below to perform a desired action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Table 8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a Contract from an Account ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of creating a contract from ICM in Salesforce is dependent on the workflow that is implemented in your organization.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Account.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
To create a Contract from an Account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to Salesforce using your ICM credentials.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''ICM'' in the top right corner of your Salesforce page to use ICM through Salesforce&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Accounts'' in the top navigation, and '''click''' the ''Account'' for which you want to create a contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from an Account1 new.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the ''Account Detail'' page, scroll down to the ''Icertis Contracts'' section.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Click''' ''New Contract''. This opens the ''Create Contract'' page in Salesforce.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can set the label of the buttons as required.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Account2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;Complete the details in the sections below and '''click''' ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contract Type Details'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the following information in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Table 9.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Attributes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains the attributes that the primary owner selected while creating the Contract Type for the agreement, which you are creating. You can also save the details at any stage and return to this page to complete the agreement later. The attributes displayed in this section vary based on the Contract Type you select.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from an Account3.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Below is the description of some of the attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an Account9.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Template'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows the templates that you created for the selected Contract Type. This section opens only if you select Own type of paper to create the agreement. Select the template from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from an Account4.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Verify'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the final step in the agreement creation process. The details in this section open based on the attributes and sections you used to create this agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from an Account5.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can perform the following actions on this page:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Previous'' to go back and make any changes to the agreement. '''Click '''''Next'' to return to this section after making the required changes. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Create'' to create the Agreement. After the agreement is created it is not visible to all users until it is published by its primary owner. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Create and Publish'' to create and publish the agreement. After the agreement is published it becomes visible to other users and a Draft watermark opens on the agreement in all states until it is approved by the designated approver. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Create and Send for Approval'' to create and send the agreement for approval. The agreement is sent to the approvers that are set by rule for the Contract Type selected for this agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Discard'' to stop the agreement creation process. A discarded agreement is no longer available in ICM. You can discard the agreement from any section while creating the agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;After the Agreement is created in Salesforce, it is available in ICM in the Draft state. You can send the agreement for approval through Salesforce, however, the approve and reject actions on the agreement can only happen through ICM.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding Amendment to a Contract ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Contract is executed, it cannot be edited. However, the primary owner can add an amendment to the Contract that is in the ''Executed'' state only.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Amendments are added to a Contract due to following reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Payment terms of the Contract have changed. &lt;br /&gt;
*Scope of work in the Contract has changed. &lt;br /&gt;
*The terms and conditions of the Contract have changed due to the introduction of the new regulation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an amendment to a Contract:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to Salesforce with your credentials.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''ICM'' in the top navigation. The ''ICM'' page showing the list of Contracts and Contract Requests opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''and open the Contract that is in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Executed'' state. The ''Contract'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Amendment'' on the ''Contract'' page. The ''Add Amendment'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Make''' the required changes to the Contract on the ''Initial Attributes'' tab and '''click''' ''Next''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create''. The ''Amendment'' moves to the ''Draft'' state and opens the ''Amendment Details'' page.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;You can perform the following actions on the ''Amendment Details'' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adding Amendment to a Contract.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
After adding an Amendment, it goes through the similar flow of Agreement from Draft till execution.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a Contract Request from an Opportunity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a Contract Request if your organization does not provide the privileges to create a contract from ICM in Salesforce.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Contract Request from an Opportunity:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Log on''' to Salesforce using your ICM credentials.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''ICM'' in the top right corner of your Salesforce page to use ICM through Salesforce.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Opportunities'' in the top navigation, and '''click''' the ''Opportunity ''for which you want to create a Contract Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from an opportunity.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the ''Opportunity Detail'' page, scroll down to the ''Icertis Contracts'' section.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''New Contract Request''. The ''Create Contract Request'' page opens in Salesforce. The options available on this page indicate the type of contract for which you are creating this request.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;The rest of the process to create a Contract Request from an Opportunity is same as Creating a Contract Request from an Account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a Contract from an Opportunity ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of creating a contract from ICM in Salesforce is dependent on the workflow implemented in your organization.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Contract from an Opportunity:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to Salesforce using your ICM credentials.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''ICM'' in the top right corner of your Salesforce page to use ICM through Salesforce.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Opportunities'' in the top navigation, and click the Opportunity for which you want to create a contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract from an opportunity.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the ''Opportunity Detail'' page, scroll down to the ''Icertis Contracts'' section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''New Contract''. The ''Create Contract'' page opens in Salesforce. The options available on this page indicate the type of contract for which you are creating this request.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The rest of the process to create a Contract Request from an Opportunity is same as Creating a Contract from an Account.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a Contract Request from a Quote ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a Contract Request if your organization does not provide the privileges to create a contract from ICM in Salesforce.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To create a Contract Request from a Quote:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to Salesforce using your ICM credentials.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''ICM'' in the top right corner of your Salesforce page to use ICM through Salesforce.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' Quotes in the top navigation, and '''click '''the Quotes for which you want to create a Contract Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from a Quote.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the ''Quote Detail'' page, scroll down to the ''Icertis Contracts'' section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''New Contract Request''. The ''Create Contract Request'' page opens in Salesforce. The options available on this page indicate the type of contract for which you are creating this request.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;The rest of the process to create a Contract Request from a Quote is same as Creating a Contract Request from an Account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a Contract from a Quote ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of creating a contract from ICM in Salesforce is dependent on the workflow implemented in your organization.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Contract from a Quote:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Log on''' to Salesforce using your ICM credentials.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''ICM'' in the top right corner of your Salesforce page to use ICM through Salesforce.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Quotes'' in the top navigation, and '''click''' the Quotes for which you want to create a contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Contract Request from a Quote.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the ''Quote Detail'' page, scroll down to the ''Icertis Contracts'' section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''New Contract''. The Create Contract page opens in Salesforce. The options available on this page indicate the type of contract for which you are creating this request.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The rest of the process to create a Contract from a quote is the same as Creating a Contract from an Account.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Configuration|Configuration]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Integrations|Integrations]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Legacy_Upload&amp;diff=10940</id>
		<title>Legacy Upload</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Legacy_Upload&amp;diff=10940"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:52:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Legacy Upload&amp;amp;nbsp; =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Organizations may have a large number of existing Agreements that are created outside of ICM platform. These are henceforth referred to as Legacy Agreements.&amp;amp;nbsp;Organizations may want to import these Agreements to ICM to leverage its vast capabilities and manage all Agreements within a single platform.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Legacy Upload feature enables ICM Administrator to easily upload in bulk the legacy agreements that were created outside of ICM. This feature enhances productivity by allowing you to upload a large volume of existing Agreements and other entities using Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The highlights of this feature are&amp;amp;nbsp;:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uploading Agreements, Teams, Notes and Commitments in bulk. &lt;br /&gt;
*Uploading Associations, Masterdata, User Information and Amendments in bulk. &lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled batch processing for improved performance. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhanced validations, including the ability to exclude the specified attributes from being validated.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Ability to view logs and reporting of success and failure statuses for validations and uploads. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the utility to upload the following entities:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Agreements&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Amendments &lt;br /&gt;
*Associated Documents (with or without workflow) &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata (with or without workflow) &lt;br /&gt;
*Team, Notes, and Commitment &lt;br /&gt;
*User details &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Considerations&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Only an Administrator can perform Legacy Upload of the entities.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*The absolute path where the Agreements and other entities documents are saved must be accessible by the task service of the ICM instance. This must be ensured while configuring the ICM instance.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*The mapping and data files created in Excel can only have an .xlsx extension.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*For Agreements, only PDF files are supported. For Associations, several file formats such as Pdf, docx, doc, xls, jpeg, png, zip are supported.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract&amp;amp;nbsp;Types for the Agreements and other entities that you are trying to upload must be present in Published state in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*To upload any Associations, ensure that the relevant Contract Type has been added in the Associations tab in the parent Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*An attribute which will always have unique value must be present in ICM so that the relevant value can be used as a Primary Key to map other entities with that Agreement. If such an attribute does not already exist, you must create it. The unique value attribute can be a backend attribute which may not be visible on the UI. Also, Agreement Code attribute which contains a system-generated value only after an Agreement has been created, cannot be used as a Primary Key for the Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*When adding batches for uploading, it is advisable not to schedule too many batches at close intervals and configure schedules to line-up batches to be uploaded at different times to optimize the processing speed. &lt;br /&gt;
*Since this is a provisioning tool, any sort of updates to uploaded records are not supported. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Viewing Legacy Upload Dashboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can view the status of the batch by clicking the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Refresh&amp;amp;nbsp;''button in the top right hand corner to refresh the status of the batch.&amp;amp;nbsp;If you encounter any error while processing the batch, it is highlighted in red color and displayed under the ''Failed Count'' column. Hovering over the Failed Co… on the ''Legacy Upload'' page, is displayed as ''Failed Count''.&amp;amp;nbsp;After the batch is uploaded, '''click '''the ''Batch Name ''to view the history of the processes performed on a particular batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Legacy Upload-Dashboard-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading Agreements&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section demonstrates with an example how to upload plain Agreements for a particular Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Searching or Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;a Contract Type for the Agreements with Workflow&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Identify an existing Contract Type in ICM for which to upload the Agreements. If that Contract Type does not exist, you need to create it using ''Create Contract Type'' on ''Configuration'' page in ICM. If the ''Enable Approval Workflow'' flag is set to ''Yes'', it means that the workflow is enabled for that Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Create a Contract Type named as ''Legacy Contract''&amp;amp;nbsp;with the attributes as can be seen under the ''Selected Attribute'' tab in the screenshot. The ICM name for this Contract Type is ''ICMLegacyContract''.Create a ''Legacy Ref Id'' attribute which will be used as a Primary Key in the metadata file for this Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:CreateContractType LegacyUpload C7SP6.png|560px|LegacyUpload_CreateContractType.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:LegacyUpload Create Attribute.png|720px|LegacyUpload Create Attribute.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. Copy the Agreement PDF at the location accessible by the task server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a&amp;amp;nbsp;Metadata File for Agreements&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important things to note for the metadata file:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The metadata file must contain the display names of the attributes spelled exactly as they are present in ICM. The display names are case-sensitive.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not necessary to include all the ICM attributes in the metadata file. However, the following attributes and their values must be provided in the data file- ''Name, File Path, Business Status,&amp;amp;nbsp;''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type of Paper.&amp;amp;nbsp;''Some of these may be backend attributes that are not visible on the UI.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create a&amp;amp;nbsp;metadata file for ICMLegacyContract Contract Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;Create an Excel file with .''xlsx'' extension and save it with the appropriate name, for example ''ICMLegacy_Contract_single .''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;Edit the same file to create columns that are essentially the ICM attributes for ICMLegacyContract Contract Type, and enter their values for the legacy Agreement that you want to upload. To ensure that you use the attributes correctly, switch to ICM and navigate to Configurations and then to&amp;amp;nbsp;Contract Types, and '''Click''' ''View Record'' to view the details of ICMLegacyContract. Then go to Attributes tab to see all the Selected Attributes for that CT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the metadata file the first row is a header row wherein you need to provide the exact Display Names of all or the desired attributes from ICM in consecutive columns.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshots are&amp;amp;nbsp;of the same metadata file&amp;amp;nbsp;ICMLegacy_Contract_single, broken down into 2 images to capture all the columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Metadata 1.png|720px|LegacyUpload Metadata 1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Metadata 2.png|720px|LegacyUpload Metadata 2.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The following section describes the column names (ICM attributes) and their values provided in the data file:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Name''':&amp;amp;nbsp;String data type, provide name of the Agreement. For example, Acme Corp Legacy Contract. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''File Path''':&amp;amp;nbsp;FileSelection data type, provide exact file name of the document that you copied to the accessible location after creating the Contract Type, append the file name with .PDF. For example, test.pdf.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Legacy Ref Id''':&amp;amp;nbsp;String data type, user-defined value, must be unique, used as a Primary Key that you created while creating the Contract Type ''ICMLegacyContract.'' &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Contract Value''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Currency data type, value of the contract in USD for this example, accepts value up to 2 decimals as configured for the data type. For example, 1000.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Effective Date''':Date data type in MM/DD/YY, format depends upon how it is configured for the ICM instance, invalid format will not be accepted while uploading the metadata file. For example, 3/9/2018.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Signature Type''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Choice data type, another choice for this example is Electronic Signature. For example, Manual Signature.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''External Signatory''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Email data type, enter valid email ID with FQDN only. For example,clmadmin@gmail.com.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Item List''':&amp;amp;nbsp;MultiSelectChoice data type, provide list of multiple values separated by ‘|’ without any spaces. For example, Item1|Item2|Item3. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''LegacyDate''':Date data type in MM/DD/YY, format depends upon how it is configured for the ICM instance, invalid format will not be accepted while uploading the metadata file. For example,&amp;amp;nbsp;5/9/2018.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Primary Owner Email'''&amp;amp;nbsp;:&amp;amp;nbsp;Email data type, enter valid email ID with FQDN only. For example,&amp;amp;nbsp;acmeadmin@acmecorp.com.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''CompanyUrl''':&amp;amp;nbsp;URL data type, enter a valid URL exactly in the same format as shown. For example,&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;a target=&amp;quot;_blank&amp;quot;href=&amp;quot;[http://acmecorp.com/ http://acmecorp.com/]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://acmecorp.com http://acmecorp.com]&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Country Name'''&amp;amp;nbsp;:Lookup field, case-sensitive, enter the exact value. For example, USA.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Is Amendment''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Boolean data type, values Yes/No. For example, No.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Is Assigned''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Boolean data type, values Yes/No. For example, No.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Is Assignment''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Boolean data type, values Yes/No. For example, No.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Is Termination''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Boolean data type, values Yes/No. For example, No.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type of Paper''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Not visible on UI, value must always be Third Party, case-sensitive. For example, Third Party. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Business Status''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Not visible on UI, value can optionally be Executed, case-sensitive.&amp;amp;nbsp;For example, Draft.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading Agreements with Team, Notes and Commitments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Team members, Notes, and Commitments along with the legacy Agreements from within the same metadata file.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Uploading the team, notes or commitments must be done at the first time when uploading the Agreements. Updating these entities later after Agreements are uploaded is not supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a&amp;amp;nbsp;Metadata File with Team, Notes, and Commitments&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the same Agreements metadata file ICMLegacy_Contract_single to add more sheets for Team, Notes, and Commitments.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': The sheets always must be named and formatted (irrespective of the client instance environment) as specified in the respective steps below.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload CreateMetadata.png|720px|LegacyUpload CreateMetadata.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''To create the Team metadata:'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Add''' a sheet and name it as&amp;amp;nbsp;''AgreementTeamMember''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Edit''' the sheet to create columns as below and provide their values as appropriate:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create Team Metadata.PNG|360px|LegacyUpload Create Team Metadata.PNG]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshot of the ''ICMLegacy_Contract_single'' shows the Team sheet and the columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create Team Metadata 1.PNG|720px|LegacyUpload_Create_Team_Metadata]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''To create the Notes metadata:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Add a sheet and name it as&amp;amp;nbsp;''AgreementNote.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''2. Edit the sheet to create columns as below and provide their values as appropriate:''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Parent_FK: '''Provide&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the value of the Primary Key (Legacy Ref Id) of the Parent Agreement for which to add the team members.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*User Name: String data type, enter a user's name &lt;br /&gt;
*Reason Code: Numeric data type, enter a valid reason code that can be found under ''User Administration'' and then the ''Reasons&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile. It is not a mandatory column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshot of the ''ICMLegacy_Contract_single'' shows the Note sheet and the columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Legacy Upload CreateNoteMetadata-7.8.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''To create the Commitments metadata:'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1. Add a sheet and name it as&amp;amp;nbsp;''AgreementCommitment''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Edit the sheet to create columns as below and provide their values as appropriate:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create Commitments Metadata 1.PNG|360px|LegacyUpload Create Commitments Metadata 1.PNG]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. Create an additional column named Parent_FK and provide the value of the Primary Key (Legacy Ref Id) of the parent Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshot of&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''ICMLegacy_Contract_single'' shows the Commitment sheet and the data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create Commitments Metadata 2.PNG|720px|LegacyUpload Create Commitments Metadata 2.PNG]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a&amp;amp;nbsp;Mapping File ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important things to note for the mapping file:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mapping file must contain the ICM names (not display names) of the attributes spelled exactly as they are present in ICM. The ICM names are case-sensitive. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can bypass validations for mandatory attributes in the mapping file by providing their ICM names in the Exclude Mandatory Validations column. However, it cannot skip generic validations for data types. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create a mapping file:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Create an Excel file with .xlsx extension and save it with the name, ''Mappings_Acme_agreements.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''2.Edit the file to create columns and provide their details/values as specified below:''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload CreateMappingFile1.PNG|360px|LegacyUpload CreateMappingFile1.PNG]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''Mappings_Acme_agreements'' file created for ''ICMLegacyContract'' Contract Type.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:LegacyUpload Create MappingFile 7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In the above example,&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''C:\Integration'' is the UNCFolderpath where you uploaded the legacy agreement PDF &lt;br /&gt;
*''ICMLegacyContract'' is the Contract Type Name &lt;br /&gt;
*''ICMLegacyRefId'' under the ''Primary Key'' column is the unique attribute that you created in for ''ICMLegacyContract'' Contract Type &lt;br /&gt;
*Data Processing allows you to configure the number of records that will be processed simultaneously. Degree of Parallelism (DOP) is the number of records to be processed simultaneously &lt;br /&gt;
*Workflow processing allows you to configure the number of records that will be processed simultaneously &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Legacy Agreements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that the metadata and mapping files are created for ''ICMLegacyContract'' Contract Type, the relevant Agreements can be uploaded using the Legacy Upload feature on the ICM UI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To upload the Legacy Agreements''':&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''User Administration&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile on the Dashboard.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Admin Task&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Legacy Upload.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload.png|360px|LegacyUpload.png]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.'''Click '''''Add Batch&amp;amp;nbsp;''and provide details of the batch on the next screen that opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload AddBatch.png|LegacyUpload AddBatch.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Legacy Upload-7.8-Add Batch1.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Batch/API Name''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Provide unique name for the Batch as ''AcmeCorp_legacy_agreements .'' &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Integration Type''': '''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Legacy Contract Management.&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Contract Type Name''':&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the Contract Type as&amp;amp;nbsp;''ICMLegacyContract.&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Use mapping from''': '''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''None&amp;amp;nbsp;''since you are uploading a new mapping file.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Optionally, '''select '''from the list if using mappings from any previously uploaded batch for&amp;amp;nbsp;''ICMLegacyContract ''Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Defer Workflow''': Leave this checkbox unselected for the current example.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Defer Workflow&amp;amp;nbsp;''checkbox only if you need to add any pre-requisite Associations for the Legacy Agreement. See uploading Agreements with mandatory Associations.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A row with your newly created batch will be added to the list with ''Draft'' status. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Batch Upload.png|720px|LegacyUpload Batch Upload.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Upload Integration Files&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon and provide the details of the mapping file on the next screen that opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload UploadIntegrationFiles.png|360px|LegacyUpload UploadIntegrationFiles.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload UploadIntegrationFiles 1.png|360px|LegacyUpload UploadIntegrationFiles 1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''File Type''':&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''MappingFile&amp;amp;nbsp;''option from the drop-down.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''File Path''':&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Choose File&amp;amp;nbsp;''to browse and select the mappings file&amp;amp;nbsp;''Mappings_Acme_agreements'' that was created earlier.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Upload&amp;amp;nbsp;''to upload the mapping file.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. After the mapping file is uploaded successfully, '''click''' ''Upload Integration Files'' icon again to upload the metadata file. '''Select''' ''DataFile'' option to browse and upload the batch file saved locally, and '''click''' ''Upload''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload UploadIntegrationFiles.png|360px|LegacyUpload UploadIntegrationFiles.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload UploadIntegrationFiles 2.png|360px|LegacyUpload UploadIntegrationFiles 2.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''File Type''':&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''DataFile&amp;amp;nbsp;''option from the drop-down.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''File Path''':&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Choose File&amp;amp;nbsp;''to browse and select the metadata file&amp;amp;nbsp;''ICMLegacy_Contract_single'' that was created earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Upload'' to upload the metadata file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. After the metadata file is successfully uploaded, '''click''' ''New Validate and Initiate'' icon to validate the data and initiate the batch upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload NewValidateand Initiate.png|360px|LegacyUpload NewValidateand Initiate.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
A&amp;amp;nbsp;window opens showing the status of validation, and count or summary of errors or warnings, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Legacy Upload tool validates whether the type of paper is ''Third Party'' or ''Own.'' If the ''Type of Paper ''is ''Third Party, ICM'' will validate if the uploaded document is in .pdf format.&amp;amp;nbsp; If you upload a document in .docx format, Legacy Upload tool the batch validation process fails and the error messages are captured in the error file. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload ScheduleBatch.png|360px|LegacyUpload ScheduleBatch.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The message in the above screen is interpreted as one agreement record is successfully validated for ''ICMLegacyContract'' Contract Type.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can upload a large number of agreement records using the same metadata file. Once all the records are validated without any errors, '''click''' ''OK'' to schedule the batch for processing. Then the batch is lined up for processing and the Status changes to Scheduled. Finally, the Status changes to Workflow Processed indicating that the batch is successfully uploaded and the workflow is triggered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The following screenshot,&amp;amp;nbsp;broken down in 2 images, is of the same screen that displays overall status and progress of the batches.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload ViewBatchProgress.png|720px|LegacyUpload ViewBatchProgress.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload ViewBatchProgress1.png|720px|LegacyUpload ViewBatchProgress1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Some of the columns in the screen are explained below:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload ViewBatchProgress2.png|360px|LegacyUpload_ViewBatchProgress2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It can be seen in the screenshot below that the batch AcmeCorplegacyagreements that was created for the ''ICMLegacyContract'' Contract Type, with a single agreement record and with workflow, is successfully uploaded.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload ViewBatchProgress3.png|720px|LegacyUpload_ViewBatchProgress3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing the Batch Activity Log ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click '''the batch name on ''Legacy Upload ''page to view the activity log of a particular batch. The activity log shows the operations performed while processing the batch and also displays the errors if any in red color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can view the error details by clicking the error message on the ''Batch Activity Logs ''window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Legacy Upload-7.8-BatchActivityLogs.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing the status and error files&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the batch processing is complete a third icon&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload DownloadIcon.png|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;called ''Download Integration Files'' appears under the Actions column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the icon to download the Status and/or Error files. If there are any errors, correct those in the metadata file and try uploading the batch again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following screenshot, the Status File shows that there were no errors or warnings for ''AcmeCorplegacyagreements'' batch that was uploaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload ViewStatus and ErrorFiles.png|720px|LegacyUpload_ViewStatus_and_ErrorFiles]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing the uploaded Agreements in ICM ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the uploaded Agreements in ICM, go to Agreement Management in ICM and Click ''View Record'' icon to open the recently added legacy Agreement.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; If you have added any Notes, Team, or Commitments, they will be displayed under the respective tabs in the Agreement Summary.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload View Uploaded Agreement.png|720px|LegacyUpload_View_Uploaded_Agreement]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading Agreements with mandatory Associations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There may be cases where any associated documents are required before an Agreement can move to the ''Executed'' state. In that case, you can defer the workflow for the Agreement while uploading, then upload the required Association with workflow attached, and then enable the workflow for the Agreement when needed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Whether an Association is mandatory or not can be seen in ICM in the following 2 ways:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; If ''Is Mandatory'' flag is set to ''Yes'' while adding an Association for a particular Agreement Contract Type, an Association is mandatory.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Upload Agreement with MandatoryAssociation.png|720px|LegacyUpload_Upload_Agreement_with_MandatoryAssociation]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If Prerequisite or Postrequisite is selected in the Constraints drop-down list while creating an Associated Document Contract Type, an Association is mandatory.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Upload Agreement with MandatoryAssociation Prerequisites.png|360px|LegacyUpload_Upload_Agreement_with_MandatoryAssociation_Prerequisites]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''To upload Agreements that require mandatory Associations:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1. Follow the same steps&amp;amp;nbsp;to create metadata and mapping file for the Agreement as described in the Uploading Agreements section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. While creating the batch for uploading the Agreement, '''select''' the ''Defer Workflow'' check box so that the workflow is not attached to the Agreements while uploading. This check box controls the attachment of approval workflow to a particular batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Legacy Upload-7.8-DeferWorkflow.png|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3. Proceed with uploading the mapping and metadata files.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. Initiate the batch processing by clicking ''New Validate and Initiate&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. After the batch processing is successful and the Agreement is uploaded, the Status of the batch shows as ''Completed'', ''WF Deferred''. This indicates that the&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;Agreement will not follow the workflow automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Follow the steps to upload the required Associations as described in the relevant section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. After the Association’s workflow is successfully processed, you can click on the ''Enable Workflow'' icon for the Agreement batch to attach the approval workflow.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload EnableWorkflow.png|720px|LegacyUpload_EnableWorkflow]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In the following sections for uploading other entities, the same notes and considerations for the Metadata and Mapping Files, and data validations apply as detailed in the above section for uploading the Agreements.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading Associations&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before uploading the Associations, the parent Agreement must be uploaded first.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You need to create separate metadata file for Associations, and one such file can contain Associations for one Association Contract type. This section demonstrates with an example how to upload an Association for the previously uploaded Agreement that is seen in ICM as ''Acme Corp Legacy Contract'' – ''ICMLegacyContract_1''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; There can be 2 scenarios for uploading Associations:&amp;amp;nbsp;With Workflow and Without Workflow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Searching or Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;a Contract Type for Associations with Workflow ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search an existing Associated Document Contract Type in ICM for which to upload the Associations. If that Contract Type does not exist, you need to create it using Create Contract Type on Configuration page in ICM. If the Enable Approval Workflow flag is set to Yes, it means that the workflow is enabled for that Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload EnableApprovalWorkflow.png|560px|LegacyUpload_EnableApprovalWorkflow]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In this example, we have an Associated Document Contract Type named as ''LegacyAssocDocWF1''&amp;amp;nbsp;with the attributes as can be seen under the ''Selected Attribute'' tab. The ICM name for this Contract Type is ''ICMLegacyAssocDocWF1.&amp;amp;nbsp;''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create Metadata file for Associations.png|560px|LegacyUpload_Create_Metadata_file_for_Associations]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Ensure that the ''ICMLegacyAssocDocWF1'' Contract Type has been added in the Associations tab in the parent Contract Type ''ICMLegacyContract''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a&amp;amp;nbsp;Metadata File for Associations&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create the metadata file for ''ICMLegacyAssocDocWF1'' Contract Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Create an Excel file with .xlsx extension and save it with the name ''ICMLegacy_AcmeAssociation''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Edit the same file to create columns that are essentially the ICM attributes for ''ICMLegacyAssocDocWF1'' Contract Type, and enter their values for the associated document that you want to upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Create an additional column named ''ParentInstance_PK'' and provide the value of the Primary Key of the parent Agreement (''Legacy Ref Id'' for ''ICMLegacyContract Contract Type'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshot of the Association’s metadata file ''ICMLegacy_AcmeAssociation'' shows the attributes and highlights the Primary Key of the parent Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create Metadata file for Associations.png|720px|LegacyUpload Create Metadata file for Associations.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Making changes to the mapping file for Associations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the same mapping file (''Mappings_Acme_agreements'') created while uploading the Agreement, and edit it to provide details for binding the Associated Document Contract Type with the parent Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload MappingFile WithAssociations.png|720px|LegacyUpload MappingFile WithAssociations.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Add another row as highlighted in the above screenshot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ICMLegacyAssocDocWF1''' is the ''Contract Type Name&amp;amp;nbsp;''for the Associated Document Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''ICMLegacyRefId''' under the Primary Key column is the mapping attribute for ''ICMLegacyAssocDocWF1'' Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''ICMLegacyContract''' under the Parent Entity Name is the parent Contract Type name. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''ICMLegacyRefId''' under the ''Parent Primary Key'' column is the mapping attribute for ''ICMLegacyContract'' Contract Type (parent). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Ensure that the associated documents are also stored at the same ''UNCFolderPath'' location as the agreements.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Associations and viewing&amp;amp;nbsp;in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the same steps on the UI for uploading the associations as they are for uploading the agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only, ensure that you select the Associated Document Contract Type while creating the batch and do not select the check box for ''Defer Workflow''. In the current example, '''select''' the Contract Type Name as ''ICMLegacyAssocDocWF1''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload MappingFile WithAssociations1.png|560px|LegacyUpload MappingFile WithAssociations1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The following screenshot shows the batch successfully uploaded, with the workflow attached and processed.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload WorkflowProcessed.png|720px|LegacyUpload WorkflowProcessed.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;After the Associations are successfully uploaded, you can view them under the ''Associations'' tab in the previously uploaded Agreement.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Assocations.png|720px|LegacyUpload Assocations.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading Associations without Workflow&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create the Associations for which the approval workflow is not enabled in ICM. This is configured in ICM by setting the ''Enable Approval Workflow'' flag to No for the relevant Contract Type. It means that the Associations for that Contract Type will not follow the approval workflow automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload EnableApprovalWorkflow2.png|720px|LegacyUpload EnableApprovalWorkflow2.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You can upload these Associations using the Legacy Upload utility and enable the workflow manually, when needed. The overall process to create the metadata file for an association and upload remains the same, except that the workflow is not automatically attached during the batch processing.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''To upload Associations without workflow:'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1. Create the metadata file for an Association as described in the respective section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Begin upload by creating a batch using the utility. At this point, it does not matter if you select the ''Defer Workflow'' check box or not, because the workflow is not enabled to begin with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Proceed to upload the mapping file and metadata file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Initiate the batch processing by clicking ''New Initiate and Validate'' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. After the batch processing is successful and the data is uploaded, the Status of the batch shows as ''Completed'', ''WF Deferred''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Then you can click on the Enable Workflow icon anytime to attach the approval workflow. See the screenshot below:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload EnableWorkflow.png|720px|LegacyUpload EnableWorkflow.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When an Association uploaded without workflow is viewed in ICM, it will not have any buttons visible on the UI. See the representational screenshot below:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Assocations without workflow.png|720px|LegacyUpload Assocations without workflow.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading Amendments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process to upload the Amendments for an Agreement is the same as for uploading the Associations.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Except that you do not need to create the Contract Type for the Amendments as it is automatically created when you create the Contract Type for Agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;Metadata File for Amendments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create the metadata file for ICMLegacyContractAmendment Contract Type''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Create an Excel file with .''xlsx'' extension and save it with the name – ''ICMLegacy_AcmeAmendment.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Edit the same file to create columns that are essentially the ICM attributes for ''ICMLegacyContract'' (parent) Contract Type, and enter their values as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may refer to the metadata file for the parent Agreement to create the Amendments metadata file, and add/remove columns or change their values as required. Name, File Path, Legacy Ref Id (or any other existing unique attribute), Business Status, and Type of Paper are mandatory attributes for Amendments as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Ensure that the Amendment has a unique Primary Key. If not, create it as an ICM attribute (for example, ''Legacy Ref Id'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Create an additional column named ''ParentInstance_PK'' and provide the value of the Primary Key of the parent Agreement (previously uploaded for ''ICMLegacyContract'' Contract Type).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshot of the Amendment metadata file ''ICMLegacy_AcmeAmendment'' shows the attributes and highlights the Primary Key of the parent Agreement (''ParentInstance_PK''), and of the Amendment (''Legacy Ref Id'') that is being uploaded. The Primary Key of the Amendment (''Legacy Ref Id'') can be used as a mapping attribute for the relevant associations, and other entities that may be dependent upon the Amendment.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create Metadata file for Amendments.png|720px|LegacyUpload Create Metadata file for Amendments.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Ensure that the amendment documents, if any, are also stored at the same ''UNCFolderPath'' location as the Agreements.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Making changes to the mapping file for Amendments&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open the same mapping file (''Mappings_Acme_agreements'') created while uploading the Agreement, and edit it to provide details for binding the Amendment Contract Type with the parent Agreement Contract Type.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Add another row as described below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ICMLegacyContractAmendment''' is the ''Contract Type Name'' for the Amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''ICMLegacyRefId''' under the ''Primary Key'' column is the unique attribute for '''ICMLegacyContractAmendment''' Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''ICMLegacyContract''' under the ''Parent Entity Name'' is the parent Contract Type name. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''ICMLegacyRefId''' under the ''Parent Primary Key'' column is the unique attribute for '''ICMLegacyContract''' Contract Type (parent). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the Amendments and viewing in ICM ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the same steps on the UI for uploading the associations as they are for uploading the agreements.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Only, ensure that you select the Amendment Contract Type while creating the batch. In the current example, select the Contract Type Name as ''ICMLegacyContractAmendment''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload UploadAmendments.png|360px|LegacyUpload UploadAmendments.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;After the Amendments are successfully uploaded, you can view them under the Amendments tab in the previously uploaded parent Agreement.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading Masterdata ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section demonstrates with an example how to upload the Masterdata. Masterdata is uploaded independently as it is not related to any other entities. So there is no need for the mapping file.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; There can be 2 scenarios for uploading Masterdata – With Workflow and Without Workflow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Searching or Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;a Contract Type for the Masterdata with workflow ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search an existing Masterdata Contract Type in ICM for which to upload the data. If that Contract Type does not exist, you need to create it using Create Contract Type on ''Configuration'' page in ICM. If the ''Enable Approval Workflow'' flag is set to ''Yes'', it means that the workflow is enabled for that Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create Masterdata.png|560px|LegacyUpload Create Masterdata.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In this example, we have a Masterdata Contract Type named as ''Acme Legacy Master Data''&amp;amp;nbsp;with the attributes as can be seen under the Selected Attribute tab. The ICM name for this Contract Type is ''ICMLegacyMasterData''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create Masterdata 1.png|720px|LegacyUpload Create Masterdata 1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating &amp;amp;nbsp;Metadata file for Masterdata ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create the metadata file for ICMLegacyMasterData Contract Type''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;1. Create an Excel file with .xlsx extension and save it with the name ''ICMLegacy_AcmeMasterdata''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;2. Edit the same file to create columns that are essentially the ICM attributes for ''ICMLegacyMasterData'' Contract Type, and enter their values for the master data that you want to upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Create MetadataFile for Masterdata.png|720px|LegacyUpload Create MetadataFile for Masterdata.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the same steps on the UI for uploading the Masterdata as they are for uploading the agreements.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Only, ensure that you select the relevant Masterdata Contract Type while creating the batch and do not select the check box for ''Defer Workflow''. In the current example, select the Contract Type Name as ''ICMLegacyMasterData''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Upload Masterdata.png|360px|LegacyUpload_Upload_Masterdata]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;After the Masterdata is successfully uploaded, you can view them under the Masterdata tile on ''Configuration'' page.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Upload Masterdata 1.png|560px|LegacyUpload Upload Masterdata 1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading Masterdata without Workflow ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create the Masterdata for which the approval workflow is not enabled in ICM. This is configured in ICM by setting the ''Enable Approval Workflow'' flag to ''No'' for the relevant Masterdata Contract Type. It means that the Masterdata for that Contract Type will not follow the approval workflow automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Upload Masterdata.png|360px|LegacyUpload Upload Masterdata.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You can upload this Masterdata using the Legacy Upload utility and enable the workflow manually, when needed. The overall process to create the metadata file for the Masterdata and upload remains the same, except that the workflow is not auomatically attached during the batch processing.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1. Create'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the metadata file for the Masterdata as described in the respective section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Begin upload by creating a batch using the utility. At this point, it does not matter if you select the ''Defer Workflow'' check box or not, because the workflow is not enabled to begin with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Proceed to upload the metadata file.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Initiate the batch processing by clicking ''New Initiate and Validate'' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. After the batch processing is successful and the data is uploaded, the Status of the batch shows as ''Completed'', WF''Deffered''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Then you can click on the ''Enable Workflow'' icon anytime to attach the approval workflow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Masterdata uploaded without workflow is viewed in ICM, it will not have any buttons visible on the UI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Provisioning ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section demonstrates with an example how to provision the users in ICM using the utility. User information is uploaded independently as it is not related to any other entities. The relevant Contract Type UserInformation is created when ICM is configured.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can also upload additional user information by uploading a separate metadata file with the relevant data, after a user is provisioned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;Metadata file for User Information&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create the metadata file for UserInformation Contract Type''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Create an Excel file with .''xlsx ''extension and save it with the name&amp;amp;nbsp;''ICMLegacy_AcmeUserInformation .''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Edit the same file to create columns as below:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:LegacyUpload CreateMetadata File for UserInformation.png|360px|LegacyUpload CreateMetadata File for UserInformation.png]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload CreateMetadata File for UserInformation1.png|720px|LegacyUpload CreateMetadata File for UserInformation1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Uploading the User Information ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the same steps on the UI for uploading the user information as they are for uploading the agreements, except for uploading the mapping file.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Ensure that you select the ''UserInformation'' Contract Type while creating the batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Upload UserInformation.png|360px|LegacyUpload Upload UserInformation.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Then upload the metadata file ''ICMLegacy_AcmeUserInformation''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Upload IntegrationFiles.png|360px|LegacyUpload Upload IntegrationFiles.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Click''' on ''New Validate and Initiate'' icons to validate the data and schedule the batch for processing.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; After the user information is successfully uploaded, you can view it under the ''Users'' tab in ''User Administration''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload Upload UserInformation1.png|720px|LegacyUpload Upload UserInformation1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;Metadata File for extended user information&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relevant Contract Type needs to be created in ICM. For the current example, create a Contract Type named ExtendedUserInformation with the required attributes.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To create the metadata file for ExtendedUserInformation Contract Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Create an Excel file with .xlsx extension and save it with the name – ''ICMLegacy_AcmeExtendedUserInfo''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Edit the same file to create columns as below:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:LegacyUpload CreateMetadata File for ExtendedUserInformation.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 LegacyUpload CreateMetadata File for ExtendedUserInformation1.png|720px|LegacyUpload CreateMetadata File for ExtendedUserInformation1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. Follow the same steps on the UI for uploading the extended user information as they are for uploading the user information. Only, ensure that you select the ''ExtendedUserInformation'' Contract Type while creating the batch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error Handling&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When validating the batch, it displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;''Object Reference&amp;amp;nbsp;''''not set to an instance of an object&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;error message.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Limitations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When uploading the data file and mappping file and creating a batch, if the type of paper is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Third Party'', ICM validates whether the document is .docx or .pdf format. Uploading a document in .docx format does not display the document preview correctly.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]] | [[Reasons|Reasons]] | [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Search_Sync&amp;diff=10939</id>
		<title>Search Sync</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Search_Sync&amp;diff=10939"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:46:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Search Sync =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search the documents that an Agreement is linked to. To do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Admin Task'' tile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Search Sync button''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Select''' the ''Entity Type ''from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Select''' the ''Contract Type ''from the drop-down''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Search sync 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5. To get the Sys Ids, '''click''' the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Upload CSV''&amp;amp;nbsp;button to upload the .CSV Agreement or '''enter''' the Sys Id using comma separated value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. As required, '''toggle'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Yes'' or ''No'' to ''Skip Agreement Document Indexing''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Click the ''Upload CSV'' button to upload the CSV document. The ''Upload Document ''window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Admin Task - Search Sync - Upload Document.PNG|720px|Admin Task - Search Sync - Upload Document 7.8]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the uploaded file format is incorrect, then a validation message window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Admin Task - Search Sync - Upload Document - Invalid Format message.PNG|560px|Admin Task - Search Sync - Upload Document - Invalid Format message 7.8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;7.&amp;amp;nbsp;When the Agreement is uploaded or SysId is provided, the ''File Path'' field is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;8. '''Click '''''Sync''. The ''Sync Request Accepted ''message is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Admin Task - Search Sync - Sync Request Accepted.PNG|560px|Admin Task - Search Sync - Sync Request Accepted.PNG]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;9. '''Click '''''OK''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]] | [[Reasons|Reasons]] | [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Deleting_an_Agreement&amp;diff=10938</id>
		<title>Deleting an Agreement</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Deleting_an_Agreement&amp;diff=10938"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:45:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Deleting an Agreement =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Admin has the authority to delete an Agreement. An Agreement may be deleted if it is no longer being used or it is terminated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an Agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click '''the ''Admin Task ''tile.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click''' the ''Delete Agreement'' button on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Admin Task - Delete Agreement 7.8.PNG|720px|Admin Task Options 7.8.PNG]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3. You can search the Agreement to be deleted by providing any one of the&amp;amp;nbsp;fields listed below. The system automatically populates the data for the other field. Both the fields are mandatory to delete the Agreement from ICM.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ul style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 40px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;'''Agreement URL:''' Enter the URL of the Agreement that you want to delete.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;'''Sys Id: '''Enter the unique system ID for that Agreement.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:Admin Task - Delete Agreement - Execute 7.8.PNG|720px|Admin Task - Delete Agreement 7.8.PNG]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Execute&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. The Agreement will be deleted.''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]] | [[Reasons|Reasons]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Reasons&amp;diff=10937</id>
		<title>Reasons</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Reasons&amp;diff=10937"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:44:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Reasons =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching&amp;amp;nbsp;a Reason ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to search a specific reason for which an agreement is being rejected or a contract type is being rejected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; In ICM, you can use various options given below, including the dynamic search feature, to find the desired reason.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To search a reason:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Reasons'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Reasons'' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Search for a particular currency by using any of the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' the ''Select Field'' list under ''Search For'', and then select appropriate item. Refer to the area highlighted in the image below.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Search results relevant to the item are displayed with a number in bracket. The number denotes the number of reasons that meet the search criteria. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' the ''box'' to select specific item. A list of reasons relevant to the item is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type''' relevant keyword in the ''Custom Keyword'' box to narrow your search further, and '''click''' ''Apply''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; While entering a custom keyword, follow the guidelines as shown in the image below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, '''type''' the keywords in the ''Refine Search here''&amp;amp;nbsp;field.&amp;amp;nbsp;A list of relevant reasons is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Searching a reason 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Enhancing your search'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow down your search, you can use any of the following methods as well:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Field'''&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Action'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in double quotation marks.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing reasons that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...*&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in star characters.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing currencies that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...&lt;br /&gt;
| Add a Prefix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing reasons that end with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ...*&lt;br /&gt;
| Add a Suffix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing reasons that start with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Viewing the saved search terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View your saved search terms with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the More Searches box, select your saved search, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add to Favorites'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to mark the search term as favorite. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can find your marked favorites below the tiles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;a Reason ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM allows you to create Reasons, to track a particular rejection involved in clause, template, attributes and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a reason:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Reasons'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Reasons'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click''' the ''Create Reason'' tile. The ''Create Reason'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;font size=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Details&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Provide appropriate details as follows in the ''Details'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type''' an appropriate ''code for the reason'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''In the ''Code'' box. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type''' the ''appropriate details for the reason'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the ''Heading'' box,. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create a Reason 7.8.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click '''''Next ''go to the ''Verify ''tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;font size=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Verify&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the ''Verify ''tab, verify the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Save ''to save the newly created reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create a reason verify tab 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Reason ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can create, search and edit Reasons to track a particular rejection involved in clause, template, attributes and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a reason:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. On the ''User Administration'' page, '''click''' the ''Reasons'' tile. The ''Reasons'' page opens. A List of reasons is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''View Record'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to the appropriate reason. The ''Reasons Details'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click''' ''Edit'' button. The ''Edit Reason&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the ''Details'' tab, update appropriate information as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit reason 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5. In the ''Code'' box, '''type''' the appropriate code for the reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. In the ''Heading'' box, '''type''' the appropriate details for the reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''Click''' ''Next'' to go the ''Verify'' tab. Verify the details.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Click''' ''Update'' to update the reason.&amp;amp;nbsp;The updated content is displayed on the ''Reasons ''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit reason Update button 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Reasons&amp;diff=10936</id>
		<title>Reasons</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Reasons&amp;diff=10936"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:44:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Reasons =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching&amp;amp;nbsp;a Reason ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to search a specific reason for which an agreement is being rejected or a contract type is being rejected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; In ICM, you can use various options given below, including the dynamic search feature, to find the desired reason.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To search a reason:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Reasons'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Reasons'' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Search for a particular currency by using any of the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' the ''Select Field'' list under ''Search For'', and then select appropriate item. Refer to the area highlighted in the image below.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Search results relevant to the item are displayed with a number in bracket. The number denotes the number of reasons that meet the search criteria. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' the ''box'' to select specific item. A list of reasons relevant to the item is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type''' relevant keyword in the ''Custom Keyword'' box to narrow your search further, and '''click''' ''Apply''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; While entering a custom keyword, follow the guidelines as shown in the image below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, '''type''' the keywords in the ''Refine Search here''&amp;amp;nbsp;field.&amp;amp;nbsp;A list of relevant reasons is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Searching a reason 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Enhancing your search'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow down your search, you can use any of the following methods as well:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Field'''&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Action'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in double quotation marks.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing reasons that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...*&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in star characters.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing currencies that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...&lt;br /&gt;
| Add a Prefix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing reasons that end with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ...*&lt;br /&gt;
| Add a Suffix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing reasons that start with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Viewing the saved search terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View your saved search terms with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the More Searches box, select your saved search, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add to Favorites'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to mark the search term as favorite. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can find your marked favorites below the tiles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;a Reason ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM allows you to create Reasons, to track a particular rejection involved in clause, template, attributes and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a reason:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Reasons'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Reasons'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click''' the ''Create Reason'' tile. The ''Create Reason'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;font size=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Details&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Provide appropriate details as follows in the ''Details'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type''' an appropriate ''code for the reason'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''In the ''Code'' box. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type''' the ''appropriate details for the reason'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the ''Heading'' box,. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create a Reason 7.8.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click '''''Next ''go to the ''Verify ''tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;font size=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Verify'''&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the ''Verify ''tab, verify the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Save ''to save the newly created reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create a reason verify tab 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Reason ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can create, search and edit Reasons to track a particular rejection involved in clause, template, attributes and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a reason:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. On the ''User Administration'' page, '''click''' the ''Reasons'' tile. The ''Reasons'' page opens. A List of reasons is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''View Record'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to the appropriate reason. The ''Reasons Details'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click''' ''Edit'' button. The ''Edit Reason&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the ''Details'' tab, update appropriate information as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit reason 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5. In the ''Code'' box, '''type''' the appropriate code for the reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. In the ''Heading'' box, '''type''' the appropriate details for the reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''Click''' ''Next'' to go the ''Verify'' tab. Verify the details.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Click''' ''Update'' to update the reason.&amp;amp;nbsp;The updated content is displayed on the ''Reasons ''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit reason Update button 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Currencies&amp;diff=10935</id>
		<title>Currencies</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Currencies&amp;diff=10935"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:43:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Currencies =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching&amp;amp;nbsp;a Currency ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can use various options given below, including the dynamic search feature, to find the desired currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of searching&amp;amp;nbsp;currencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1. '''Click''' the ''Currencies'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Currencies'' page appears with existing number of currencies.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:Currencies Index page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2. '''Enter'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the keywords in the ''Refine Search here'' field&amp;amp;nbsp;provided above the list of currencies. A list of relevant currencies is displayed. Narrow your search results as follows:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Search Term'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Result'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Type the search term in double quotation marks.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing currencies that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...*&lt;br /&gt;
| Type the search term in star characters.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing currencies that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...&lt;br /&gt;
| Prefix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing currencies that end with this term. For example, *INR&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ...*&lt;br /&gt;
| Suffix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing currencies that start with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click''' the ''Select Field ''drop-down under ''Categories ''to apply filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''the ''Clear All'' button to remove all the filters at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Currency ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM allows you to create currencies that you can use while creating Contract Types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Currency:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Currencies'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Currencies'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click''' the ''Create Currency'' tile. The ''Create Currency'' page opens and consists of following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Details &lt;br /&gt;
*Verify &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Currency- Details.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click''' ''Next'' to go to next tab. The ''Verify'' section opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Verify the details&amp;amp;nbsp;and '''click''' ''Save'' to create a currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Currency- Verify details.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Editing Currency ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM allows you to edit currencies for your Contract Types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a currency:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''View Record'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to the relevant currency. The ''Currency Details'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit Currencies 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Click '''the ''Edit ''button. The ''Edit Currency'' page opens. Edit the necessary details.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3. '''Click '''''Next''. The ''Verify ''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;Verify the details you have updated.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. C'''lick''' ''Update'' to save the modifications.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit currency Update button 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Reasons|Reasons]] | [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Notification_Settings&amp;diff=10934</id>
		<title>Notification Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Notification_Settings&amp;diff=10934"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:42:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Notification Settings =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;Notification Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator, you can create various notification categories. These categories are then visible to the respective users under the Notifications tile. When&amp;amp;nbsp;creating a subscription, you can place your subscription in the appropriate notification category.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a notifications category:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Notification Settings'' tile On the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Notification Settings'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Notification Category ''button.''&amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Notifications Settings all notification categories 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3. The ''Details'' tab opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. The created category appears on the ''All Notifications Category'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Notification Category Details tab 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' an appropriate category name in the ''Category Name'' box, and '''click''' ''Save''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing&amp;amp;nbsp;Notification Categories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an administrator, you can create as well as edit various notification categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a notification category:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Notification Settings'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Notification Settings'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Select''' the desired entity check box in the ''Notification Category Name'' panel&amp;amp;nbsp;and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit ''button.&amp;amp;nbsp;The ''Details'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Type''' or '''update''' the category name In the ''Category Name'' box, and '''click''' ''Update''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit notification category 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. The updated notification category name appears on the ''All Notifications Category'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;a Subscription ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Subscriptions, you can create user notifications and assign appropriate recipients. When&amp;amp;nbsp;creating a subscription:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Define the entity or a task for which the notification to be sent. &lt;br /&gt;
*Define the event for which it will be sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create a subscription''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Click '''the ''Notification Settings'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''All Notifications Category'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;All the existing notification categories are displayed on this page such as Agreement Notifications, Clause Notifications. Each notification category groups various notification templates of various events that fit into the respective category. You can also edit or delete the displayed categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Subscription All Notification Category 7.8.png|360px|All Notification Category page]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Click''' the ''Subscription'' tile. The ''Subscriptions'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;On this page you can see a list of all the existing Notification Templates and their details such as Template Name, Entity Name, Event and Category Name etc. You can also edit, delete, create, enable or disable a subscription using the respective buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Subscription Subscriptions page 7.8.png|720px|Subscriptions page]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Subscription ''button''. ''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Subscription&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four tabs on this page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Details &lt;br /&gt;
*Template &lt;br /&gt;
*Recipient &lt;br /&gt;
*Verify &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;When creating or editing a subscription, the Administrator&amp;amp;nbsp;must make sure that he set his language preferences to English (United States). Otherwise an information message is displayed. Subscriptions can be created in English only. If you need your subscription in various languages, you can provide the localized content to the ICM configuration team to add it to the database through scripts.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Details'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the mandatory fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;an appropriate Template Name for the subscription. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;an Entity Name such as ''Agreement''. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;an Event Name, such as ''Agreement Approved.'' &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' a Category Name such as ''Agreement Notifications''. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Next''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Subscription Create Subscription page 7.8.png|560px|Create Subscription]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Template'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the ''Template'' tab, define a template for user notifications and email notifications:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type '''appropriate subject in the ''Template Subject''&amp;amp;nbsp;box. All the notification emails using this template would have this content in the subject line. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type''' an appropriate message in the T''emplate Body.'' '''Click''' the ''Attributes'' list to tag respective attributes in the template body. You can also format the selected attributes by using menu options. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Recipient'' tab open. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating Subscription templates tab 7.8.png|720px|Templates tab]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Recipient'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add recipients:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click '''the ''Add Recipients ''icon. The ''Add Recipients'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''User Roles ''such as Approver, Internal Reviewer etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Select '''''User Attributes'' such as Created By, Modified by etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Check&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the ''Action User'' box if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Select '''a desired user from the displayed list or search a user using the search bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add''. The user name and role get added in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Subscription Add reciepient 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can tag users in the Notifications Template using their usernames or Email IDs.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Verify'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Verify'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab, verify all the information you entered for the Subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Save'' to create the Subscription. Notifications will be sent as and when the respective event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Subscrption veriffy page 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Notification can be sent in multiple languages. If there are multiple recipients with different language preferences for the respective event. The language is identified from the language set by the Internal User and External user with login privileges in their ''Preferences''. One single email is sent to all the selected recipients with the content in different languages. The recipients can simply scroll through the email and read the content drafted in their preferred language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]] | [[Reasons|Reasons]] | [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Application_Settings&amp;diff=10933</id>
		<title>Application Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Application_Settings&amp;diff=10933"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:40:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Application Settings =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Administrator can edit various application settings from this page. You can access it from&amp;amp;nbsp;Dashboard''&amp;amp;nbsp;''page by clicking ''User Administration'' and then clicking the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Application Settings&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile. To edit the Application Settings, complete the details for the sections mentioned below:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Entity Color Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*User Theme &lt;br /&gt;
*Other Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Entity Color Configuration:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Pick&amp;amp;nbsp;'''a color to assign to a particular entity. This helps you identify that entity easily throughout the system.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit application 2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit application3.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. User Theme:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''either of the themes mentioned below.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Default User Theme:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''and apply the user theme for internal users. Users with adequate privileges can change the theme from the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Application Settings&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''External User Default Theme:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''and apply the user theme for external users who can access ICM. External users cannot change the theme from their login.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit Application Settings.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Select from the&amp;amp;nbsp;following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Allow Old Document Version Upload:''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Yes&amp;amp;nbsp;''to allow uploading older versions of an Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Capture broadcast message in notes section:'' '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Yes&amp;amp;nbsp;''or&amp;amp;nbsp;''No&amp;amp;nbsp;''to enable or disable Broadcast messages from being displayed in the&amp;amp;nbsp;Notes'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''section.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Update&amp;amp;nbsp;''to save all the changes and then&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''OK&amp;amp;nbsp;''to complete the procedure.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Displaying an Announcement Banner ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display&amp;amp;nbsp;a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Announcement Banner.png|720px|7.9 Announcement Banner]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]] | [[Reasons|Reasons]] | [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Managing_Security_Groups&amp;diff=10932</id>
		<title>Managing Security Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Managing_Security_Groups&amp;diff=10932"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:40:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Managing Security Groups =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search a Security Group&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can search a security group for multiple reasons such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To know the details of the security groups. &lt;br /&gt;
*To edit security groups. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You use multiple parameters to search the security groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the process to search for a security group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can use various options given below, including the dynamic search feature, to find the desired security group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Security Group'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Security Groups'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Search Security Group 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp; Search for a specific security group by using any of the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Select Field'' list under ''Search For'', and then select an appropriate item. Search results relevant to that item are displayed with a number in bracket.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The number denotes the number of security groups that meet the search criteria. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' the ''box'' to select specific item. A list of security groups relevant to the item is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type''' relevant keyword in the ''Custom Keyword'' box, and '''click''' ''Apply&amp;amp;nbsp;''to narrow your search further. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, '''type '''the keywords in the box provided. A list of relevant security groups is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Enhancing your search'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can further narrow your search by using any of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Field'''&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Action'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in double quotation marks.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing security groups that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...*&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in star characters.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing security groups that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...&lt;br /&gt;
| Prefix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing security groups that end with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ...*&lt;br /&gt;
| Suffix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing security groups that start with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Viewing the saved search terms'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; View your saved search terms with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the More Searches box, select your saved search, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add to Favorite''&amp;amp;nbsp;to mark the search term as favorite. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can find your marked favorites below the tiles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Security Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a group of users and assign specific privileges to the group. You can provide access to various KPIs and reports.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can also grant view, manage privileges to various entities in ICM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Security group:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Security Groups'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Security Groups'' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click''' the ''Create Security Group'' tile. The ''Create Security Group'' page appears. Enter the information for the following in the ''Create Security'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The ''Create Security'' page consists of following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Details &lt;br /&gt;
*KPI &lt;br /&gt;
*Report &lt;br /&gt;
*Users &lt;br /&gt;
*Privileges &lt;br /&gt;
*Verify &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These tabs are explained here in detail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Details&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Enter''' the group related information in the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Type '''the name of the group in the ''Name'' box,.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Type '''a description for the group in the ''Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''''Next''. The ''KPI'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create security Group 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''KPI'''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Provide access to various Key Performance Indicators (KPI) for selected group on the ''KPI'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The KPI column displays a list of various KPI's used in the system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*View- '''Click''' the radio button to allow the user to view the particular KPI feature. &lt;br /&gt;
*None- '''Click''' the radio button to prevent the user to view the particular KPI feature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next'' to go to ''Report'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Report'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the ''Report'' tab, you can provide access to various reports of the Key Performance Indicators (KPI) for selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Report tab consists of following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports- Displays a list of various KPI's used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*View- '''Click''' the radio button to allow the user to view the report of a particular ''KPI'' feature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None- '''Click''' the radio button to prevent the user to view the report of a particular ''KPI'' feature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next'', the ''Users'' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Users'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the ''Users'' tab, add users to the group as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon, the Add User/ User Group screen pops up. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' a user from the user tiles. You can use scroll arrows&amp;amp;nbsp;to browse through the user tiles. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Add''. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Privileges'' page appears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Privileges'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the ''Privileges'' tab to provide access to various entities like agreements, clauses, contract types etc. for the selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Privileges tab consists 4 columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*KPI- Displays a list of various KPI's used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
*Under ''Manage'', '''click''' the radio button to provide complete access to the user for a particular ''KPI'' feature. &lt;br /&gt;
*Under ''View'', '''click''' the radio button to allow the user to only view a particular ''KPI'' feature. &lt;br /&gt;
*Under ''None'', '''click''' the radio button to inhibit the user to from accessing particular ''KPI'' feature. '''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Verify'' page appears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Verify&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Verify''' the details filled under each of the tab on the ''Verify'' tab. '''Click''' ''Previous'' to go back to respective tabs and '''click''' ''Save'' to create a Security Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The security group is saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit a Security Group&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can create and edit security groups and provide privileges to the group members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a security group:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Security Groups'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Security Groups'' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the ''View Record ''icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to edit a security group. The ''Security Group Details'' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp; The ''Security Group'' page appears. Enter the information for the following tabs in the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Details &lt;br /&gt;
*KPI &lt;br /&gt;
*Report &lt;br /&gt;
*Users &lt;br /&gt;
*Privileges &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Details&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the security group related information in the ''Details'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the name of the group in the ''Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the group In the ''Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''KPI'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''KPI tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the ''KPI'' tab, you can provide access to various Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) for selected users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The KPI tab columns display a list of various KPIs used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the radio button under ''View'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;''',to allow the user to view a particular KPI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the radio button under ''None'',&amp;amp;nbsp;to prevent the user from viewing the particular KPI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Report'' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Report&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can provide access to Key Performance Indicators (KPI) reports for the selected security group from the ''Report'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Report tab consists of following&amp;amp;nbsp;columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp; Reports- Displays a list of reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the radio button under ''View''&amp;amp;nbsp;to allow the user to view the report of a particular ''KPI''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the radio button under ''None''&amp;amp;nbsp;to prevent the user to view the report of a particular ''KPI''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Users'' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Users&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Users tab, you can add users to the group:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add User'' icon. The ''Add User/ Distribution Group''&amp;amp;nbsp;window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' a user from the user tiles. You can use scroll arrows&amp;amp;nbsp;to browse through the user tiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Privileges'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Privileges&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the ''Privileges'' tab to grant access to various entities like agreements, clauses, contract types etc. for the selected security group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Privileges tab consists of following&amp;amp;nbsp;columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Under Entity- Displays a list of entities used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the radio button under ''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;to provide complete access to the user for a particular ''KPI'' feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the radio button under ''View''&amp;amp;nbsp;to allow the user to only view a particular ''KPI'' feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Security group Privileges 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the radio button under ''None''&amp;amp;nbsp;to inhibit the user to from accessing particular ''KPI'' feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Verify'' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Verify&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Verify''' the details filled under each tab on the ''Verify'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Previous'' to go back to respective tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Update'' to update(i.e. save the changes) the ''Security Group''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, you can modify the view and edit privileges allocated to a security group from Edit Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]] | [[Reasons|Reasons]] | [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Managing_User_Groups&amp;diff=10931</id>
		<title>Managing User Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Managing_User_Groups&amp;diff=10931"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:39:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Managing User Groups =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search a User Group&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can search an existing user groups for multiple reasons such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To know the details of the user groups &lt;br /&gt;
*To edit an existing user groups &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You use multiple parameters to search a user groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the process to search for an existing user groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can use various options given below, including the dynamic search feature, to find the desired user group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1. '''Click''' the ''User Groups'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''User Groups'' page that lists the existing user groups appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:User Roles Index page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. Search for a specific user group by using one of the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' the ''Select Field'' list under ''Search For'', and then select appropriate item. Search results relevant to the item are displayed with a number in bracket.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The number denotes the number of user groups that meet the search criteria. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the box to select specific item. A list of user groups relevant to the item is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To narrow your search further, type relevant keyword in the ''Custom Keyword'' box, and '''click''' ''Apply''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, type the keywords in the box provided above the list of user groups. A list of relevant user groups is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancing your search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrow down your search by using any of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Field'''&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Action'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in double quotation marks.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing user groups that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...*&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in star characters.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing user groups that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...&lt;br /&gt;
| Add a Prefix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing user groups that end with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ...*&lt;br /&gt;
| Add a Suffix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing user groups that start with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Viewing the saved search terms'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; View your saved search terms with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the More Searches box, select your saved search, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add to Favorites'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to mark the search term as favorite. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can find your marked favorites below the tiles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a User Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can create a group of users called a user group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a user group:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''User Groups'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on the ''User Administration'' page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''User Groups'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create User Groups. ''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create User Groups'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Organization Group 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. On the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Details&amp;amp;nbsp;''tab:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name for the user group that you want to create in the ''Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the description for the user group in the ''Description'' box, and then '''click''' ''Next''. The ''Users'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add User icon''&amp;amp;nbsp;''in the ''Users'' tab'''. '''The ''Add User'' dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a. Select appropriate user as a part of the user group you are creating. Alternatively, in the Search User box, type the name of the required user, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Search'' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the&amp;amp;nbsp;arrows to find the required&amp;amp;nbsp;user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b. '''Click''' ''Add'' to add the user. The user that you have selected appears in the ''Users'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Verify'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Verify''' the details you have entered On the ''Verify'' tab,&amp;amp;nbsp;and then '''click''' ''Save''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user group that you have just created appears on the ''User Group'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View and Edit User Roles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every user has a role in ICM. Administrator can edit the user role as and when required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view and edit a user role:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. On the ''User Administration'' page, '''click''' ''User Groups. The''&amp;amp;nbsp;''User Groups'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the ''User Groups'' page, '''click''' the ''User Roles'' tile. The ''User Role'' page displays the user roles in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:User Roles page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon. The ''Edit'' dialog box appears, displaying the ''Role'' and ''Display Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Every role must have a unique display name. If you type the same display name for two roles, the ''Please enter unique role display name'' message appears.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Edit '''the display name, and '''click''' ''Save''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit User Role window 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Role-Action Mapping&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this feature, you can map system action ( Approve, Reject, Delete, and so on) to ICM user roles (Primary owner, Approver, Reviewer, and so on), for a specific agreement entity (Templates, Clauses, Requests, Agreements).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view user role action mapping:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''User Groups'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on the ''User Administration'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Role-Action Mapping'' tile on the ''User Groups'' page. The ''Role-Action Mapping'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the ''Select Entity'' list, '''select''' one of the following entities for which you want to view the role-action mapping.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Template &lt;br /&gt;
*Clause &lt;br /&gt;
*Associated Document &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Request &lt;br /&gt;
*Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The role-action mapping table for the selected entity appears, displaying the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*State: Displays the state of the entity. &lt;br /&gt;
*System Action: Displays possible action that you can take on the state of the entity. &lt;br /&gt;
*Action Display Name: Displays the name of the button that will appear to a particular user in a given state. &lt;br /&gt;
*Roles: The user roles that have a will view the button (mentioned in the ''Action Display Name'' column). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Role Action Mapping index page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing the Role Action mapping ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the role-action mapping:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' one of the following entities for which you want to edit the role-action mapping&amp;amp;nbsp;on the ''Role-Action Mapping'' page, in the ''Select Entity'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Template &lt;br /&gt;
*Clause &lt;br /&gt;
*Associated Document &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Request &lt;br /&gt;
*Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The role-action mapping table for the selected entity appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Edit&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon. The ''Edit ''window&amp;amp;nbsp;appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Edit''' the role actions by doing either of the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Edit''' the ''Action Display Name''. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' user roles in the left pane; and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the relative arrow&amp;amp;nbsp;to add them to the right pane. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit Role Action Mapping 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Save''. The new role appears under the ''Role'' column for the selected entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Role-action mapping cannot be edited for&amp;amp;nbsp;''Approve&amp;amp;nbsp;''or&amp;amp;nbsp;''Reject&amp;amp;nbsp;''actions in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Waiting for Approval&amp;amp;nbsp;''state as the approvers for these actions are&amp;amp;nbsp;either added by the primary owner or by a rule. However you can edit the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Action Display Name.''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Role Action Mapping to Download Supporting Documents for Contract Requests ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To configure this capability to download supporting documents for Contract Requests&amp;amp;nbsp;using Role-Action Mapping:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1. '''Click''' the ''User Administration'' tile on the ''Dashboard''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''User Groups'' tile.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Role-Action Mapping'' tile.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' Contract Request from the''Select Entity'' drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP7 Download Asso. from CR 3.png|720px|Role Action Mapping to Download Associations of Contract Requests 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5. '''Click''' the ''Edit'' button next to the Contract Request whose Role you want to define.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Role from the list on the left hand side and '''click '''the arrow button to move it to the right hand side. For example, ''Observer''.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''Enter''' the ''Action Display Name''. For example, ''Download All''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Save'' button'''. '''The action and role for the user will be displayed in the ''Action ''Display Name and Roles column respectively. For example, Download All and Observer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;Group Privileges ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, user can also manage the Attribute group privileges through the UI. This is required when you want to restrict an Attribute Group access for any specific role. By default all the users can access the Contract or Agreement, so it gives the privilege to restrict the access of the specific roles for selected Attributes group in selected states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Agreement Attribute section has different number of Attribute groups, now if the User (Legal Team Manager) is restricted to access Finance group in ''Draft'' state, the user will not be able to see Finance group when logged in, in selected state. Other than ''Draft'' state the user will be able to see Finance group in other states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To restrict the access of any specific group of Attribute, for any user, in the Agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Admin'' tile on ''My Dashboard'', and then '''click''' ''User Groups'' tile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Attribute Group Privileges'' tile. The ''Attribute Group Privileges'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the appropriate ''Contract Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''name in the ''Select Contract Type'' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Attribute Group privileges 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add'', An ''Add'' dialog box appears&amp;amp;nbsp;which consists of following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add Attribute group window.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type:&amp;amp;nbsp;will display the same name which was selected earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute Group: '''select''' the group of ''Contract/Agreement'' for which you want the access of the specific user role to be restricted. &lt;br /&gt;
*Select States:'''select''' one or more states of the Agreement in which you want the access of the specific user role to be restricted. &lt;br /&gt;
*Select Roles:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''select''' one or more roles for whom the access will be restricted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Save''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Mapping added successfully message&amp;amp;nbsp;''is displayed. The added mapping will be displayed in the table on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Attribute Group Privileges&amp;amp;nbsp;''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. You can also copy the privileges of one Contract Type to other.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''name and&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Copy.&amp;amp;nbsp;''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Copy&amp;amp;nbsp;''dialog box appears.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;It consists of ''Attribute Group ''field to select the attribute group, so that all the Contract types consisting of that specific attribute group should get listed under ''Copy To''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Move''' the ''Contract Types'' you want to get copied in other box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Save.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SLA Matrix ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SLA Matrix tile in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''User Groups ''section of the ''User Administration'' tile captures the ''Due Date'' and ''Tim''e for a task to be fulfilled so that they can comply with the Service Level Agreement (SLA) requirements of the organization. For most organizations, the Due Date is critical for completion of tasks by a set date and mandatory for Approvers/Action users, this feature is imperative for tasks making the users aware of deadlines and close tasks accordingly.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the SLA Matrix tile, you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Define SLAs for an Entity &lt;br /&gt;
*Drive Notifications for Pending and Overdue Tasks&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, tasks are generated for A''pproval, Deviation Approval, Internal Signature, External Signature, Internal Review, External Review, Contract Request Submitted'', so the Administrator can configure SLA for these actions only based on Contract type. This functionality of determining the Due Date and Time for overdue tasks is available for the following entities that can be selected from the Select Entity Name drop-down list:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Associated Document &lt;br /&gt;
*Clause &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Request &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type &lt;br /&gt;
*Template &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata &lt;br /&gt;
*User Information &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SLX Matrix index page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The SLA Matrix tile displays the following columns on selecting an Entity from the Select Entity Name drop-down which contains a list of entities for which you have created a record:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Entity Name'': displays the entities for which an SLA has been defined for the selected entity. For example, Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*''System Action'': displays the action for which an SLA has been defined for the selected entity. For example, Approval, Internal Signature, Deviation Approval, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*''SLA'': displays the period of the SLA.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': By default, the SLA is calculated in days, but it can be configured to be calculated in hours.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''First Reminder Starts'': displays when the first reminder for the SLA will be sent before the due date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the columns can be filtered and sorted as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Service Level Agreement (SLA) for a particular entity can be calculated from the SLA Matrix tile in the User Administration section. You can define SLAs (due dates applicable to tasks) so that users are aware of time to take these tasks to closure.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To define an SLA for an entity:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1. '''Click '''the ''User Administration'' tile.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''SLA Matrix'' tile.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Define SLA'' button. This opens the ''Define SLA'' window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the ''Define SLA'' window:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' the ''Entity Name'' from the drop-down list that has a list of all entities and Contract Types in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*From the ''Select Action ''drop-down, '''select''' an action to define an SLA for the selected entity. The available options are ''Termination Review, Review, Approval, Deviation Approval, External Signature, Internal Signature ''and ''Contract Request Submitted''. You can select one or more action as per your requirement. For example, ''Review ''and ''Approve.'' &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enter''' the ''SLA (days)''. For example, 5 days. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Note: '''By default, the SLA is calculated in days, however, it can be configured to be calculated in hours. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enter''' when you want the ''First Reminder Starts (days)'' to be sent before the due date. The Scheduler Task is run on a daily basis till the task is completed. For example, 2 days. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Define SLA window 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''''Save'' to define your SLA. The SLA for your selected entity will be added to the list of records on the ''SLA Matrix'' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the SLA defined for a particular entity, the Task Grid will display it with the Due Date so that the user can easily identify the tasks that are pending action.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Due Date of the task will be displayed in red for tasks that are overdue or the due date is prior to today. On the other hand, if the due date is ahead of today, then it will be displayed in black.&amp;amp;nbsp;Actual due date calculation is for new tasks, delegated tasks and reassigned tasks. The due date is auto calculated based on the SLA during task creation. When multiple SLA’s are available, ICM considers the lower level first. The field Is Overdue filters tasks so that you can check for ones that are overdue. If ICM does not find a Due Date or Time, then those fields do not display any value.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking the ''Notifications'' tile on the ''Dashboard'' opens the ''Notifications Dashboard''. You can create an ''SLA Reminder'' in the Notifications Dashboard. This can be customized as per your requirements. In the example below, the SLA Reminder is created for overdue tasks and pending tasks.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The user gets an email notification daily for overdue and pending tasks defined in the SLA till the task is completed. The ICM user interface will also display the list of tasks overdue or pending in the respective sections – ''Task Overdue Notification ''and ''Task Pending Notification''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SLA Matrix notification Dashboard 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can set up a reminder for pending tasks by entering the days when you want the first reminder till the task is completed to ensure compliance with the organization’s needs.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the&amp;amp;nbsp;''First Reminder Starts'' is 2 days, then the reminder notification for that task will be sent 2 days prior to the due date. For example, you enter that the ''First Reminder Starts'' as 2 days on December 07, 2018, then the first reminder and notification for actions pending will first be sent on December 05, 2018 till December 07, 2018 and will be listed in the Tasks Pending Notifications section. On December 08, 2018, when the due date is crossed, then a reminder and the overdue notification will be sent daily till the task is fulfilled and the task will then be listed in the Task Overdue Notification section. This notification will be sent daily till it is fulfilled. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can delete a single record from the ''Grid'' list.&amp;amp;nbsp;To delete a record from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Select''' an entity to delete from the ''Select Entity'' drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Delete'' icon next to the entity you want to delete. This opens a window to confirm you want to delete the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Ok ''if you want to delete the record.&amp;amp;nbsp;''An SLA Mapping Deleted Successfully!'' message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can edit a single record from the ''Grid'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a record from the list:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an entity to edit from the ''Select Entity'' drop-down list.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Edit'' icon next to the entity you want to edit. This opens the Edit SLA window.&amp;amp;nbsp;The ''Entity Name'' and the ''Select Action ''fields are auto populated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Edit''' the values in the ''SLA (days)'' or/and ''First Reminder Starts (days)'' fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit SLA window 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Click''' ''Update''. ''An SLA Updated Successfully!'' message is displayed.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''You can create records for multiple actions, but you can add and delete a record only for individual actions.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]] | [[Reasons|Reasons]] | [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Managing_Users&amp;diff=10930</id>
		<title>Managing Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Managing_Users&amp;diff=10930"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:37:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Managing&amp;amp;nbsp;Users =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending upon how ICM is configured in your organization, there are two ways to create a new user in ICM.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Using the ''Create User'' tile on the UI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Adding the users in the Active Directory through technical configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a New User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Users'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Users'' page opens. This page displays the list of users and their details such as Name, Email ID, Organization Unit. You can also see the User’s Culture Code (Preferred language). ICM identifies user language from the value they have selected for language in ''Preferences''. On this page, you can view the User Details or replace a user.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create a new user users page 7.8.png|720px|Users Page]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create User'' tile on the ''Users'' page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create User'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page consists of&amp;amp;nbsp; the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Details &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Team &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information in each tab as follows and '''click''' ''Next'' to go to the next tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Details'' tab is divided into two areas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Personal Details &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Work Details &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Personal Details'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Field'''&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot; | '''Action'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| First Name&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the first name of the user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Last Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the last name of the user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Email Address'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the e-mail address of the user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Organization Unit'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Organization Structure'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;and '''select''' the organization unit of the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type of user'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Select''' whether the user is ''Internal'' or ''External''. Internal users appear while you create internal approver rule and external users appear while you create external approver rule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Is Administrator'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Select''' ''Yes'' if you want to set the user as an administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Supervisor User'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add User'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add supervisor. In the ''Select User'' dialog box, select supervisor user, and then '''click''' ''Add''. Alternatively, in the ''Search User'' box, type the name of the desired user, and then click the ''Magnifying glass'' icon. Use the scroll arrows to scroll through users.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select User&amp;amp;nbsp;''dialog box displays the supervisors that are in the selected organization unit. Only active ICM users are displayed.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The user receives email notifications of access expiry in the following events:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Field'''&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot; | '''Action'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Hierarchy Level'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' or '''select''' a positive integer number. The number depends on your organization hierarchy. For example, for some organizations, hierarchy level one may be the top level while for some organizations hierarchy level 10 may be the top level.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Is Authorized Signatory'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Yes''' if you want the user to be authorized signatory for agreement. The user appears as internal or external signatory as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Internal Signatory''': If the user type is Internal. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''External Signatory''': If the user type is external. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Assign User Group'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add User'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to assign user group. In the ''Assign User Groups'' dialog box, '''select''' user group. '''Click''' ''Add''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Assign Security Group'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Click''' the ''Add User''&amp;amp;nbsp;to assign security group. In the ''Assign Security Groups'' dialog box, '''click''' to select security group, and then '''click''' ''Add''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Access Expiry Date'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Select''' the expiry date for the user. After this date the user access to ICM is disabled. &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note''': If you are an administrator, you can change the access expiry date to a future date allowing the user to access ICM till the newly specified date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user receives email notifications in the event of access expiry as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*One day before the access expiry date. &lt;br /&gt;
*After the user access expires. &lt;br /&gt;
*If admin changes the access expiry date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot; | '''Event'''&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;text-align: left;&amp;quot; | '''Subject Line'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| One day before the access expiry date&lt;br /&gt;
| ICM Notification: Access of User [FullName] is expiring on [AccessExpiryDate].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| After the user access expires&lt;br /&gt;
| ICM Notification: Access of User [FullName] is expired on [AccessExpiryDate].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| If admin changes the access expiry date&lt;br /&gt;
| ICM Notification: Access expiry date of user [FullName] is modified as [AccessExpiryDate].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Details'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configure the attributes to display in the ''Work Details'' area as per the requirement of your organization. You can create these attributes in the Contract Type - Masterdata which is pre-configured according to the requirements of your organization.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The list of attributes in the Masterdata type must have the attribute named User with the data type as User.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Rest of the attributes vary as per the organizational requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Team'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Select '''the appropriate user as an Approver, and then '''click''' ''Add''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create''. The ''Users'' page appears that displays the user you have created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing an Existing User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can modify the existing user account information whenever required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a user:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1. On the ''User Administration'' page, '''click''' the ''Users'' tile. The ''Users'' page opens displaying a list of existing users .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''View Record'' iocn&amp;amp;nbsp;next to the desired user. The ''User Details'' page appears. The page displays the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Details''': Displays personal and work details of the user. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''OrgGroups''': Displays the Organization Group the user is assigned to. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Security Groups''': Displays the Security groups the user is assigned to. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''User Groups''': Displays the user groups the user is assigned to. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''History''': Displays the history of all the changes done in the user details with date/time of change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click''' ''Edit'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''to open the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit User'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. On the ''Details'' tab, edit the user information, if any, and '''click''' ''Next'' to open the ''Team'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. On the ''Team'' tab, add or remove the team members, and then '''click''' ''Next'' to open the ''Org Groups'' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. On the ''Org Groups'' tab, '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add ''icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to ''Organization Group''. The ''Select Org Groups'' dialog box appears. List of already selected organization groups appears in the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Under ''Select Org Groups'', '''click''' to select a group. Alternatively, in the ''Search'' box, '''type''' the name of the group, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Search ''icon.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can select new organization groups and remove those that user doesn't need to be a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''Click''' ''Add''. The selected user appears in the ''Org Groups'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. '''Click''' ''Update''. The user information gets updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Provisioning a&amp;amp;nbsp;User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Provision&amp;amp;nbsp;a user feature is used to enable an existing user to login to the system. The provisioned user can perform tasks as per the privileges assigned by the administrator.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; With ICM, you can provision users from the available list of users that are present in active directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To provision users:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''User Administration&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:ICM Dashboard-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Users&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''User Administration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens. Alternatively, go to the&amp;amp;nbsp;''User Groups&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile to select a user group.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:UsersTile-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Provision Users&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Users&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens and a list of users are displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:ProvisionUsers-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''a user from the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Active Directory Users&amp;amp;nbsp;''list and move to the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Selected Users&amp;amp;nbsp;''list by clicking the right arrow. For example, AE User13.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SelectUser from ActiveDirectory Users.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the user from the ''Selected Users'' list to view or enter the ''Personal Details'' and ''Work Details'' of the user on the right hand side. For example, selecting AE User13 in the selected Users list will display the personal details such as ''First Name'',''Last Name'', ''Email Address, ''and so on of user AE User13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:View OrganizationUnit Details-7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Organization Structure''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon next to the ''Organization Unit'' field to view the organization unit details for the user AE User13. The Select Organization Unit window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Organization Unit'' for the user AE User13 from the organization chart. For example,&amp;amp;nbsp;''AutoProducts''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select OrganizationUnit 7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''OK'' to go back to the ''Provision User'' page. The value (''/Icertis/autoproducts) ''for the user AE User13 is now visible in the ''Organization Unit'' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit User-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Toggle '''the ''Is Administrator'' button on the Personal Details tab to ''Yes ''if you want to add the user as an Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit User Work Details tab-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Work Details'' tab opens. You can view or enter the official details of the user such as ''Department Name'', ''Department Head'', ''Department Code'', and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.'''Click''' ''Save''. The ''User AE User13 saved in ICM successfully'' message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''OK''. The ''Users'' page opens. You can now view the record for the user AE User13 on the ''Users Index'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:View Record Users Indexpage-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
13.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''View Record'' on the Users Index page to view the details or verify the team of the user AE User13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:View OrganizationUnit Details Select Ues7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
14. '''Select''' the ''Send for Approval ''button to get an approval for the user AE User 13. The ''User Detail'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Provision ''button to provision user AE User13 in ICM. The ''Add Note'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Add'' button after adding a note. The ''User Details'' page opens displaying the record for the user AE User13 with the status as ''Provisioned''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add Note-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Replacing a User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has a provision to replace&amp;amp;nbsp;User A&amp;amp;nbsp;with&amp;amp;nbsp;User B&amp;amp;nbsp;for a specific role. This may be necessary in several scenarios, such as User A was incorrectly assigned initially, an account may be delinquent for an extended period of time, or the owner is busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All tasks and actions that would otherwise have gone to User A (per his/her role), will now go to User B instead. Though User A is replaced by User B, they both will receive the notifications for the replacement happening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, John has the roles of primary owner and approver. If he is replaced by Mary for the primary owner role, all tasks/actions for that role will be sent to Mary going forward. John will not receive any notifications at all. However, he will continue to have all the privileges of an approver and get all notifications for that role. The replacement of the user can be reversed anytime when required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The replace user functionality is available in Agreements and Amendments, Requests and Associated Documents only. However, the replacement can happen in any state, as long as the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Replace User''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;icon&amp;amp;nbsp;is available. The replacement can be done by any user with the following roles having the replace user privilege:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary owner &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract admin &lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary owner &lt;br /&gt;
*Contributor &lt;br /&gt;
*Observer &lt;br /&gt;
*Business owner &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These roles cannot replace user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Approver &lt;br /&gt;
*Deviation Approver &lt;br /&gt;
*Internal Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
*External Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
*Reviewer &lt;br /&gt;
*External Reviewer &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Requester &lt;br /&gt;
*External User &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Replace User'' button next to the record for the user that you want to deprovision. For example, Alon Carlton.&amp;amp;nbsp;You can search a user on the Replace User window.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Replace User-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an Action(s). For example, Agreement Team, Template Team, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the user that you want to replace. For example, Alan Carlton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Replace User'' button. A popup Information Message is displayed indicating that the ''User replace request is submitted and check back after you receive a notification email''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:User ReplaceRequest-7.8.png|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''OK.&amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. When you receive the notification email, the user will be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select User to replace.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Deprovisioning a User ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is imperative to replace the user in ICM before deprovisioning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To deprovision a user:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''View Record&amp;amp;nbsp;''on the ''Users Index'' page to select a provisioned user or verify the team of the user AE User13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Deprovision'' button. A popup Information Message opens indicating that it is necessary to initiate the Replace User activity to replace the de-provisioned user in ICM.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:User ReplaceRequest-7.8.png|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''OK''. The ''Add Note'' window opens. You can add a note to indicate the reason for deprovisioning the user or the user group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' a ''Reason Code'' from the drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add ''to add the note. The ''Users'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add NoteText-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Deprovision'' button. The user is now deprovisioned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:DeProvisionUser-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Adding a Secondary Owner ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding a Secondary Owner using the ICM User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Secondary Owner can be a user or a user group. The user group can either be Administrator group or a combination of an Administrator and Non-Administrator user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Secondary Owner using the ICM UI:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''View Record'' on the ''Users Index'' page to select a provisioned user or verify the team of the user AE User13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Users Team-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the ''Add&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon next to Team. A window opens to select a role for the searched user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the details of the user in the ''Search User'' field. For example, AE User13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Select Role'' arrow and a drop-down with a list of roles is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Secondary Owner'' from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add ''to add the selected user as a ''Secondary Owner'' to the Team. The User AE User13 will now be displayed as a Secondary Owner on the ''User Index'' and the ''User Details'' pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add SecondaryOwner 7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Adding a Secondary Owner using Excel Add-in&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use Excel Add-in to add users or user groups as Secondary Owners using the configuration displayed in the user Team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify that the Secondary Owner has got the privileges to update the user details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Entity on the ribbon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Action for which you want to populate the Excel Workbook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Populate Workbook'' on the Excel Add-in. This opens a popup indicating that it will populate the Workbook for the selected action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Yes''. The Workbook will be populated with the user information such as ''Name, Last Name, Email Id, External UPN, Organization Unit, Secondary Owner'' and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;The Secondary Owner displays the users that are Administrators and user groups that have at least 1 user as an Administrator. You can also add multiple users by using the multi-choice option.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add ScondaryOwner using Excel-Add-in-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Validate'' to validate the user information. The ''Validation Successful'' message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click''' ''OK''. The ''Progress Status'' popup is displayed showing the progress of the user creation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The ''User Created Successfully ''message is displayed on creation of the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Go to the ''Users'' page on ICM. The user provisioned using Excel Add-in is displayed in the grid with a status ''Created''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''View Record'' button for the user. The ''User Detail'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Go to the ''Team'' tab. The user provisioned using Excel Add-in is displayed as a ''Secondary Owner''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding a Secondary Owner using Legacy Upload&amp;amp;nbsp; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''User Administration ''tile on the Dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Admin Task ''tile. The ''Admin Task ''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the''Legacy Upload'' task from the list. The ''Legacy Upload'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To provision a user using the legacy upload option, the following files are required:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''A Mapping file&amp;amp;nbsp;:&amp;amp;nbsp;''The users that are going to be provisioned using the data file are entered in the mapping file. It contains information such as the ''Contract Type Name, User Information ''such as''Email ID'' (Primary Key), and so on. It also contains the path from where the data file will pick up information. &lt;br /&gt;
*''A Data file'' – Includes user information such as Name, Last name, Email ID (of the user that will be provisioned using Legacy Upload, and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's consider an example,&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Create a batch with automationuser5 as the user, and Admin as a user group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Create a batch file and upload the mapping file fist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Upload the data file. The batch file is scheduled. It will be ''Executed'' when the batch is run from ICM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Go to Legacy Upload and see how to upload the document.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User entity supporting the Secondary Owner role ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Secondary Owner'' has now been extended to User Entity for a user or user groups. This makes it easier for the Administrator to make the required changes for a user or user groups, instead of having to login multiple times to do so. You need to configure actions for User Information entity and Secondary Owner via Role Action Mapping on the user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Secondary Owner can be added to the User Entity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Through a configuration key &lt;br /&gt;
*From the ICM user interface &lt;br /&gt;
*Using Excel Add- in &lt;br /&gt;
*Using Legacy Upload &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select Secondary Owner-7.8.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_Organization|Managing Organization]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing Security Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]] | [[Reasons|Reasons]] | [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Managing_Organization&amp;diff=10929</id>
		<title>Managing Organization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Managing_Organization&amp;diff=10929"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:34:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Managing Organization =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an Administrator, you can view and edit the information of your Organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To manage your organization data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Manage Organization'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Organization Details'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click''' ''Edit.'' The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit Organization'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit Organization Data 1.png|720px|Edit Organization Data 1.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Searching an Organization Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can search an organization groups for multiple reasons such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You use multiple parameters to search an organization groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To search an Organization Group:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can use various options given below, including the dynamic search feature, to find the desired organization group.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Search an organization Group 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Alternatively, type the keywords in the box provided above the list of organization groups. A list of relevant organization groups is displayed.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancing your search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can further narrow your search by using any of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Search Term'''&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Result'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in double quotation marks.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing organization groups that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...*&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' the search term in star characters.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing organization groups that include the exact search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...&lt;br /&gt;
| Prefix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing organization groups that end with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ...*&lt;br /&gt;
| Suffix * to the search term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing organization groups that start with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Viewing the saved search terms'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; View your saved search terms with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the ''More Searches'' box, select your saved search, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add to Favourites'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to mark the search term as favorite. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can find your marked favorites below the tiles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating an Organization Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can group various organization units and create an organization group. You can assign these organization groups to the users so that they can become a part of the group. The users in a particular organization group can have access to the information in various units based on their hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an organization group:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' ''Org Groups'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on the ''User Administration'' page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Org Group'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click''' ''Create Org Group'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on the ''Org Group'' page. The ''Create Org Group'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Org group 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Type&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the name for the organization group that you want to create in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Name&amp;amp;nbsp;''box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Enter&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the description for the organization group in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Description&amp;amp;nbsp;''box.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Next. ''The''Organization Unit ''tab opens.''&amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Org Unit ''icon''to select an Organization Unit.&amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select Org Unit 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Select''' appropriate organization unit for which you want to create the organization group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Ok''. The selected unit appears in the ''Organization Units'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''Click''' ''Next'' to open ''Verify'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. '''Verify&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the details you entered and&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Save.&amp;amp;nbsp;''The organization group that you just created appears on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Organization Group&amp;amp;nbsp;''page.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding an Organization Unit ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can create a new Organization Unit or add a sub-unit to the parent Organization unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Org Structure'' tile on the ''User Administration'' page. The ''Organization Structure'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Type '''the name of the Organization Unit you want to add to the main branch. For example, HR and then '''click '''the ''Add Org Unit'' button. The Org Unit is added under the main branch. You can now drag and drop it under any sub branch&amp;amp;nbsp;as per your business requirements.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adding org structure Org structure 7.8.PNG|720px|Organization Structure]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can also edit the organization unit details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an organization unit:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the organization unit that you want to edit. The ''Organization unit details'' window appears..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Edit''' the ''Org Unit Name'' and ''Description'', if required, and then '''click''' ''Save'' to save the modifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Adding org structure Org details window 7.8.PNG|560px|Organization Unit Details]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Edit&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the information wherever necessary on the ''Details&amp;amp;nbsp;''tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click''' ''Next'' to open ''Verify'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Verify''' the information you have edited, and choose one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Previous'' to go back and make changes to the information entered. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Update'' to update (that is save) the information you entered or edited. &lt;br /&gt;
*To know the details of the organization groups. &lt;br /&gt;
*To edit an organization groups. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click''' the ''Org Groups'' tile&amp;amp;nbsp;on the ''User Administration'' page, The ''Org Group'' page displays the list of existing organization groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;7. Search for a specific organization group by using any of the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' the ''Select Field'' list under ''Search For''&amp;amp;nbsp;, and then '''select''' appropriate item. Search results relevant to the item are displayed with a number in the bracket. The number denotes the number of organization groups that meet the search criteria.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the box to select the specific item. A list of organization groups relevant to the item is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*To narrow your search further, '''type''' relevant keyword in the ''Custom Keyword'' box, and '''click''' ''Apply''. &lt;br /&gt;
*In the More Searches box, select your saved search, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add to Favorites'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to mark the search term as favorite. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can find your marked favorites below the tiles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] | [[Managing_Users|Managing Users]] | [[Managing_User_Groups|Managing User Groups]] | [[Managing_Security_Groups|Managing_Security_Groups]] | [[Application_Settings|Application_Settings]] | [[Notification_Settings|Notification Settings]] | [[Currencies|Currencies]] | [[Reasons|Reasons]] | [[Deleting_an_Agreement|Deleting an Agreement]] | [[Search_Sync|Search Sync]] | [[Legacy_Upload|Legacy Upload]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Reports&amp;diff=10928</id>
		<title>Reports</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Reports&amp;diff=10928"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:32:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports Overview =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM provides a number of&amp;amp;nbsp;out-of-the-box reports that have been strategically articulated to cater specific business needs. They provide an insight to different entities, states and progress of your Agreements, Clauses and Templates so that you can take necessary actions. They enable you make informed decisions by analyzing processes, cycle times, deviations, risks (expiry, renewal, actions pending, and so on.) and SLA’s at each level of an Agreement. Using the right filters to generate vital Reports provides clarity, allows you to correlate functionalities, and improve response time. Such information is valuable to the organization and has a positive impact on your business. It helps you identify future direction, improve performance, mitigate risk and increase revenue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, Reports have been grouped based on their usage into Admin, Legal and&amp;amp;nbsp;Compliance, and Workflow for ease-of-use. You can view only those Reports that you are authorized to. You can either view all Reports together or you have the option to filter the reports based on the grouping, using the drop-down or the tabs. You can access individual Reports by clicking&amp;amp;nbsp;them and providing filters for each of them based on your specific requirement.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reports are now enhanced to be displayed as per the language selected in the ''Locale Settings'' in the ''User'' ''Preferences''. These reports are driven on the basis of user profile ''Language'' settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You also have the option to export the Reports to Excel, CSV or PDF formats.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types of Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, let us understand ICM Reports in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reports are mainly divided into 2 groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Default Reports:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''ICM provides a number of&amp;amp;nbsp;out-of-the-box&amp;amp;nbsp;Reports that have been strategically designed to cater to specific business needs. Although these Reports are default, the user will only be able to view the Reports that they are authorized to. Based on their usage, these Reports are displayed on the ''Agreement Details'' page or the ''Report'' tile.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Even if the users are authorized to view/access a specific report, the privileges of the Reports further follow the authorization that the user has in ICM. If the user does not have the privileges to view a particular set of Agreements in ICM, for example, they would not see those in the Report even though they have the view privileges for Reports.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Custom Reports: '''Customized Reports may be deployed in ICM based on the requirements of the customer by editing default reports or by creating entirely new custom reports or by deploying reports provided by the customer. These reports are customized for a customer based on their requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Reports Default reports 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Dynamic Reports: '''These&amp;amp;nbsp;reports&amp;amp;nbsp;can be generated by the user&amp;amp;nbsp;through a configurable option (that can be turned On/Off) of providing the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile on the Dashboard as an additional entity with access controlled through Security Groups. This Power Business Intelligence (BI) integration with ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;allows the user to generate dynamic reports on the fly, save the reports and access them quickly using the Advanced Analytics tile, control access to generated reports through Security group, and query the database in the form of normal questions and get results. To know more, click on the related topic below.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Here is the list and a brief description of Reports in ICM.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Detailed Report: '''This Report is Agreement specific and provides details of all the Associations of an Agreement entity-wise. It provides detailed view of all related entities to the Agreement such as, Commitments, Rules,&amp;amp;nbsp;History, and so on. It provides a complete view of the Agreement without the user having to navigate to multiple tabs for the same information. It is extremely convenient when the Agreement along with associations are required to be sent for offline reviews and audits. It helps to assess the accuracy of Associations. This helps in performing compliance checks to correct the outliers (where associations are not made). &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Attributes Value Report:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Captures the values of the attributes and all the edits made to this over the lifecycle of the Contract till date. This Report actually replaces the earlier Export Attribute values on the Agreement entity. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clause Deviations Report:''' This Report is Agreement specific&amp;amp;nbsp;and provides a text comparison of the standard and the deviated Clause and highlights the difference between them for the specific Agreement from which it was accessed.&amp;amp;nbsp;It provides visibility into the Clauses that are deviated, by whom, the date and time, in what state, the approver and the approval date and time. It helps a legal person detect Clauses that get deviated frequently and make appropriate changes in the library to further reduce cycle times during contract negotiations.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Expiring Agreements:''' Displays a list of executed Agreements that will expire in next 30,60 or 90 days.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Agreement Deviation:''' Provides details related to Agreements that have registered deviations from the standard Clause language definitions in the library. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Agreement Clause Content Report:''' Provides the Clause content (Clauses used in the Agreement Templates) for selecting&amp;amp;nbsp;a single or multiple Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Attribute Information Report:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;This is an existing Report Provides details of the attribute properties or metadata across its usage in different Contract Types. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Expired Agreements Report:''' This is a new Report that displays all the contracts that expired in the last 30, 60 or 90 days.It helps you to make informed decisions on the renewals or terminations of contracts. The mapping of these Agreements with expiring Agreements helps make important revenue decisions.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Average Agreement Turn Around Time:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Provides information on the average number of days required for executing an Agreement or Amendment, from the date of its creation till the date of its execution. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clause Profiling Report:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Helps in the mapping of Clauses to the corresponding Templates, with respect to the selected Contract Types.&amp;amp;nbsp;It helps application administrators&amp;amp;nbsp;to view the impact of a particular Clause on all the Templates that have the Clause added in the system. It displays the Clause, its corresponding version, and the Template details in which that Clause has been incorporated. The base entity for the Report is Clause. Even if the Clause does not have an associated Template, it would appear in the Report.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Template Clause Report:''' Helps in the mapping Templates to the corresponding Clauses, with respect to the&amp;amp;nbsp;Contract Types. It helps application administrators&amp;amp;nbsp;to view the impact when a particular Clause or Template is changed in the system. It displays the Template, its corresponding version and the Clauses present in the respective Template. The base entity for this Report is the Template.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cycle Time Report:''' Shows the cycles for an Agreement and the change of states from the date of creation to the date of execution as well as the elapsed time. The purpose of this Report is to enable&amp;amp;nbsp;the user to detect the deficiencies in the processes and turnaround time for tasks. It helps in identifying the patterns that lead to longer cycle times and take corrective actions in the process and streamline it better.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''User Profiling Report''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Helps you to find details associated to an individual user such as the role, groups and the associated entities.&amp;amp;nbsp;This enables&amp;amp;nbsp;the user to interpret the impact of the user on the system, impact of de-provisioning a user and so on. This Report helps analyze the critical actions pending for a user that may have a big impact. It also provides a direct link to the records and configuration modification that can help in curbing the impact. This Report can also a prerequisite to the Replace User functionality.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''User Login Report:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Provides information of all user logins for a selected date range. It provides an insight on the adoption of the tool by providing details for the user as well as which function, unit and region is using the tool. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Signature Type Report:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Provides information on the percentage of Contracts that have been executed manually compared to&amp;amp;nbsp;electronically. Since this involves&amp;amp;nbsp;the entire ecosystem and is a time-consuming process, this Report&amp;amp;nbsp; provides visibility into the number of contracts that are signed manually against those signed electronically to facilitate compliance and adoption. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clauses Pending Approval:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Provides information on the number of Clauses that are pending approval for an Agreement or Amendment along with the duration and the version. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Agreements Pending Execution:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Yields data on the number of Agreements or Amendments that await internal signature and/or external signature, along with the duration and status changed date. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Templates Pending Approval:''' Provides details&amp;amp;nbsp;related to Templates pending approvals, along with the duration and version. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Agreements Pending Approval:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Yields information on the number of Agreements or Amendments that are in the ''Waiting for Approval ''state. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Approved Requests Waiting For Contract Creation'''''':''' Provides a consolidated list of Requests for which the contract initiation has not begun.This Report enables the user the user to view all the actions that need to be taken and reduce chances of missing pending Requests to create Contracts.&amp;amp;nbsp;However, if the correct filters are applied for the Contract Type, date of request creation, approvals and request submission, this Report provides a consolidated list of Requests that are pending action. Without this Report, the user would need to apply the right filters in the ''Search'' field to get the desired outcome. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''CLM Activity Report:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Provides&amp;amp;nbsp;a quick view for the CTOs, CFOs, etc. on the current high level status of the Agreements, Contract Requests and user activity to gauge the adoption of the ICM platform in their organization and take corrective action to increase adoption of the platform. The report can be filtered on the Frequency either ''Day Wise'' (default), ''Week Wise'' and ''Month Wise''. &amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Masterdata Information Report:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Displays a summary of Masterdata and helps the user easily identify all the areas that will be affected or need to be modified by any change to the Masterdata Attribute values. The user can update and extract this detailed report on Masterdata and subsequently any reference of it in Rules, Contract Types, Contract Request, Masterdata, Agreements/ Amendments, Associations and User Groups where the given Masterdata Attribute value to make informed decisions. To access this report, users must have Configuration and Security group access.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Types_of_Reports|Categories of Reports]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reports that are available on different tabs of the ''Reports'' tile are further categorized into three groups:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Legal and Compliance &lt;br /&gt;
*Admin &lt;br /&gt;
*Workflow &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reports that are Agreement specific are available on the Agreement Details page.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Although these reports are default, you can only&amp;amp;nbsp;view the reports that you&amp;amp;nbsp;are authorized to.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Localization of Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the localization settings of a report:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Preferences'' to view your preferences. The ''My Preferences'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Locale Settings'' to view the options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''''Language'' to choose a language that you would like to view the report in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the ''Time Zone, Date Format ''and ''Time Format'' options for the drop-down list for the selected language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Save'' to save your options.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Reports My preferences 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Reports'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the report that you want to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the chart to view the details of the selected report.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Wiki reports localization 3.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;The report columns will be displayed based on the selected filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Wiki reports localization 4.png|1024px|Wiki reports localization 4.png]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Displaying Date and Time as per User Preferences ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all Date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC Time Zone in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the Date and Time format as per their preferred locale settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, all reports will display the Date and Time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Reports 1.png|720px|7.9 Reports 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the Date and Time format of the Date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the User Preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month &amp;amp; vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as mmmm-dd-yyy, so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Reports 3.png|720px|7.9 Reports 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Adding Reports as KPIs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Report), users can now also add the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Reports 4.png|720px|7.9 Reports 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Reports 2.png|720px|7.9 Reports 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Other reports that are available&amp;amp;nbsp;KPIs on the Dashboard include:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Agreement Deviation Report'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Agreements Pending Approval Report'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Agreements Pending Execution Report'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Clauses Pending Approval Report'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Expiring Agreements Report'' &lt;br /&gt;
*''Templates Pending Approval Report'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Agreement_details_page_reports|Agreement Details Page Reports]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Legal_and_Compliance|Legal and Compliance Reports&amp;amp;nbsp;]]| [[Admin_Reports|Admin Reports]] | [[Workflow_Reports|Workflow Reports]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Power_BI_Integration_with_ICM|Power BI Integration with ICM]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Alias_Master&amp;diff=10927</id>
		<title>Alias Master</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Alias_Master&amp;diff=10927"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:31:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Alias Master =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating Alias ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM provides an Alias&amp;amp;nbsp;for Masterdata using the ''AliasMaster'' entity so that all Masterdata values that are related can be linked and searched in one-go. You can create an alias on Global Attributes and Template variables (marked as global), not the Contract Type attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the Masterdata record is updated with a newer value, ICM retains the older value of the Masterdata and records containing either of these values (newer or older) must be searchable if there are Agreements having these values exist.&amp;amp;nbsp;It also allows you to get a consolidated search result for multiple Masterdata values that are related, instead of running multiple searches/Reports for the desired outcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through the ''Security Group Privileges'' with access restricted to the Admin users having Manage privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Alias Master security Group 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If you have View Privileges, user can just view the records, but will not be able to perform actions like Edit or Delete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Alias Master'' tile within ''Configurations'' allows the authorized Admin user to define linkages which will generate a consolidated result of all records based on these aliases, irrespective of the value provided by the user.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding Alias ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Clicking''' the ''Alias Master'' tile displays the ''Attribute'', ''Key'' and ''Value'' (which is the alias) in the grid view.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add alias Alias Master Index Page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ''Alias ''and the ''Key ''can be searched using the ''Search'' facet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add an alias using the ''Add Alias''&amp;amp;nbsp;button, where you can select the ''Attribute'' from the drop-down and enter the ''Key'' and the ''Value'' (pipe separated value). Each of these fields are mandatory and on entering the data, the ''Alias'' gets added to the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add Alias Add Alias window 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Editing&amp;amp;nbsp;Alias ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit icon''&amp;amp;nbsp;to edit and update the linked value.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add Alias Edit icon 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You cannot change the Attribute or Value while editing the record; only the Linked Value(s) can be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add Alias Update Alias 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
On adding aliases, if there is a mismatch in the search count, a message ''There can be a difference between the count shown in filters and actual count of result, if alias values are defined''&amp;amp;nbsp;will be displayed on the Agreement Management page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add alias Agreement Management page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting Alias ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also delete a record using the ''Delete'' icon for that row. A popup confirming that you want to delete the record will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add Alias delete Alias 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Navigating in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers some common features that make it easy to navigate the interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following tiles are available on all pages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*the ''Search''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile launches the Advanced Search. &lt;br /&gt;
*the ''Alerts''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile launches the Notifications Dashboard. &lt;br /&gt;
*the ''Help''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile launches this online help system. Use the topics to the left or the full-text search at the top right to find the specific feature you need help on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can do the following on most pages (also refer to the figure below):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set your preferences for the time zone, time and date formats and the language of display. See Preferences below for details. &lt;br /&gt;
*Remove searches that are pinned as favorites. These searches appear in the ''Saved Searches'' drop down again. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add search to favorites: for easy access, you can pin up to 6 of your saved searches as favorites. The name of that search appears above the search results. &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the columns to display: '''click''' the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select fields'' icon to add or remove the attributes to be displayed as columns. Add and remove what attributes to show or hide for the Agreements. You can add any number of columns and see them all using the vertical scroll bar. Including more attributes can be useful when exporting the list to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
*Configure default columns and their sequence on the ''Search ''and ''Index'' pages throughout ICM for all the users (using the ICM configurator). The configuration can be done for each Entity as well as Contract Type thus offering complete flexibility to define columns as per your business needs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refresh the page. If you expect to see results that you don't, click the icon to refresh the page you are on.&amp;amp;nbsp;When the screen is refreshed, automatically or manually, the ongoing tasks on the screen or bulk upload streams are not lost. The user can continue from the point where the refresh was initiated.&amp;amp;nbsp;The ''Refresh'' button can be technically configured to be hidden when&amp;amp;nbsp;a page is loading if an entity is in transitioning state. For example, when configured to be hiddent,&amp;amp;nbsp;the user&amp;amp;nbsp;ill not have to refresh the screen after clicking the ''Send for Approval'' button till the status of the entity changes to ''Waiting for Approval''. This applies to the ICM UI and the mobile app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Export to Excel: you can export the list of all the currently displayed records to Microsoft Excel. This allows you to manipulate the data using various features of Microsoft Excel. Note that you can export a maximum of 1000 rows. Try narrowing down the search to reduce the number of records displayed. See Searching Agreements and Requests or Advanced Search for details on using the search. &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a view: select how you wish the agreements to be shown. You can choose between the Grid view (the default), Extended view or Tile view. Each view offers various details at a glance - choose one that you prefer. &lt;br /&gt;
*View details: '''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''View Record''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon to see the details of the record, such as request, agreement, etc. that you may be on. The details are displayed on the details page, such as Agreement Details Page or the Request Details Page. &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose number of items to display: you can choose to display 8, 16 or 32 records on all pages. Choose from the drop down at the bottom of every page.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preferences ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setting My Preferences ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set your preferences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Hover''' the mouse over the down arrow next to your user ID. In the drop-down menu, '''click '''''Preferences'''''.''' This ''My Preferences page ''opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Select your preferred settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Records Per Page Options (User Defined):&amp;amp;nbsp;the number of Agreements/records you wish to see on a page. For example:&amp;amp;nbsp;8, 16, 32. 50, 100. &lt;br /&gt;
*Default Choice on Grid: the number of Agreements that will be displayed by default. &lt;br /&gt;
*Records Layout: how your want to view the records -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Grid, Tile ''or&amp;amp;nbsp;''Extended.'' &lt;br /&gt;
*Search Panel Visibility: toggle between ''Yes'' or ''No'' based on your preference.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Open every record in same browser tab: select if you would like to show the details of a record in the same window of the browser or a new window.&amp;amp;nbsp;For example, when you click the&amp;amp;nbsp;''View Record'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''icon, you can choose to open a new tab or show the display in the same window. If you frequently open several records simultaneously, it is advisable to select ''Yes''. &lt;br /&gt;
*Theme Color: The ICM UI&amp;amp;nbsp;preferred color is selected by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Alias Master Preferences 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Select''' your preferred Locale settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Language: select the language for ICM user interface. Remember that changing the language affects both - the user interface elements and the values of the Masterdata Contract Type attributes. The contents of the actual Agreement, Clauses, etc. continue to be in the source language. &lt;br /&gt;
*Time Zone: select your (or preferred) timezone. The time of last refresh shown on the dashboard is based on the timezone selected here. &lt;br /&gt;
*Date Format / Time Format: set your formats for how you would like date and time to be displayed. Like the timezone, the date and time of the last refresh shown on the dashboard is based on the formats selected here. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Alias Master locale settings 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Auto Delegation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you expect to be unavailable for a certain period of time, you can Delegate all your tasks to another user for that period.&amp;amp;nbsp;For Agreement Approver task, you also need to select a specific sub-role for the Agreement. Both you and the user receive the notifications for all your tasks that either you or the user can act upon. Set any number of delegations as long as the dates don't overlap. Edit or Delete your delegations using the appropriate icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''The sub-role field is displayed only when the Approvers sub-roles are configured in ICM.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:Alias Master Auto Delegation 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Login As'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are an administrator, you can logon&amp;amp;nbsp;as another user. Hover your mouse over the down arrow next to your user ID. In the drop-down menu, click '''Login as''' and select from the list of users. You do not need their password to log into their account. This feature is useful when certain tasks have to be performed by people but they are not available. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Log Off'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Log off from the current ICM session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;'''|&amp;amp;nbsp;'''[[Configuration|Configuration]]'''&amp;amp;nbsp;|'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[ICM_Overview|ICM Overview ]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[My_Dashboard|&amp;amp;nbsp;My Dashboard &amp;amp;nbsp;]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Rule&amp;diff=10926</id>
		<title>Rule</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Rule&amp;diff=10926"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:30:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Rule =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can work with Rules in several ways.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create rules to create Requests or Agreements using the ''Rules'' tile.&amp;amp;nbsp;For example, you can create a Rule for an Agreement to get the Supporting Documents auto attached at the predefined state. The user who is provided with&amp;amp;nbsp;administrative privileges can only create Rules from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Rules you can ensure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;The Agreements/Contracts contain appropriate data depending on the type &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;The Agreements/Contracts get executed as required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can create Rules for Contract Types. You can create various types of Rules only for the published Contract Types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on ''My Dashboard''. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on the ''Configuration'' page. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''On the ''Rules'' page. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of the following&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule in the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the type of the rule in the ''Rule Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''from the ''Rule Type'' list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each type of a Rule, you need to select an approver role from the drop-down options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Approval Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;: To build a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific user will be the approver for the Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:If you select the Rule Type as ''Approval Rule'', the ''Team Role'' field is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;You can configure multiple approval rule sets, thus enabling greater flexibility in creating approval rules&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Select''' the ''appropriate role of an approver'' from the following list of team roles: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Approver &lt;br /&gt;
*Deviation Approver &lt;br /&gt;
*External Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
*Internal Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
*Reviewer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Clause Assembly: To build&amp;amp;nbsp;a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific clause will open in an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type Selection: To build&amp;amp;nbsp;a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific contract type will be selected while creating an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Dynamic Association: To build a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific Agreement/Associated Document will be selected while creating an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Dynamic Attribute: To build&amp;amp;nbsp;a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific attribute will open while creating an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Set Attribute Value: Define the value of the attribute. &lt;br /&gt;
*Template Selection: To build&amp;amp;nbsp;a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific template will be selected while creating an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;The types of rules that are displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;in the list vary according to the type of the contract you select in the ''Contract Type'' list.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Build tab has the following two panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a Rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To add a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under Conditions, '''select''' the appropriate condition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*And: All the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
:*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Next to the icon , in the''Select Value'' field select the appropriate attribute from the list provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*Parent Contract Type &lt;br /&gt;
:*Priority &lt;br /&gt;
:*Priority Inheritance &lt;br /&gt;
:*Simba Reference ID &lt;br /&gt;
:*Status &lt;br /&gt;
:*Status Changed Date &lt;br /&gt;
:*Template Name &lt;br /&gt;
:*Type Of Paper   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;4. Based on the attribute you have selected, select appropriate value in the very next ''Select Value'' field from the list provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*Contains &lt;br /&gt;
:*Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Not Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Starts With &lt;br /&gt;
:*Greater Than &lt;br /&gt;
:*Greater Than or Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Less Than &lt;br /&gt;
:*Less Than or Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Not Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Subset Of: the Rule is satisfied where the user wants a Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values.&amp;amp;nbsp;This operator is applicable for multi select lookup&amp;amp;nbsp;that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types only.&amp;amp;nbsp;For better understanding, please refer to the subsequent&amp;amp;nbsp;section on Subset Of operator. &lt;br /&gt;
:*Has No Value:&amp;amp;nbsp;the Rule is satisfied when no value is selected for the attribute. For example, if the ''Contract value'' is 0, then the Agreement is automatically put on hold (or cancelled). &lt;br /&gt;
:*Has A Value:&amp;amp;nbsp;the Rule is satisfied as long as the attribute has some value. This includes all Data Types and&amp;amp;nbsp;system-defined Attributes such that Rules can be set up for an Attribute having any value. For example, you want to set up a Rule so that an Approver John Doe should approve the Contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a Rule using the Has A Value condition such that John Doe is added as an Approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
:*Not Contains:&amp;amp;nbsp;the Rule is satisfied when the value of an attribute is blank. For example, if the ''City'' value is blank, a Rule will be triggered, which will default the name of the city to the city of the head office.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once selected, '''enter''' an appropriate value in the ''Enter Value'' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' {} to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Under ''Actions'', in the ''Select Action'' list, select from the list actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:For example: &lt;br /&gt;
:*Require Approval From All &lt;br /&gt;
:*Require Approval From Any &lt;br /&gt;
:*Select User From Attribute   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' actions consequent to the conditions you have set, and then enter their value. For example, under ''Conditions'', if you select ''Created By Equals x User'', then under ''Actions'' you may select ''Require Approval From Any'', and then type appropriate value. that is if the user x creates an Agreement using the selected Contract Type, then it will require approval from any of the selected approvers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the number of approvers required in the ''MinimumApprovers'' text box, and then '''type''' appropriate ''Step Number'' for those Approvers. The Agreement approval process flows sequentially according to the ''Step Number'' of the approver. When Approvers are defined based on the user attribute, the Administrator can specify a minimum number of approvals required for an Agreement before it can move to the next step in the workflow. As a result, not all Approvers configured for the specific user attribute are required&amp;amp;nbsp;to approve the Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Rule Create Rule page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Validate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the ''Contract Type'' you select in the ''Setup'' section, relevant attributes are displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;in the ''Validate'' pane. The information you type in this pane validates the Rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Has A Value Condition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Has A Value condition has been enhanced to include all Data Types and system-defined Attributes such that Rules can be set up for an Attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply ''Has A Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''condition on ''Agreement Code''&amp;amp;nbsp;Attribute of&amp;amp;nbsp; Contract Type ''Teaming Agreement'' having ''Auto ''Data Type.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Configuration'' tile on the Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the '''Rule '''tile on the ''Configuration'' page. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Create Rule'' tile on the ''Rules'' page. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3.PNG|300px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Contract Type from the ''Select Contract Type'' dropdown list in the ''Setup'' tab. For example, ''Teaming Agreement''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''a Rule name in the ''Rule Name'' field.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''a description for the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the type of the Rule from the ''Rule Type'' drop-down list. For example, ''Approval Rule''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the role for team member from the ''Team Role'' drop-down list. For example, ''Approver''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:8-1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''Next. The ''Builder'' tab of ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:9.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Attribute (system or user defined) for which you want to apply the condition from the ''Select Value'' drop-down list. For example, ''Agreement Code''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the ''Has A Value'' condition from the next drop-down list. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Action that you want to take from the ''Actions ''drop-down list. For example, ''Require Approval From All''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 13.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the User in the ''Select User'' field.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the corresponding ''Step Number'' of the selected User.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 15.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Add Action'' to add another condition.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 16.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Yes ''or ''No ''in the ''Stop Processing More Rules'' drop-down list.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The ''Stop Processing More Rules'' option when set to ''Yes ''allows you to stop evaluating further Rules for the Ruleset.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
17.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Validate ''tab to validate the Rule. For example, enter code in the Agreement Code field as per the defined Rule. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 18.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Validate ''button to validate the Rule you created. The ''Rule Validation Summary'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:18-1.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:18-2.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subset Of Operator ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a ''Subset of'' operator,&amp;amp;nbsp;user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a Rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This new operator, ''Subset of'', which is applicable to only multiselect lookup supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types only. Let's consider an example to define a ''Template Selection''&amp;amp;nbsp;Rule with the ''Subset Of&amp;amp;nbsp;''operator using ''Number'' Data Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Configuration'' tile on the Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:1-po.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Rule ''tile on the ''Configuration ''page. The ''Rules ''page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:2-po.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Create Rule'' tile on the ''Rules ''page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3-po.PNG|300px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Contract Type from the ''Select Contract Type'' dropdown list in the ''Setup ''tab. For example, ''Teaming Agreement''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''a Rule name in the ''Rule Name'' field.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''a description for the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the type of the Rule from the ''Rule Type'' drop-down list. For example, ''Template Selection''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7-po.PNG|720px|7-po.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Next''.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule ''page''&amp;amp;nbsp;''opens''.''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Click '''''Add Rule'' in the ''Builder ''tab.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select '''the Contract Type from the drop-down list, which helps you to select the Attribute set for which you want to create the Rule. For example, ''Teaming Agreement''. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select '''the Multi-Select Lookup Attribute for which you want to apply the condition from the Select Value drop-down list. For example, ''RAP_Supplier Name''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''RAP_Supplier Name'' is an ''Attribute'' of ''Teaming Agreement'' with ''Number ''Data Type having ''Is Multi Select'' flag enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select '''''VALUE ''condition from the drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' the ''Subset Of operator'' from the drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' the options where you want to apply the ''Subset Of'' operator. For example, ''Mac &amp;amp; Jhonson'' and ''RAP_Supplier1''. This means the ''Template Selection Rule'' will only trigger when a ''RAP_Supplier Name'' field has either of&amp;amp;nbsp;''Mac &amp;amp; Jhonson'' and ''RAP_Supplier1'' or both names. &amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ''Subset Of'' operator is available only for the Multi Select Lookup Attribute.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Action that you want to take from the ''Actions'' drop-down list. For example, ''Select Template''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Template to be available when the defined conditions are met. For example, ''Template approval verification'' and ''Clause assembly verification perf''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:11-po.PNG|720px|11-po.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Yes'' or ''No'' in the ''Stop Processing More Rules'' drop-down list.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The ''Stop Processing More Rules'' option when setting to ''Yes'' allows you to stop evaluating further Rules for the Ruleset.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
13.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Validate'' tab to validate the Rule.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the required value as per the defined Rule. For example, '''enter''' ''Mac &amp;amp; Jhonson'' and ''RAP_Supplier1'' in the ''RAP_Supplier Name'' field.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 15.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Validate'' to validate the Rule you created. The ''Rule Validation Summary'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:15-po.PNG|720px|15-po.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 16.&amp;amp;nbsp; The ''Rule Validation Summary'' window displays the Templates that met the defined Rule.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:16-po.PNG|720px|16-po.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 17.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 18.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create'' to create the Rule.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the rule, and then '''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Create''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message is displayed. The Rule is displayed in the Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;list of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': For mutually exclusive rules, you now have an option to stop processing subsequent rules.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Count Based Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM allows you to set the Rules based on the total number of selected values (count of selected values) in multi-select type Attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for an attribute ''Country Name'', if the user selects more than two countries i.e. ''Count is Greater Than 2'', then the Agreement can be sent for approval to the selected users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supported operators are:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Equals'', Greater&amp;amp;nbsp;''Than'', ''Greater Than or Equals'', ''Less Than'', ''Less Than or Equals'', and ''Not Equals''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Count based rules 1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Count based rule 2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Using Masterdata Value options in Rules Actions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define Rules&amp;amp;nbsp;based on the Masterdata in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can define Rules on Masterdata columns when lookup to the Masterdata is added as an Agreement Attribute. You can configure the list of Lookup and/or Cascade Attributes as conditions for Agreement or Contract Request Contract Types Rules, thus improving flexibility in Rules. For example, you may have a supplier Masterdata being referred in MSA Agreement Type via Supplier Country Name lookup. But, there may be scenarios where Rules are required to be configured on basis of Supplier City Name and is not available as an Attribute in the Agreement, which is now made possible. &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM also supports Masterdata value options in the''Actions'' section of Rules, so that you can define Rules without having the Cascade Attribute on the Contract Type where the Rule is being written. For example, if multiple signatories are part of a Lookup Masterdata record, we can now define the Rule (such as – ''Select User From Attribute'') on the Masterdata record itself and use them in the Rule directly, instead of defining Cascade Lookup Attributes in the Agreement. This drastically reduces the time and effort to create and maintain a large number of Attributes for Agreement Contract Types. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Rule view.PNG|760px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Create Rules for Multi-party Agreements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rules can be written for individual attributes of an Association (as done for parent Contract Types). All attributes for Associations are available for the given Rule conditions. You can search selected values on an Agreement or an Associated Document.&amp;amp;nbsp;Depending on the type of the attribute, standard operators are applicable. For example, ''Contains, Starts With, Equals, Greater Than'', and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rules can also accommodate the count of the Associations so that you can add Clauses based on the count of the Associations. If you ''Select All'' or ''Select Any'', there is no need to specify the count of the Associations to satisfy the rule. However, when selecting the option ''Select Count'', you need to specify the number of Associations, irrespective of the attribute value, that should meet the condition and satisfy the Rule. This rule applies to any type of Association, parent/child or peer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the attribute belongs to an Association, the following additional filter Conditions are available for all the Rules:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Select All'':&amp;amp;nbsp;If all the Associations satisfy the condition &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Any'':&amp;amp;nbsp;If any Association satisfies the condition &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Count'': If the number of Associations specified&amp;amp;nbsp;satisfy the condition &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Multiparty-Rules1.PNG|760px|Multiparty Rules]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For a multi-division Agreement, you can write&amp;amp;nbsp;Rules based on individual instances of the multi-value attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rules can accommodate the count of the Associations, besides ''Select All'' and ''Select Any ''Conditions.&amp;amp;nbsp;If you ''Select All'' or ''Select Any'', there is no need to specify the count of the Associations to satisfy the Rule. However, when you ''Select Count'', then you need to specify the number of Associations, irrespective of the attribute value, that should meet the condition and satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Multiparty-Rules2.PNG|760px|Multiparty Rules - Select Count]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If you have more than two Associations, the values of the attributes are irrelevant. The count of the Association takes precedence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changes in Document Assembly&amp;amp;nbsp;will replace tags with Metadata value ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Rules are written based on the Attributes of the Association, the Rules support tagging of the Metadata that belongs to the Association. The Associations may either be parent-child or peer. After the content control tag is entered, the value of the associated instances’ metadata is placed in the content control as shown in the example below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Example:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The saved search for the Agreement is sorted based on the Agreement Code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. After the content control tag is entered, the value of the associated instances metadata is placed in the content control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If the value taken from the Agreement above was ''Acme Inc''. for the first instance, then it will be displayed as shown in the figure after Edit or Publish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Rules - Changes in Document Assembly.png|360px|Create a Rule - Changes in Document Assembly will replace tags with metadata value]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View or Edit a Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can View, Edit, Copy, Activate, Deactivate, or Lock a Rule. Follow these steps to&amp;amp;nbsp;View or Edit a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Configuration ''tile''&amp;amp;nbsp;''on ''My Dashboard'''''.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Rule&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. ''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rules&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the appropriate Contract Type from&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Select Contract Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down.&amp;amp;nbsp;A list of Rules that are created for the selected Contract Type is displayed. You can use the filters provided in each column to find the desired Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the check box next to the Rule name, and then '''click''' ''Delete''&amp;amp;nbsp;to delete the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Rule Index page.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Choose one of the following icons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Activate/Deactivate icon''': '''To&amp;amp;nbsp;activate or deactivate a&amp;amp;nbsp;Rule. The Rule will no more be applicable to the associated Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Edit: To edit the selected Rule. On the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;page, edit the appropriate information. and '''click '''''Update''. Editing the Rule automatically locks it. When updating the Rule,&amp;amp;nbsp;there is a checkbox option (default – unchecked) on the ''Edit Rule'' page, indicating that the Rule will be unlocked on update. If checked, the Rule stays locked for the other users. &lt;br /&gt;
*Copy:&amp;amp;nbsp;To copy the selected Rule for another Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Copy Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;dialog box, '''select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Contract Type, '''type''' the Rule name and then&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Copy''. The Rule becomes applicable for another Contract Type that you selected. &lt;br /&gt;
*View: To view the details of the selected Rule.&amp;amp;nbsp;The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Summary''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens where you can view the Rule details of the selected Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Audit Log: To view the ''Audit Logs ''of the Rule.&amp;amp;nbsp;''Audit Logs'' screen&amp;amp;nbsp;contains the complete history of the specific Rule. Here, you can track all the changes made to the Rules, including the deletion. Editing a&amp;amp;nbsp;rule set inside a Rule creates a hyperlink ''Hide/Show All Changes''&amp;amp;nbsp;next to that log.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the hyperlink to see the ''Old ''and ''New'' values. &lt;br /&gt;
*Lock Rule: This icon indicates that the Ruleset is available for editing.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''to lock a Rule or a Ruleset, so that other users can not edit the Rule until you unlock it.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Unlock Rule: This icon indicates that the Ruleset is locked.&amp;amp;nbsp;When a user hovers over the icon the name of the user who has locked the Rule is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit rule page.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Contract Type Selection Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are creating an Agreement from a Contract Request, the Contract Type Selection rule defines which Contract Type should be selected'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can create Rules for Contract Types. You can create various types of Rules only for the published Contract Types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Contract Type Selection Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on &amp;amp;nbsp;''My Dashboard''. The ''Attributes'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Rule - Setup - Contract Selection Rule.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1.'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule in the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.'''Type''' a name of the Rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description of the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Contract Type Selection'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the ''Rule Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': The types of Rules that are displayed in the list vary according to the type of Contract you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select Contract Type.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The Build tab has the following&amp;amp;nbsp; panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Builder&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To add a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, you have selected ''Created By'' as an attribute, you have to select from ''Equals'' and ''Not Equals''. Then, type the appropriate value in the text box says Mr. Someone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Add Group ''icon'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click '''the icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to ''Select Contract Type'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''under ''Actions'' to select the Contract Type that you want to be selected by default (while creating a contract/agreement from request),&amp;amp;nbsp;that is if a request is Created By Mr. Someone, then while creating a Contract/Agreement from the request, the given Contract Type will be selected by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes are displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;in the ''Validate'' pane. The information you type in this pane validates the Rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully'' message is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule is displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;in the Rule list of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Template Selection Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select Templates to use them in the agreement creation process. Using Template Selection Rules, you can specify which Templates should appear under specific conditions. The Templates appear in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Templates''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab in the Agreement Creation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can&amp;amp;nbsp;create multiple sets of Template Selection Rules allowing you to manage similar Rules with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Template Selection Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on My Dashboard.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Rule page consists of the following&amp;amp;nbsp;tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule from the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the Rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&amp;amp;nbsp;It must be a unique name. Two Rules or Rulesets cannot have the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Template Selection'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the ''Rule Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''&amp;amp;nbsp;to go to the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Build'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The ''Build'' tab has the following tabs:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Builder&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can add a Rule here. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Builder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following&amp;amp;nbsp;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''And'': All the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Or'': One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select a condition. Based on the condition you have selected, select the subsequent effect in the next drop-down list. For example, you have selected ''Contract Type Name'', then you can select from ''Contains'', ''Equals'', ''Not Equals'', and ''Starts With''. Then, '''type''' the appropriate value in the text box say (name of the Contract Type).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Group'' icon to add a group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Under ''Actions'', in the ''Select Action'' list, '''click''' ''Select Template'', and then '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to select appropriate Template. '''Click''' ''Select Template By Condition'' under ''Actions'' to select a Template based on certain metadata such as Created By, Created On, and Effective From.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Stop Processing More Rules'' option within a Ruleset allows you to stop evaluating further Rules for the Ruleset, if you select ''Yes'' for this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Template Selection Rule 1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;Once multiple Template Selection Rules are defined, ICM executes these Rules sequentially.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Validate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the ''Validate ''tab. Based on the Contract Type you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Setup''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab, relevant attributes appear in this tab. You can type information that is relevant to the Rule(s) you just specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click '''the ''Validate'' button to validate the Rule that you created. You can also&amp;amp;nbsp;see the preview of the selected Template and Template Variables values provided in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Validation''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Template Selection Rule Validate tab.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Template Selection Rule summary tab.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule appears in the list of Rules of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating an Approval Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Approval Rule, you can define conditions in which a certain user will be the Approver of an Agreement.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can create the Approval Rule for:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
*Clauses &lt;br /&gt;
*Templates &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an Approval Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''on My Dashboard'''. '''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Build &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule from&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the Rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a description for the Rule In the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Approval Rule'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;i'''n the ''Rule Type'' list. The ''Team Role'' field is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Select''' the appropriate role of an approver from the following list of roles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
::*Approver &lt;br /&gt;
::*Deviation Approver &lt;br /&gt;
::*External Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
::*Internal Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
::*Reviewer     &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Types of rules that appear in the list vary according to the selected Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Approver rule.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ''Build'' tab has the following two tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a Rule here. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Follow the procedure below to add a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, under ''Conditions'', you have selected ''Contract Type Name''. Now, you have to select from ''Contains'', ''Equals'', ''Not Equals'', and ''Starts With''. Then, type the appropriate value in the text box say MSA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Add Group'''''icon to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Under ''Actions'', in the ''Select Action'' list, select from the list of actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Require Approval From All &lt;br /&gt;
*Require Approval From Any&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Require Approval From All By Condition &lt;br /&gt;
*Require Approval From Any By Condition &lt;br /&gt;
*Select User From Attribute &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' actions consequent to the conditions you have set, and then type their value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:For example, under ''Conditions'', if you select ''Created By Equals x User'', then under ''Actions'' you may select ''Require Approval From Any'', and then type the appropriate value.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; that is if the user x creates agreement using the selected contract type, then it will require approval from any of the selected approvers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the number of approvers required in the ''MinimumApprovers'' text box, and then '''type''' the appropriate ''Step Number'' for those approvers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Agreement approval process flows sequentially according to the ''Step Number'' of the approver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b] Validate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The information you type in this pane validates the rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully'' message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule appears in the list of Rules of&amp;amp;nbsp;the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Dynamic Attribute Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Dynamic Attribute rule, you can define conditions in which a certain attribute appears while creating an Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a dynamic attribute rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' Configuration on My Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Build &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule from the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' Dynamic Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;from&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Rule Type'' list'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;The types of rules that appear in the list vary according to the type of the contract you select in the ''Contract Type'' list.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Dynamic Attribute Rule.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The Build tab has the following&amp;amp;nbsp; panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can add a rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can type the information that is used to validate the rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
:*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol start=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, '''select''' an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, under ''Conditions'', you have selected ''Created By'', you have to select from ''Equals'' and ''Not Equals''. Then '''type''' the appropriate value in the text box.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the Add icon to add another condition.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;'''Click '''the ''Add Group'''''icon to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.'''&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Under ''Actions'', '''click''' in the box next to ''Select Attribute'' to select attribute/s that you want to be selected by default (while creating a request/contract/agreement).that is if Mr. Someone is creating a request/contract/agreement, then A, B, C attributes should be displayed in ICM.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b] '''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane.The information you type in this pane validates the rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully'' message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The rule appears in the rule list of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Dynamic Association Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Dynamic Association Rule enables you to associate supporting documents for a particular Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a dynamic association rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on My Dashboard . The ''Attributes'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page opens which consists of the following&amp;amp;nbsp;tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule from the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a description for the rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Contract Type Selection'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''In the ''Rule Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': The types of rules that appear in the list vary according to the type of the contract you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Dynamic Association Rule.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The Build tab has the following two panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a Rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''And'': All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Or'': One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, you have selected ''Created By'' as an attribute, you have to select from ''Equals'' and ''Not Equals'', and then, '''type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the appropriate value in the text box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add Group'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to ''Select Contract Type'' under ''Actions&amp;amp;nbsp;''to select the Contract Type that you want to be selected by default (while creating an Agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;from a Request) that is &amp;amp;nbsp;if a request is created by any user, then while creating an Agreement from the Request, the given Contract Type will be selected by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane. The information you type in this pane validates the Rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears. The rule appears in the list of Rules&amp;amp;nbsp;of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create an Event Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can define an Event Rule for a Contract Request, Agreement, and an Associated Document. The Event Rule helps you to setup a condition that triggers when that particular event occurs. You can define an Event Rule for an entity at different stages such as create, send&amp;amp;nbsp;for approval, approve, update, delegate, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an Event Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile on My Dashboard. The ''Attributes'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The create rule page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Rule - Event Rule - Setup.png|720px|Create an Event Rule]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule in the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the Rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Event Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;''in the ''Rule Type'' list. The ''Event'' list appears'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate category in the Event list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Types of&amp;amp;nbsp;''Events&amp;amp;nbsp;''that appear in the list vary according to the type of Entity you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type list.&amp;amp;nbsp;''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Build tab, you can add conditions of the rule as well as validations.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Build'' tab has the following two panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;''Builder''&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can add a Rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Validate''&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Builder ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate attribute value in the ''Select Value'' list. Based on your selection the value field is populated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: In the ''Select Value'' list if you '''select''' ''Created By'', then you can select value as either ''Equals'' or ''Not Equals''. '''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;Select User icon to add a new user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;4. '''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;Add icon to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Group'' icon to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Under ''Actions'', in the ''Select Action'' list, select from following the list of actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add to Team &lt;br /&gt;
*Set Attribute Value &lt;br /&gt;
*Select User From Attribute &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': When creating an Event rule for an Agreement, on selecting the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Agreement Add Association&amp;amp;nbsp;''event, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Actions&amp;amp;nbsp;''field includes a&amp;amp;nbsp;''Copy Attribute Values&amp;amp;nbsp;''field. Using this field, you can copy the attribute value from an Associated Document to that Agreement attribute. Selecting the'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Copy Attribute Values&amp;amp;nbsp;''field displays&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Associated Document Name, Parent Attribute Name,&amp;amp;nbsp;''and the ''Association Attribute Name&amp;amp;nbsp;''fields. '''Select''' the appropriate attributes.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Cav.jpeg|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Add to Team ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add to Team condition is addition of&amp;amp;nbsp;users to a team after the particular event occurs. For example, addition of approvers after the Agreement Created event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Select''' an appropriate user role from the ''User Role'' list, and then '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add User''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon. The ''Select User''&amp;amp;nbsp;window opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; In the ''Select User'' window, '''select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the relevant user, and then '''click''' ''Add''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select User.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Set Attribute Value'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set Attribute Value condition is setting an attribute value that appears after the particular event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Set Values''. The ''Set Attribute Value'' dialogue box appears. In the ''Set Attribute Value'' dialogue box, you can set a specific attribute value for that event. For example, you can regulate an event for a specific organization unit by selecting an appropriate organization department. This ensures that only those department users will have access to the event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Organization Unit'' box, '''click''' [[File:Zz.jpeg|RTENOTITLE]]. The ''Select Organization Unit'' window opens. '''Select''' a department and&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click''' ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Rule - Event Rule - Set Attribute Value.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Select User From Attribute'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Select''' User From Attribute condition is addition of users from the user attributes. For example, addition of approvers from the attribute ''Modified By''&amp;amp;nbsp;after the Agreement Created event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Select''' an appropriate user role from the ''User Role'' list, and then '''select '''an appropriate category in the ''UserTypeAttribute'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Validate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The information you type in this pane validates the rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Rule - Event Rule - Summary.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8. Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Update''. The ''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rule appears in the list of Rules for the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Contract Admin Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICM, you can create various types of Rules for various Contract Types. Rules can only be created for published Contract Types.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; In the Contract Admin Rule, you can define a Contract Admin user through any of the user attributes of that Contract Request, by using the ''Select User From Attribute ''option. This provides more flexibility in identifying the Contract Admin user who creates Agreement based on the Contract Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Contract Admin Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on My Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Setup'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:Setup tab.png|Create Contract Admin Rule]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule in the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Approval Rule'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the ''Rule Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Contract Admin''&amp;amp;nbsp;in the ''Team Role'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': The type of rules that appear in the list vary according to the type of the Contract you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Build'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:Contract Admin Rule.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Build tab has the following&amp;amp;nbsp; panes:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: In this pane, you add a Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: In this pane,you type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Rule,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, you have selected ''Created By'' as an attribute, you have to select from ''Equals'' and ''Not Equals''. Then, '''type''' the appropriate value in the text box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the ''Add Group'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to ''Select Contract Type'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''under ''Actions'' to select the contract type that you want to be selected by default (while creating an Agreement from Request).that is&amp;amp;nbsp; if a request is created by any user, then while creating an Agreement from the Request, the given Contract Type will be selected by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane. The information you type in this pane validates the Rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully'' message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule appears in the list of Rules of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Notification Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications are sent to the users added in a Team. However, they may sometimes be sent to users&amp;amp;nbsp;who are not a part of the conventional team. To do this, a Rule must be created and to do so, a subscription must be added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Creating a Notification Rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Configuration ''on My Dashboard.&amp;amp;nbsp;The ''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule'' tile on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the details in ''Setup'', ''Build'' and ''Summary'' tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Contract Type'' as Non Disclosure Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the ''Rule Name'' as Notification Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the ''Rule Description''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Rule type'' as ''Notification Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the relevant ''Subscription'' or '''create''' the ''Subscription''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Build'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Add Rule'' button to add conditions and actions. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the appropriate Condition using ''And'' as well as ''Or'' conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
*Use ''Add Condition'' button to add one or multiple conditions. Use ''Add Group'' button to add one or multiple groups. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the appropriate ''Actions''. You can select the recipient(s) for the selected action. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' the ''Validate'' tab to validate the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Notification rule 2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Summary'' tab to view a preview of the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create'' to save the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Mandatory Association Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a mandatory Association rule, you can define certain conditions to evaluate whether any associations are mandatory for an agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Mandatory Associations rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''on&amp;amp;nbsp;My Dashboard'''.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rules''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Build &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule from&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a name of the rule in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a description for the rule In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Description''&amp;amp;nbsp;box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Mandatory Association'' from the ''Rule Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Build'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Build''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab has the following two panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Follow the procedure below to add a rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list next to, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Conditions'', you have selected&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Name as MSA''. Now define your condition. For&amp;amp;nbsp;example, if the selected MSA agreement, has an attribute Country and it's value India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6'''.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Actions'', in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Action''&amp;amp;nbsp;list, select from the list of actions.&amp;amp;nbsp;Select&amp;amp;nbsp;actions consequent to the conditions you have set, and then type their value. For example, then select&amp;amp;nbsp;Association as MSA peer.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Rule Mandatory association rule 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Validate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Setup''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab, relevant attributes appear in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Validate''&amp;amp;nbsp;pane.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The information you type in this pane validates the rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Next''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Summary''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the rule, and then&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The rule appears in the list of Rules of&amp;amp;nbsp;the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Clause Assembly&amp;amp;nbsp;Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Agreement Templates use&amp;amp;nbsp;Clauses. Clauses can be manually added to the Agreement Template or a Clause Assembly Rule can be created to add all the relevant clauses to the Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create multiple sets of Clause Assembly Rules allowing you to manage similar Rules with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Clause Assembly Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on&amp;amp;nbsp;My Dashboard.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rules''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Rule page consists of the following&amp;amp;nbsp;tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule from the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a name of the Rule in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;box.&amp;amp;nbsp;It must be a unique name. Two Rules or Rulesets cannot have the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a description for the Rule in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Description''&amp;amp;nbsp;box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Assembly'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Next''&amp;amp;nbsp;to go to the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Build''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Build'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Build''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Builder: You can add a Rule here. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Conditions'', select from the following&amp;amp;nbsp;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''And'': All the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Or'': One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list next to&amp;amp;nbsp;, select a condition. Based on the condition you have selected, select the subsequent effect in the next drop-down list. For example, you have selected&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Name'', then you can select from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contains'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Equals'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Not Equals'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Starts With''. Then,&amp;amp;nbsp;'''type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the appropriate value in the text box say (name of the Contract Type).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;add a group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Actions'', in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Action''&amp;amp;nbsp;list,&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Clause'', and then '''click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;select appropriate clause.&amp;amp;nbsp;For example, for the selected Contract type, if the Annual Revenue Equals 300000, then (this is the condition) the Action is Select the ''Deviation Analysis Clause''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Stop Processing More Rules''&amp;amp;nbsp;option within a Ruleset allows you to stop evaluating further Rules for the Ruleset, if you select&amp;amp;nbsp;''Yes''&amp;amp;nbsp;for this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Clause Assembly rule 2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Once multiple Template Selection Rules are defined, ICM executes these Rules sequentially.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' the ''Validate'' tab. Based on the Contract Type you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Setup''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab, relevant attributes appear in this tab. You can type information, validate the Rule that you created. For example, find the Attribute (Annual Revenue, in this case) that you had entered in the Rule ''Builder'', insert the same value there (30000).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Clause Assembly Rule Validate tab.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The system evaluates the Rule and displays the ''Rule Validation&amp;amp;nbsp;Summary''.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Next''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Summary''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Clause assembly rule summary tab.png|450px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule is displayed in the list of Rules of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;'''|&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Configuration|Configuration]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Template_Management|Template Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Clause_Management|Clause Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Masterdata&amp;diff=10925</id>
		<title>Masterdata</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Masterdata&amp;diff=10925"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:29:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Masterdata =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating&amp;amp;nbsp;Masterdata ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can create and use the Masterdata for your Agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To create Masterdata:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''on&amp;amp;nbsp;My Dashboard''.&amp;amp;nbsp;''&amp;amp;nbsp;The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration ''page opens''.&amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Masterdata index page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Create Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''on the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Masterdata'' page consists of 2 sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*Masterdata details   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*Attributes   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Masterdata Details'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Masterdata details'' section&amp;amp;nbsp;consists of two fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Category: '''Select''' the appropriate category. &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the appropriate Masterdata category. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Masterdata create Masterdata page 7.8.PNG|360px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next.&amp;amp;nbsp;''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': ICM system provides standard, as well as customized&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''feature. The attributes you define while creating the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type is displayed in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;''tab (while creating masterdata).&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Attributes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the ''Attributes'' tab, you add different attributes to the masterdata:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Name: '''Type&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the name of the masterdata.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Effective Date:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate effective date. &lt;br /&gt;
*Expiry Date:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate expiry date. &lt;br /&gt;
*Masterdata Code:&amp;amp;nbsp;This is a system generated code. &lt;br /&gt;
*Party Address:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the party address. &lt;br /&gt;
*Party Name:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the party name. &lt;br /&gt;
*Company Address:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate category from list. &lt;br /&gt;
*Select File:&amp;amp;nbsp;Upload the Company Contract Document. &lt;br /&gt;
*Company Creation date:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate company creation date. &lt;br /&gt;
*Company Details:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' appropriate company details. &lt;br /&gt;
*Company Email:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the official company email address. &lt;br /&gt;
*Company Phone Number:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate category from list. &lt;br /&gt;
*Company Profit:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate category from list. &lt;br /&gt;
*Company Project User:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add User'' icon. The ''Select User'' box opens. Under ''Select User'', select an appropriate project user. Alternatively, in the ''Search User'' box, type the name of the desired user, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Search&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon. Use the scroll arrows Scroll &amp;amp;nbsp;to scroll through users. '''Click''' ''Add'' to add the user. &lt;br /&gt;
*Company URL:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the official company URL. In the Link Text box, '''type''' free text. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Description:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the Contract. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Value:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate category and then select appropriate currency from the ''Select Currency'' list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click''' ''Save''.&amp;amp;nbsp;If the approval workflow is enabled in the Masterdata contract type for this instance, then after saving the Attributes page, ''Masterdata'' details page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Masterdata Attributes 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7. '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Team''&amp;amp;nbsp;in the left pane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. After you '''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Team''&amp;amp;nbsp;it will display the rule based Approvers for this instance. Now '''click''' ''Send For Approval'' to send it further for the approval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In case approval workflow is not enabled for this instance, it will simply create the Masterdata.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Masterdata will be visible to the users of an organization unit only if they are part of it.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Editing Masterdata ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can create and edit Masterdata for your Agreements. You can edit the Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;to update any information which was either not provided or was not correct.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the Masterdata:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' ''Configuration'' tile on ''My Dashboard.'' The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile. The ''Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''View''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to the&amp;amp;nbsp;Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;that you want to edit.The&amp;amp;nbsp;Masterdata Details&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Edit. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit Masterdata&amp;amp;nbsp;''page&amp;amp;nbsp;opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Edit'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the required information&amp;amp;nbsp;and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Update''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Masterdata Edit masterdata 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Deactivate'' on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Masterdata Details''&amp;amp;nbsp;page to deactivate the&amp;amp;nbsp;Masterdata. The deactivated Masterdata cannot be used for future transactions, though it remains searchable and visible in the Masterdata list.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; When you '''click''' ''Update'', the modifications will be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching Masterdata ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To search the masterdata:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'' tile on&amp;amp;nbsp;My Dashboard. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Masterdata'' on Configurations page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Masterdata'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Under ''Search For'', '''click''' ''Select Field'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate field from the list. The number in the bracket denotes the number of masterdata records that meet the search criteria. You can also select multiple options.To narrow down your search, enter free text in the ''Custom Keyword'' text box, and then '''click''' ''Apply''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Alternatively, '''type''' ''keywords'' in the ''search'' box provided above the list of existing masterdata records. A list of relevant master data records is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Masterdata search masterdata 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can enhance your search by using any of the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Field'''&lt;br /&gt;
! '''Action'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...*&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' a search term in between the star characters.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing items which include the respective search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...&lt;br /&gt;
| Prefix * to a search term. It shows existing items which end with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ...*&lt;br /&gt;
| Suffix * to a search term. It shows existing items which start with this term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' a search term in double quotes. It shows existing items which include the search term.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| *...(space)...&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Type''' multiple search terms with a space in between.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; It shows existing items which include the search terms.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also view your saved search terms. In the ''More Searches'' box, select your saved search, and '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add to Favorites'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to mark the ''search term as favorite''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can find your marked favorites below the tiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics''': [[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Configuration|Configuration]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Rule&amp;diff=10924</id>
		<title>Rule</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Rule&amp;diff=10924"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:28:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Rule =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can work with Rules in several ways.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create rules to create Requests or Agreements using the ''Rules'' tile.&amp;amp;nbsp;For example, you can create a Rule for an Agreement to get the Supporting Documents auto attached at the predefined state. The user who is provided with&amp;amp;nbsp;administrative privileges can only create Rules from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Rules you can ensure that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;The Agreements/Contracts contain appropriate data depending on the type &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;The Agreements/Contracts get executed as required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can create Rules for Contract Types. You can create various types of Rules only for the published Contract Types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on ''My Dashboard''. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on the ''Configuration'' page. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''On the ''Rules'' page. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of the following&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule in the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the type of the rule in the ''Rule Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''from the ''Rule Type'' list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each type of a Rule, you need to select an approver role from the drop-down options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Approval Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;: To build a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific user will be the approver for the Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:If you select the Rule Type as ''Approval Rule'', the ''Team Role'' field is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp;You can configure multiple approval rule sets, thus enabling greater flexibility in creating approval rules&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Select''' the ''appropriate role of an approver'' from the following list of team roles: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Approver &lt;br /&gt;
*Deviation Approver &lt;br /&gt;
*External Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
*Internal Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
*Reviewer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Clause Assembly: To build&amp;amp;nbsp;a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific clause will open in an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type Selection: To build&amp;amp;nbsp;a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific contract type will be selected while creating an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Dynamic Association: To build a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific Agreement/Associated Document will be selected while creating an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Dynamic Attribute: To build&amp;amp;nbsp;a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific attribute will open while creating an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Set Attribute Value: Define the value of the attribute. &lt;br /&gt;
*Template Selection: To build&amp;amp;nbsp;a Rule that defines the conditions in which a specific template will be selected while creating an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;The types of rules that are displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;in the list vary according to the type of the contract you select in the ''Contract Type'' list.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Build tab has the following two panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a Rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To add a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under Conditions, '''select''' the appropriate condition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*And: All the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
:*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Next to the icon , in the''Select Value'' field select the appropriate attribute from the list provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*Parent Contract Type &lt;br /&gt;
:*Priority &lt;br /&gt;
:*Priority Inheritance &lt;br /&gt;
:*Simba Reference ID &lt;br /&gt;
:*Status &lt;br /&gt;
:*Status Changed Date &lt;br /&gt;
:*Template Name &lt;br /&gt;
:*Type Of Paper   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;4. Based on the attribute you have selected, select appropriate value in the very next ''Select Value'' field from the list provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*Contains &lt;br /&gt;
:*Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Not Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Starts With &lt;br /&gt;
:*Greater Than &lt;br /&gt;
:*Greater Than or Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Less Than &lt;br /&gt;
:*Less Than or Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Not Equals &lt;br /&gt;
:*Subset Of: the Rule is satisfied where the user wants a Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values.&amp;amp;nbsp;This operator is applicable for multi select lookup&amp;amp;nbsp;that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types only.&amp;amp;nbsp;For better understanding, please refer to the subsequent&amp;amp;nbsp;section on Subset Of operator. &lt;br /&gt;
:*Has No Value:&amp;amp;nbsp;the Rule is satisfied when no value is selected for the attribute. For example, if the ''Contract value'' is 0, then the Agreement is automatically put on hold (or cancelled). &lt;br /&gt;
:*Has A Value:&amp;amp;nbsp;the Rule is satisfied as long as the attribute has some value. This includes all Data Types and&amp;amp;nbsp;system-defined Attributes such that Rules can be set up for an Attribute having any value. For example, you want to set up a Rule so that an Approver John Doe should approve the Contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a Rule using the Has A Value condition such that John Doe is added as an Approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
:*Not Contains:&amp;amp;nbsp;the Rule is satisfied when the value of an attribute is blank. For example, if the ''City'' value is blank, a Rule will be triggered, which will default the name of the city to the city of the head office.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once selected, '''enter''' an appropriate value in the ''Enter Value'' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' {} to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Under ''Actions'', in the ''Select Action'' list, select from the list actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:For example: &lt;br /&gt;
:*Require Approval From All &lt;br /&gt;
:*Require Approval From Any &lt;br /&gt;
:*Select User From Attribute   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' actions consequent to the conditions you have set, and then enter their value. For example, under ''Conditions'', if you select ''Created By Equals x User'', then under ''Actions'' you may select ''Require Approval From Any'', and then type appropriate value. that is if the user x creates an Agreement using the selected Contract Type, then it will require approval from any of the selected approvers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the number of approvers required in the ''MinimumApprovers'' text box, and then '''type''' appropriate ''Step Number'' for those Approvers. The Agreement approval process flows sequentially according to the ''Step Number'' of the approver. When Approvers are defined based on the user attribute, the Administrator can specify a minimum number of approvals required for an Agreement before it can move to the next step in the workflow. As a result, not all Approvers configured for the specific user attribute are required&amp;amp;nbsp;to approve the Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Creating a Rule Create Rule page 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Validate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the ''Contract Type'' you select in the ''Setup'' section, relevant attributes are displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;in the ''Validate'' pane. The information you type in this pane validates the Rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Has A Value Condition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Has A Value condition has been enhanced to include all Data Types and system-defined Attributes such that Rules can be set up for an Attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply ''Has A Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''condition on ''Agreement Code''&amp;amp;nbsp;Attribute of&amp;amp;nbsp; Contract Type ''Teaming Agreement'' having ''Auto ''Data Type.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Configuration'' tile on the Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the '''Rule '''tile on the ''Configuration'' page. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Create Rule'' tile on the ''Rules'' page. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3.PNG|300px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Contract Type from the ''Select Contract Type'' dropdown list in the ''Setup'' tab. For example, ''Teaming Agreement''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''a Rule name in the ''Rule Name'' field.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''a description for the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the type of the Rule from the ''Rule Type'' drop-down list. For example, ''Approval Rule''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the role for team member from the ''Team Role'' drop-down list. For example, ''Approver''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:8-1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''Next. The ''Builder'' tab of ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:9.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Attribute (system or user defined) for which you want to apply the condition from the ''Select Value'' drop-down list. For example, ''Agreement Code''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the ''Has A Value'' condition from the next drop-down list. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Action that you want to take from the ''Actions ''drop-down list. For example, ''Require Approval From All''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 13.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the User in the ''Select User'' field.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the corresponding ''Step Number'' of the selected User.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 15.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Add Action'' to add another condition.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 16.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Yes ''or ''No ''in the ''Stop Processing More Rules'' drop-down list.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The ''Stop Processing More Rules'' option when set to ''Yes ''allows you to stop evaluating further Rules for the Ruleset.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
17.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Validate ''tab to validate the Rule. For example, enter code in the Agreement Code field as per the defined Rule. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 18.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Validate ''button to validate the Rule you created. The ''Rule Validation Summary'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:18-1.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:18-2.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subset Of Operator ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a ''Subset of'' operator,&amp;amp;nbsp;user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a Rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This new operator, ''Subset of'', which is applicable to only multiselect lookup supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types only. Let's consider an example to define a ''Template Selection''&amp;amp;nbsp;Rule with the ''Subset Of&amp;amp;nbsp;''operator using ''Number'' Data Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Configuration'' tile on the Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:1-po.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Rule ''tile on the ''Configuration ''page. The ''Rules ''page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:2-po.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Create Rule'' tile on the ''Rules ''page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3-po.PNG|300px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Contract Type from the ''Select Contract Type'' dropdown list in the ''Setup ''tab. For example, ''Teaming Agreement''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''a Rule name in the ''Rule Name'' field.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''a description for the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the type of the Rule from the ''Rule Type'' drop-down list. For example, ''Template Selection''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7-po.PNG|720px|7-po.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Next''.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule ''page''&amp;amp;nbsp;''opens''.''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Click '''''Add Rule'' in the ''Builder ''tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select '''the Contract Type from the drop-down list, which helps you to select the Attribute set for which you want to create the Rule. For example, ''Teaming Agreement''. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select '''the Multi-Select Lookup Attribute for which you want to apply the condition from the Select Value drop-down list. For example, ''RAP_Supplier Name''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''RAP_Supplier Name'' is an ''Attribute'' of ''Teaming Agreement'' with ''Number ''Data Type having ''Is Multi Select'' flag enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select '''''VALUE ''condition from the drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' the ''Subset Of operator'' from the drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' the options where you want to apply the ''Subset Of'' operator. For example, ''Mac &amp;amp; Jhonson'' and ''RAP_Supplier1''. This means the ''Template Selection Rule'' will only trigger when a ''RAP_Supplier Name'' field has either of&amp;amp;nbsp;''Mac &amp;amp; Jhonson'' and ''RAP_Supplier1'' or both names. &amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ''Subset Of'' operator is available only for the Multi Select Lookup Attribute.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Action that you want to take from the ''Actions'' drop-down list. For example, ''Select Template''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Template to be available when the defined conditions are met. For example, ''Template approval verification'' and ''Clause assembly verification perf''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11-po.PNG|720px|11-po.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Yes'' or ''No'' in the ''Stop Processing More Rules'' drop-down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The ''Stop Processing More Rules'' option when setting to ''Yes'' allows you to stop evaluating further Rules for the Ruleset.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
13.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Validate'' tab to validate the Rule.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the required value as per the defined Rule. For example, '''enter''' ''Mac &amp;amp; Jhonson'' and ''RAP_Supplier1'' in the ''RAP_Supplier Name'' field.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 15.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Validate'' to validate the Rule you created. The ''Rule Validation Summary'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:15-po.PNG|720px|15-po.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 16.&amp;amp;nbsp; The ''Rule Validation Summary'' window displays the Templates that met the defined Rule.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:16-po.PNG|720px|16-po.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 17.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 18.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create'' to create the Rule.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the rule, and then '''click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Create''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message is displayed. The Rule is displayed in the Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;list of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': For mutually exclusive rules, you now have an option to stop processing subsequent rules.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Count Based Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM allows you to set the Rules based on the total number of selected values (count of selected values) in multi-select type Attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for an attribute ''Country Name'', if the user selects more than two countries i.e. ''Count is Greater Than 2'', then the Agreement can be sent for approval to the selected users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supported operators are:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Equals'', Greater&amp;amp;nbsp;''Than'', ''Greater Than or Equals'', ''Less Than'', ''Less Than or Equals'', and ''Not Equals''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Count based rules 1.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Count based rule 2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Using Masterdata Value options in Rules Actions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define Rules&amp;amp;nbsp;based on the Masterdata in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can define Rules on Masterdata columns when lookup to the Masterdata is added as an Agreement Attribute. You can configure the list of Lookup and/or Cascade Attributes as conditions for Agreement or Contract Request Contract Types Rules, thus improving flexibility in Rules. For example, you may have a supplier Masterdata being referred in MSA Agreement Type via Supplier Country Name lookup. But, there may be scenarios where Rules are required to be configured on basis of Supplier City Name and is not available as an Attribute in the Agreement, which is now made possible. &lt;br /&gt;
*ICM also supports Masterdata value options in the''Actions'' section of Rules, so that you can define Rules without having the Cascade Attribute on the Contract Type where the Rule is being written. For example, if multiple signatories are part of a Lookup Masterdata record, we can now define the Rule (such as – ''Select User From Attribute'') on the Masterdata record itself and use them in the Rule directly, instead of defining Cascade Lookup Attributes in the Agreement. This drastically reduces the time and effort to create and maintain a large number of Attributes for Agreement Contract Types. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Rule view.PNG|760px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Create Rules for Multi-party Agreements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rules can be written for individual attributes of an Association (as done for parent Contract Types). All attributes for Associations are available for the given Rule conditions. You can search selected values on an Agreement or an Associated Document.&amp;amp;nbsp;Depending on the type of the attribute, standard operators are applicable. For example, ''Contains, Starts With, Equals, Greater Than'', and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rules can also accommodate the count of the Associations so that you can add Clauses based on the count of the Associations. If you ''Select All'' or ''Select Any'', there is no need to specify the count of the Associations to satisfy the rule. However, when selecting the option ''Select Count'', you need to specify the number of Associations, irrespective of the attribute value, that should meet the condition and satisfy the Rule. This rule applies to any type of Association, parent/child or peer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if the attribute belongs to an Association, the following additional filter Conditions are available for all the Rules:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Select All'':&amp;amp;nbsp;If all the Associations satisfy the condition &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Any'':&amp;amp;nbsp;If any Association satisfies the condition &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Count'': If the number of Associations specified&amp;amp;nbsp;satisfy the condition &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Multiparty-Rules1.PNG|760px|Multiparty Rules]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For a multi-division Agreement, you can write&amp;amp;nbsp;Rules based on individual instances of the multi-value attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rules can accommodate the count of the Associations, besides ''Select All'' and ''Select Any ''Conditions.&amp;amp;nbsp;If you ''Select All'' or ''Select Any'', there is no need to specify the count of the Associations to satisfy the Rule. However, when you ''Select Count'', then you need to specify the number of Associations, irrespective of the attribute value, that should meet the condition and satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Multiparty-Rules2.PNG|760px|Multiparty Rules - Select Count]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If you have more than two Associations, the values of the attributes are irrelevant. The count of the Association takes precedence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changes in Document Assembly&amp;amp;nbsp;will replace tags with Metadata value ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Rules are written based on the Attributes of the Association, the Rules support tagging of the Metadata that belongs to the Association. The Associations may either be parent-child or peer. After the content control tag is entered, the value of the associated instances’ metadata is placed in the content control as shown in the example below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Example:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The saved search for the Agreement is sorted based on the Agreement Code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. After the content control tag is entered, the value of the associated instances metadata is placed in the content control.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If the value taken from the Agreement above was ''Acme Inc''. for the first instance, then it will be displayed as shown in the figure after Edit or Publish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Rules - Changes in Document Assembly.png|360px|Create a Rule - Changes in Document Assembly will replace tags with metadata value]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== View or Edit a Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can View, Edit, Copy, Activate, Deactivate, or Lock a Rule. Follow these steps to&amp;amp;nbsp;View or Edit a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''Configuration ''tile''&amp;amp;nbsp;''on ''My Dashboard'''''.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Rule&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;. ''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rules&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the appropriate Contract Type from&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Select Contract Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down.&amp;amp;nbsp;A list of Rules that are created for the selected Contract Type is displayed. You can use the filters provided in each column to find the desired Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the check box next to the Rule name, and then '''click''' ''Delete''&amp;amp;nbsp;to delete the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Rule Index page.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Choose one of the following icons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Activate/Deactivate icon''': '''To&amp;amp;nbsp;activate or deactivate a&amp;amp;nbsp;Rule. The Rule will no more be applicable to the associated Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Edit: To edit the selected Rule. On the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Edit Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;page, edit the appropriate information. and '''click '''''Update''. Editing the Rule automatically locks it. When updating the Rule,&amp;amp;nbsp;there is a checkbox option (default – unchecked) on the ''Edit Rule'' page, indicating that the Rule will be unlocked on update. If checked, the Rule stays locked for the other users. &lt;br /&gt;
*Copy:&amp;amp;nbsp;To copy the selected Rule for another Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Copy Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;dialog box, '''select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Contract Type, '''type''' the Rule name and then&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Copy''. The Rule becomes applicable for another Contract Type that you selected. &lt;br /&gt;
*View: To view the details of the selected Rule.&amp;amp;nbsp;The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Summary''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens where you can view the Rule details of the selected Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Audit Log: To view the ''Audit Logs ''of the Rule.&amp;amp;nbsp;''Audit Logs'' screen&amp;amp;nbsp;contains the complete history of the specific Rule. Here, you can track all the changes made to the Rules, including the deletion. Editing a&amp;amp;nbsp;rule set inside a Rule creates a hyperlink ''Hide/Show All Changes''&amp;amp;nbsp;next to that log.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the hyperlink to see the ''Old ''and ''New'' values. &lt;br /&gt;
*Lock Rule: This icon indicates that the Ruleset is available for editing.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''to lock a Rule or a Ruleset, so that other users can not edit the Rule until you unlock it.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Unlock Rule: This icon indicates that the Ruleset is locked.&amp;amp;nbsp;When a user hovers over the icon the name of the user who has locked the Rule is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Edit rule page.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Contract Type Selection Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are creating an Agreement from a Contract Request, the Contract Type Selection rule defines which Contract Type should be selected'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can create Rules for Contract Types. You can create various types of Rules only for the published Contract Types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Contract Type Selection Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on &amp;amp;nbsp;''My Dashboard''. The ''Attributes'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Rule - Setup - Contract Selection Rule.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1.'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule in the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.'''Type''' a name of the Rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description of the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Contract Type Selection'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the ''Rule Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': The types of Rules that are displayed in the list vary according to the type of Contract you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select Contract Type.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The Build tab has the following&amp;amp;nbsp; panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Builder&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To add a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, you have selected ''Created By'' as an attribute, you have to select from ''Equals'' and ''Not Equals''. Then, type the appropriate value in the text box says Mr. Someone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Add Group ''icon'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click '''the icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to ''Select Contract Type'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''under ''Actions'' to select the Contract Type that you want to be selected by default (while creating a contract/agreement from request),&amp;amp;nbsp;that is if a request is Created By Mr. Someone, then while creating a Contract/Agreement from the request, the given Contract Type will be selected by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes are displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;in the ''Validate'' pane. The information you type in this pane validates the Rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully'' message is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule is displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;in the Rule list of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Template Selection Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select Templates to use them in the agreement creation process. Using Template Selection Rules, you can specify which Templates should appear under specific conditions. The Templates appear in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Templates''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab in the Agreement Creation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can&amp;amp;nbsp;create multiple sets of Template Selection Rules allowing you to manage similar Rules with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Template Selection Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on My Dashboard.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Rule page consists of the following&amp;amp;nbsp;tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule from the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the Rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&amp;amp;nbsp;It must be a unique name. Two Rules or Rulesets cannot have the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Template Selection'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the ''Rule Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''&amp;amp;nbsp;to go to the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Build'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The ''Build'' tab has the following tabs:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Builder&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can add a Rule here. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Builder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following&amp;amp;nbsp;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''And'': All the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Or'': One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select a condition. Based on the condition you have selected, select the subsequent effect in the next drop-down list. For example, you have selected ''Contract Type Name'', then you can select from ''Contains'', ''Equals'', ''Not Equals'', and ''Starts With''. Then, '''type''' the appropriate value in the text box say (name of the Contract Type).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add&amp;amp;nbsp;''icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Group'' icon to add a group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Under ''Actions'', in the ''Select Action'' list, '''click''' ''Select Template'', and then '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to select appropriate Template. '''Click''' ''Select Template By Condition'' under ''Actions'' to select a Template based on certain metadata such as Created By, Created On, and Effective From.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Stop Processing More Rules'' option within a Ruleset allows you to stop evaluating further Rules for the Ruleset, if you select ''Yes'' for this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Template Selection Rule 1.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;Once multiple Template Selection Rules are defined, ICM executes these Rules sequentially.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Validate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the ''Validate ''tab. Based on the Contract Type you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Setup''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab, relevant attributes appear in this tab. You can type information that is relevant to the Rule(s) you just specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click '''the ''Validate'' button to validate the Rule that you created. You can also&amp;amp;nbsp;see the preview of the selected Template and Template Variables values provided in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Validation''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Template Selection Rule Validate tab.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Template Selection Rule summary tab.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule appears in the list of Rules of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating an Approval Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Approval Rule, you can define conditions in which a certain user will be the Approver of an Agreement.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can create the Approval Rule for:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
*Clauses &lt;br /&gt;
*Templates &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an Approval Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''on My Dashboard'''. '''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Build &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule from&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the Rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a description for the Rule In the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Approval Rule'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;i'''n the ''Rule Type'' list. The ''Team Role'' field is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Select''' the appropriate role of an approver from the following list of roles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
::*Approver &lt;br /&gt;
::*Deviation Approver &lt;br /&gt;
::*External Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
::*Internal Signatory &lt;br /&gt;
::*Reviewer     &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Types of rules that appear in the list vary according to the selected Contract Type.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Approver rule.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ''Build'' tab has the following two tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a Rule here. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Follow the procedure below to add a Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, under ''Conditions'', you have selected ''Contract Type Name''. Now, you have to select from ''Contains'', ''Equals'', ''Not Equals'', and ''Starts With''. Then, type the appropriate value in the text box say MSA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Add Group'''''icon to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Under ''Actions'', in the ''Select Action'' list, select from the list of actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Require Approval From All &lt;br /&gt;
*Require Approval From Any&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Require Approval From All By Condition &lt;br /&gt;
*Require Approval From Any By Condition &lt;br /&gt;
*Select User From Attribute &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' actions consequent to the conditions you have set, and then type their value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:For example, under ''Conditions'', if you select ''Created By Equals x User'', then under ''Actions'' you may select ''Require Approval From Any'', and then type the appropriate value.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; that is if the user x creates agreement using the selected contract type, then it will require approval from any of the selected approvers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' the number of approvers required in the ''MinimumApprovers'' text box, and then '''type''' the appropriate ''Step Number'' for those approvers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Agreement approval process flows sequentially according to the ''Step Number'' of the approver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b] Validate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The information you type in this pane validates the rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully'' message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule appears in the list of Rules of&amp;amp;nbsp;the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Dynamic Attribute Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Dynamic Attribute rule, you can define conditions in which a certain attribute appears while creating an Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a dynamic attribute rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' Configuration on My Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Build &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule from the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' Dynamic Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;from&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Rule Type'' list'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;The types of rules that appear in the list vary according to the type of the contract you select in the ''Contract Type'' list.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Dynamic Attribute Rule.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The Build tab has the following&amp;amp;nbsp; panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can add a rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can type the information that is used to validate the rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
:*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol start=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, '''select''' an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, under ''Conditions'', you have selected ''Created By'', you have to select from ''Equals'' and ''Not Equals''. Then '''type''' the appropriate value in the text box.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the Add icon to add another condition.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;'''Click '''the ''Add Group'''''icon to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.'''&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Under ''Actions'', '''click''' in the box next to ''Select Attribute'' to select attribute/s that you want to be selected by default (while creating a request/contract/agreement).that is if Mr. Someone is creating a request/contract/agreement, then A, B, C attributes should be displayed in ICM.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b] '''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane.The information you type in this pane validates the rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully'' message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The rule appears in the rule list of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Dynamic Association Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Dynamic Association Rule enables you to associate supporting documents for a particular Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a dynamic association rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on My Dashboard . The ''Attributes'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page opens which consists of the following&amp;amp;nbsp;tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule from the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a description for the rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Contract Type Selection'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''In the ''Rule Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': The types of rules that appear in the list vary according to the type of the contract you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Dynamic Association Rule.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The Build tab has the following two panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a Rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''And'': All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Or'': One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, you have selected ''Created By'' as an attribute, you have to select from ''Equals'' and ''Not Equals'', and then, '''type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the appropriate value in the text box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add Group'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to ''Select Contract Type'' under ''Actions&amp;amp;nbsp;''to select the Contract Type that you want to be selected by default (while creating an Agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;from a Request) that is &amp;amp;nbsp;if a request is created by any user, then while creating an Agreement from the Request, the given Contract Type will be selected by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane. The information you type in this pane validates the Rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears. The rule appears in the list of Rules&amp;amp;nbsp;of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create an Event Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can define an Event Rule for a Contract Request, Agreement, and an Associated Document. The Event Rule helps you to setup a condition that triggers when that particular event occurs. You can define an Event Rule for an entity at different stages such as create, send&amp;amp;nbsp;for approval, approve, update, delegate, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an Event Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Configuration''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile on My Dashboard. The ''Attributes'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The create rule page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Rule - Event Rule - Setup.png|720px|Create an Event Rule]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule in the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the Rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the Rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Event Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;''in the ''Rule Type'' list. The ''Event'' list appears'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate category in the Event list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Types of&amp;amp;nbsp;''Events&amp;amp;nbsp;''that appear in the list vary according to the type of Entity you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type list.&amp;amp;nbsp;''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Build ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Build tab, you can add conditions of the rule as well as validations.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Build'' tab has the following two panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;''Builder''&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can add a Rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Validate''&amp;amp;nbsp;: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Builder ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' an appropriate attribute value in the ''Select Value'' list. Based on your selection the value field is populated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: In the ''Select Value'' list if you '''select''' ''Created By'', then you can select value as either ''Equals'' or ''Not Equals''. '''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;Select User icon to add a new user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;4. '''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;Add icon to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Group'' icon to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Under ''Actions'', in the ''Select Action'' list, select from following the list of actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add to Team &lt;br /&gt;
*Set Attribute Value &lt;br /&gt;
*Select User From Attribute &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': When creating an Event rule for an Agreement, on selecting the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Agreement Add Association&amp;amp;nbsp;''event, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Actions&amp;amp;nbsp;''field includes a&amp;amp;nbsp;''Copy Attribute Values&amp;amp;nbsp;''field. Using this field, you can copy the attribute value from an Associated Document to that Agreement attribute. Selecting the'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Copy Attribute Values&amp;amp;nbsp;''field displays&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Associated Document Name, Parent Attribute Name,&amp;amp;nbsp;''and the ''Association Attribute Name&amp;amp;nbsp;''fields. '''Select''' the appropriate attributes.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Cav.jpeg|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Add to Team ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add to Team condition is addition of&amp;amp;nbsp;users to a team after the particular event occurs. For example, addition of approvers after the Agreement Created event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Select''' an appropriate user role from the ''User Role'' list, and then '''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the ''Add User''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon. The ''Select User''&amp;amp;nbsp;window opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; In the ''Select User'' window, '''select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the relevant user, and then '''click''' ''Add''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Select User.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Set Attribute Value'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set Attribute Value condition is setting an attribute value that appears after the particular event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Set Values''. The ''Set Attribute Value'' dialogue box appears. In the ''Set Attribute Value'' dialogue box, you can set a specific attribute value for that event. For example, you can regulate an event for a specific organization unit by selecting an appropriate organization department. This ensures that only those department users will have access to the event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Organization Unit'' box, '''click''' [[File:Zz.jpeg|RTENOTITLE]]. The ''Select Organization Unit'' window opens. '''Select''' a department and&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click''' ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Rule - Event Rule - Set Attribute Value.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Select User From Attribute'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Select''' User From Attribute condition is addition of users from the user attributes. For example, addition of approvers from the attribute ''Modified By''&amp;amp;nbsp;after the Agreement Created event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Select''' an appropriate user role from the ''User Role'' list, and then '''select '''an appropriate category in the ''UserTypeAttribute'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Validate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The information you type in this pane validates the rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Summary&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Create Rule - Event Rule - Summary.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8. Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Update''. The ''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rule appears in the list of Rules for the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Contract Admin Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICM, you can create various types of Rules for various Contract Types. Rules can only be created for published Contract Types.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; In the Contract Admin Rule, you can define a Contract Admin user through any of the user attributes of that Contract Request, by using the ''Select User From Attribute ''option. This provides more flexibility in identifying the Contract Admin user who creates Agreement based on the Contract Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Contract Admin Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on My Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Rule''. The ''Rules'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Create Rule'' page consists of following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Setup'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:Setup tab.png|Create Contract Admin Rule]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule in the ''Contract Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a name of the rule in the ''Rule Name'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type''' a description for the rule in the ''Rule Description'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Approval Rule'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the ''Rule Type'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Contract Admin''&amp;amp;nbsp;in the ''Team Role'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': The type of rules that appear in the list vary according to the type of the Contract you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type&amp;amp;nbsp;''list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Build'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:Contract Admin Rule.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Build tab has the following&amp;amp;nbsp; panes:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: In this pane, you add a Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: In this pane,you type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Rule,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under ''Conditions'', select from the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the ''Select Value'' drop-down list next to the icon, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, you have selected ''Created By'' as an attribute, you have to select from ''Equals'' and ''Not Equals''. Then, '''type''' the appropriate value in the text box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Add icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the ''Add Group'' icon&amp;amp;nbsp;to add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the icon&amp;amp;nbsp;next to ''Select Contract Type'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''under ''Actions'' to select the contract type that you want to be selected by default (while creating an Agreement from Request).that is&amp;amp;nbsp; if a request is created by any user, then while creating an Agreement from the Request, the given Contract Type will be selected by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the ''Setup'' tab, relevant attributes appear in the ''Validate'' pane. The information you type in this pane validates the Rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Summary'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then '''click''' ''Create''. The ''Rule created successfully'' message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule appears in the list of Rules of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Notification Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications are sent to the users added in a Team. However, they may sometimes be sent to users&amp;amp;nbsp;who are not a part of the conventional team. To do this, a Rule must be created and to do so, a subscription must be added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Creating a Notification Rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Configuration ''on My Dashboard.&amp;amp;nbsp;The ''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule'' tile on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Create Rule''. The ''Create Rule'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the details in ''Setup'', ''Build'' and ''Summary'' tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Contract Type'' as Non Disclosure Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the ''Rule Name'' as Notification Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the ''Rule Description''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Rule type'' as ''Notification Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the relevant ''Subscription'' or '''create''' the ''Subscription''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Build'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Add Rule'' button to add conditions and actions. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the appropriate Condition using ''And'' as well as ''Or'' conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
*Use ''Add Condition'' button to add one or multiple conditions. Use ''Add Group'' button to add one or multiple groups. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the appropriate ''Actions''. You can select the recipient(s) for the selected action. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select''' the ''Validate'' tab to validate the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Notification rule 2.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the ''Summary'' tab to view a preview of the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Create'' to save the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Mandatory Association Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a mandatory Association rule, you can define certain conditions to evaluate whether any associations are mandatory for an agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Mandatory Associations rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''on&amp;amp;nbsp;My Dashboard'''.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rules''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;page consists of the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Build &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us understand each tab one by one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Contract Type for which you want to create a rule from&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a name of the rule in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a description for the rule In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Description''&amp;amp;nbsp;box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Mandatory Association'' from the ''Rule Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Build'' tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Build'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Build''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab has the following two panes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Builder: You can add a rule in this pane. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Follow the procedure below to add a rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Conditions'', select from the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*And: All the conditions have to fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or: One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list next to, select an attribute. Based on the attribute you have selected, select the appropriate value. For example, under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Conditions'', you have selected&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Name as MSA''. Now define your condition. For&amp;amp;nbsp;example, if the selected MSA agreement, has an attribute Country and it's value India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;add another group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6'''.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Actions'', in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Action''&amp;amp;nbsp;list, select from the list of actions.&amp;amp;nbsp;Select&amp;amp;nbsp;actions consequent to the conditions you have set, and then type their value. For example, then select&amp;amp;nbsp;Association as MSA peer.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Rule Mandatory association rule 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Validate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Contract Type you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Setup''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab, relevant attributes appear in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Validate''&amp;amp;nbsp;pane.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The information you type in this pane validates the rule that you create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Next''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Summary''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the rule, and then&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The rule appears in the list of Rules of&amp;amp;nbsp;the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a Clause Assembly&amp;amp;nbsp;Rule ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Agreement Templates use&amp;amp;nbsp;Clauses. Clauses can be manually added to the Agreement Template or a Clause Assembly Rule can be created to add all the relevant clauses to the Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create multiple sets of Clause Assembly Rules allowing you to manage similar Rules with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Clause Assembly Rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configuration'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''on&amp;amp;nbsp;My Dashboard.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rules''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create Rule''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Rule page consists of the following&amp;amp;nbsp;tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup &lt;br /&gt;
*Build &lt;br /&gt;
*Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Contract Type for which you want to create a Rule from the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a name of the Rule in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;box.&amp;amp;nbsp;It must be a unique name. Two Rules or Rulesets cannot have the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;a description for the Rule in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Description''&amp;amp;nbsp;box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Assembly'''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Next''&amp;amp;nbsp;to go to the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Build''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Build'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Build''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;amp;nbsp;Builder: You can add a Rule here. &lt;br /&gt;
*Validate: You can type the information that is used to validate the Rule you create. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Builder'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add Rule''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Conditions'', select from the following&amp;amp;nbsp;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''And'': All the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Or'': One of the conditions have to be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list next to&amp;amp;nbsp;, select a condition. Based on the condition you have selected, select the subsequent effect in the next drop-down list. For example, you have selected&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Name'', then you can select from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contains'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Equals'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Not Equals'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Starts With''. Then,&amp;amp;nbsp;'''type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the appropriate value in the text box say (name of the Contract Type).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;add another condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;add a group of conditions. When you add a group, all the conditions in the group should be fulfilled to satisfy the Rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Under&amp;amp;nbsp;''Actions'', in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Action''&amp;amp;nbsp;list,&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Clause'', and then '''click '''to&amp;amp;nbsp;select appropriate clause.&amp;amp;nbsp;For example, for the selected Contract type, if the Annual Revenue Equals 300000, then (this is the condition) the Action is Select the ''Deviation Analysis Clause''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Stop Processing More Rules''&amp;amp;nbsp;option within a Ruleset allows you to stop evaluating further Rules for the Ruleset, if you select&amp;amp;nbsp;''Yes''&amp;amp;nbsp;for this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Clause Assembly rule 2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Once multiple Template Selection Rules are defined, ICM executes these Rules sequentially.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Validate'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click''' the ''Validate'' tab. Based on the Contract Type you select in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Setup''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab, relevant attributes appear in this tab. You can type information, validate the Rule that you created. For example, find the Attribute (Annual Revenue, in this case) that you had entered in the Rule ''Builder'', insert the same value there (30000).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Clause Assembly Rule Validate tab.png|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The system evaluates the Rule and displays the ''Rule Validation&amp;amp;nbsp;Summary''.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Next''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Summary''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Clause assembly rule summary tab.png|450px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the summary of the Rule, and then&amp;amp;nbsp;'''click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Create''. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Rule created successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message appears.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Rule is displayed in the list of Rules of the specific Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;'''|&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Configuration|Configuration]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Template_Management|Template Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Clause_Management|Clause Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Attribute&amp;diff=10923</id>
		<title>Attribute</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Attribute&amp;diff=10923"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:27:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Attribute =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes or metadata are the key components of an Agreement. Attribute data is displayed&amp;amp;nbsp;on contracts and associated documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes are of two types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Global: These Attributes are used for all Contract Types. &lt;br /&gt;
*Local: These Attributes are used for specific Contract Types. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view available Attributes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Configuration'' tile on the ''Dashboard'', and then '''click''' the ''Attributes'' tile. The ''Atrributes''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens. On this page you can view a list of all the available attributes, Edit, or Add Attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Attribute Page.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Editing an Attribute ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ICM, you can create an attribute and use it while creating a Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create an attribute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' ''Configuration''&amp;amp;nbsp;on ''My Dashboard''. The ''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Attribute ''tile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Add ''icon on the ''Attribute'' Library page. The ''Add Attribute'' page opens. The Attribute Code is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Add Attribute.jpg|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Display Name:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the appropriate name of the attribute. For example, corporate office.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Data Type list:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the appropriate option from the list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Help Message:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the appropriate help message of the attribute. For example, enter the address of the corporate office.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Source List:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''from the following:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**User &lt;br /&gt;
**Integrated &lt;br /&gt;
**Script&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&amp;amp;nbsp;'''select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Integrated&amp;amp;nbsp;''if source is inherited.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If you select the source as Integrated: ''Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Defined By Rule, Is Inherit ''and''Is Conditional'' fields become unavailable.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Default Value:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the default value of the attribute. The value that you type will be displayed on creating a&amp;amp;nbsp;new agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Default:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;to enable rules to be set on the attribute. &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Editable:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;to make the attribute editable in the Agreement, else&amp;amp;nbsp;'''select'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off''. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;If you select&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Editable&amp;amp;nbsp;''field''', '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Tracking Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;and the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Unique''&amp;amp;nbsp;fields are available.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Mandatory:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;to make the attribute mandatory. &lt;br /&gt;
*Tracking Attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;to make the attribute editable throughout the Agreement lifecycle. &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Unique:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;to make the attribute unique for a Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Defined by Rule:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;to make the attribute editable throughout the Agreement lifecycle. &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Inherit:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;if you want the attribute to inherit the data from Associated Documents. &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Searchable:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;to make the attribute easy to search. &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Supersedable:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''On&amp;amp;nbsp;''to make the updated or amended attribute supersede the earlier one.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Is Conditional:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;to make the attribute dependent on another attribute. The ''Conditional ''section opens. In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depend on Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;list, select the attribute on which the new attribute is dependent. In the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;box, type the value of the selected attribute.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the values from the ''Depends on Value ''field which are automatically fetched based on the attribute selected in ''Depends On Attribute'' field, if the data type of that attribute is Lookup, Choice, MultiChoice, or Boolean. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP7 Conditional Attributes &amp;amp; Rules 1.png|720px|SP7 Conditional Attributes &amp;amp; Rules 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP7 Conditional Attributes &amp;amp; Rules 2.png|720px|SP7 Conditional Attributes &amp;amp; Rules 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click''' ''Save''. The attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;is displayed in the ''Available Attribute'' list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:AttributeCreationSuccessful.jpg|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing an Attribute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, you can edit an existing attribute. Editing the attribute doesn't have any effect on the Contract Types where it is used.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You can use the edited attribute to create new contract types. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''To edit an attribute in all the entities where it is used (Clauses, Templates, Agreements), go to the ''Attributes''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab of appropriate Contract Type, edit the attribute, and then publish it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an attribute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.'''Click''' ''Configuration&amp;amp;nbsp;''on&amp;amp;nbsp;My Dashboard. The ''Configuration'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click''' ''Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;''on the ''Configuration'' page. In the ''Available Attribute'' list, select an attribute that you want to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, you can type the name of the attribute in the ''Search'' box, and then '''select''' the attribute. The ''Edit Attribute'' page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modify the existing information as required, and then '''click''' ''Save''. The ''Success! Attribute updated successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message is displayed at the bottom of the page. You can modify all the field values except attribute code and attribute name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics''':&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Configuration|Configuration]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Contract_Type|Contract Type]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|[[Template_Management|Template Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Bilingual_Templates&amp;diff=10922</id>
		<title>Bilingual Templates</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Bilingual_Templates&amp;diff=10922"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:25:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Bilingual Templates =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a bilingual Template using the ICM Scribe ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a bilingual Template using the ICM Scribe Word Add-in and save it in your ICM repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== To navigate the Create Template page ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Login '''to ICM Scribe. The ''Welcome'' (user name) window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Create'' to start creating a new template. The ''Create Template'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:2-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Specifying Mandatory Template Details ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type '''the required Template details on the Create Template page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following fields are displayed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Contract Type'': '''Select '''a Contract &amp;amp;nbsp;Type having Lookup on localized Masterdata Attribute from the list of Contract Types available in the system. For example, ''MD Localization agreement CT''.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Name'': '''Enter '''a name for this template. For example, ''Template Localization''. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Description'': '''Enter '''a description for this template. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Version Comments'': '''Type''' specific details about the version, if required. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Effective From'': '''Select '''a date from which this template will be effective. The date cannot be a past date. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Effective To'': '''Select '''a date this template is valid till. You can use the template till this date. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Language'': '''Select '''a primary language for this template. The default language is set to ''English (United States)''. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Secondary Language'': '''Select '''a secondary language for this template. For example, ''Deutsch (German)''. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Date Format'': '''Select '''the date format for this template. For example,''MM/dd/yy''. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Time Format'': '''Select '''the time format for this template. For example, ''hh:mm:ss tt''. &amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Link to another Template'': '''Select '''this checkbox to link this template to another template. Clearing the checkbox makes this a primary template.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Team'': This is an optional step. You can add Team Members such as ''Secondary Owner'', ''Contributor'', and ''Approver ''to the template. This can also be done using the ICM Web. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3-2-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' It is not mandatory to add roles to the Template using the ICM Word Add-in. You can add them later using ICM Web.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''Library ''tab. The ''Library ''section opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:4-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''Attributes ''tab.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:5-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Display and highlight locale attributes'' checkbox. This opens ''Select localized attribute language'' drop-down. The primary language is selected (the first one selected by default). Let’s insert the locale Attributes of English (primary language) and Deutsch (secondary language) as per our selection in the ''Create Template'' section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''&amp;amp;nbsp;The ''Design Preview'' checkbox is greyed out or disabled when ''Display and highlight locale attributes'' checkbox is checked.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Enter '''the keyword in the ''Search ''field or '''click '''the ''DEFAULT'' drop-down. For example, let’s click ''DEFAULT''. All localized attributes of English (United States) language from the Contract&amp;amp;nbsp;Type MD Localization agreement CT are displayed. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:8-bi-plus icon.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;icon to add the Attributes in the Template.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:8-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.&amp;amp;nbsp; To change the localized Attribute language to another language (for example, ''Deutsch (German)''). '''Click '''''Select localized attribute language'' drop-down to select the second localized attribute language.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:9-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:8-bi-plus icon.PNG|RTENOTITLE]] icon. The added localized Attribute is highlighted in turquoise color.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' A user can see the localized Attribute’s language by taking cursor on it.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:10-bi.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' If you change the second language after the Attributes are tagged in the document, a message is displayed indicating that the selected template language does not match the localized tagged attribute. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:10-2-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11. &amp;amp;nbsp;To add a Clause having localized attributes, '''click '''the ''Clauses ''tab.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12. &amp;amp;nbsp;You can search the Clause through the Search field or through an Advanced Search Filter&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:12-bi-icon funnel.PNG|30px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp; icon.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; For example, '''select '''''MDL clause with English and German tags'' (having localized Attributes).&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:12-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 13. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:13-bi-vert-icon.PNG|25px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;icon to view the options.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Direct ''to add the Clause in the document.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:14-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Clauses are added in the document.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:14-bi-2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 15. '''Click '''''Save''. The ''Template has been saved successfully'' window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 16. You can select one of the following options: ''Continue Editing, Send For Approval'', or ''Close''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:16-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Creating a bilingual Template using the ICM .Net Word Add-In ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create and manage templates using ICM Word Add-in and save it in your ICM repository.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; After the ICM Word Add-in is installed and set up on your computer, the ICM tab opens on the Microsoft Word toolbar. You must log in to ICM before you start creating templates. Follow these steps to log in to ICM:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp; Open Microsoft Word.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''ICM ''tab and '''click '''Login. The ''Login ''window opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Enter '''the username and password, and '''click '''''Sign in''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To Create a Template ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp; On the ''ICM ''tab, in the ''Templates ''group, '''click '''Create. The ''Create Template'' window opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp; Specify details in the ''Template Details'' as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Metadata:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**''Name'': '''Enter '''a name for the new Template. For example, ''Template Localization 2''. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Description'': '''Enter '''a description about the Template. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Version Comments'': '''Enter '''the appropriate version details &lt;br /&gt;
**''Effective Date'': '''Select '''the date on which the Template is effective from. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiry Date'': '''Select '''an expiry date for the Template. &amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''the primary ''Template Language''. For example, ''English (United States)''. &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''the ''Template Date Format''. &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''the ''Template Time Format''. &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''Template ''Secondary Language''.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type: &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''the appropriate Contract Type. For example, ''MD Localization agreement CT''.   &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select '''the ''Primary Template'' checkbox.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Save''. The Template gets created.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3-bi-Net.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Tagging localized Attributes in a Template ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp; On the ''ICM ''tab, in the Templates group, '''click '''''Manage''. The ''Manage Template ''window opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the Contract Type. For example, ''MD Localization agreement CT''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the Template. For example, ''Template Localization 2 – v1''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Open''. The Template document along with ''Update Template'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:4-bi-Net.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:4-bi-Net-2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp; In the Attributes tab, '''click '''the ''Display locale attributes'' checkbox. The primary language and secondary language are selected as per our selection in the ''Create Template'' section. Let’s insert the locale Attributes of English (primary language) and Deutsch (secondary language) now.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Right click''' an Attribute in the Templates window.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Add''. The localized attribute is added to the document.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7-bi-Net.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp; To change the localized Attribute language to another language (for example, ''Deutsch (German)''), Display and '''click '''''Display and highlight locale attributes'' checkbox to select the second localized attribute language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Right click''' an Attribute.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Add''. The secondary language localized attribute is added to the document.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:10-bi-Net.PNG|320px|10-bi-Net.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11.&amp;amp;nbsp;To add a Clause having localized attributes, '''click '''the ''Library Clauses'' tab.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12. '''Click '''''Display locale attributes'' checkbox. The primary language is selected (first one selected by default). Let’s insert the locale Attributes of English (primary language) and Deutsch (secondary language) as per our selection in the ''Create Template'' section.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:12-bi-Net.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 13.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Right click''' the Clause. For example, ''MDL clause with English and German tags''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14. '''Click '''''Add''. The ''Clause successfully added'' window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:14-bi-Net.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 15. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''OK''. The Clause with a bilingual localized attribute is added to the Template document.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 16. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Update''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Clauses with bilingual localized attribute are added in the Template document as shown below:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:16-bi-Net.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Creating a bilingual Template using the ICM Web ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create and manage templates using ICM Word Add-in and save it in your ICMs.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== To create a Template in ICM ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''Template Management'' tile on the Dashboard. The ''Template Management'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''Create Template'' tile. The ''Create Template'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the Contract Type from the ''Contract Type Name'' drop-down list. For example, ''MD Localization agreement CT''. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Enter '''a Template name in the ''Name ''field. For example, ''Template Localization 3''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp; The ''Template Code'' is auto-generated.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the primary ''Template Language'' from the drop-down list. For example, ''English (United States)''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the ''Template secondary Language'' from the drop-down list. For example, ''Deutsch (German)''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Yes ''to make it ''Primary Template''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Enter '''all the details on ''Create Template Details'' page.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Next''. The ''Template Variables'' section opens. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:10-bi-ICM web.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Note:''' &amp;amp;nbsp;If there is a mismatch between the language selected in ICM and the uploaded Template file, ICM doesn’t restrict the user however, a message &amp;amp;nbsp;is displayed indicating to correct the language in the Template document later through ICM &amp;amp;nbsp;Word Add-in (mismatched localized tagged Attribute is highlighted in pink color in ICM &amp;amp;nbsp;Word Add-in not in ICM web).&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:16-bi-ICM Web.PNG|560px|16-bi-ICM Web.PNG]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Related Topics:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''[[Template_Management|Template Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Create_a_Template_in_ICM_Word_Add-in|Create a Template in ICM Word Add-in]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Approve/Reject_a_Template]] |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Rule|Rule]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Clause_Management|Clause Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Approve/Reject_a_Template&amp;diff=10921</id>
		<title>Approve/Reject a Template</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Approve/Reject_a_Template&amp;diff=10921"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:25:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Approving/Rejecting a Template =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left;width:68%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Every Template has a team consisting of a primary owner, a secondary owner, an approver, and so on. The approver can&amp;amp;nbsp;approve or to reject a Template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To approve a Template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. C'''lick''' the ''Tasks&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile on the Dashboard. The ''User Tasks'' page opens displaying a&amp;amp;nbsp;list of tasks pending for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template&amp;amp;nbsp;''name link that you want to approve. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Details&amp;amp;nbsp;''page&amp;amp;nbsp;opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Approve or reject a template 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Download&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;'''to download the Template and Edit to edit the Template.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''''Approve''. The ''Add Note'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Enter '''your comments if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click '''''Add''.&amp;amp;nbsp;The status of the Template changes to ''Approved.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Approve or reject a template Add Note window 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To reject a Template:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1. '''Click '''''Reject. ''The ''Add Note&amp;amp;nbsp;''window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2. Enter your comments if any.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3. '''Select '''a reason for rejecting the template&amp;amp;nbsp;from the ''Reason Code'' drop-down (This is a mandatory step).&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. '''Click '''''Add''. The status of the Template changes to ''Draft'' and the Template has to go through the approval process again.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Approve or reject a template reason code 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''[[Template_Management|Template Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Create_a_Template_in_ICM_Word_Add-in|Create a Template in ICM Word Add-in]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Rule|Rule]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Agreement_Management|Agreement Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Clause_Management|Clause Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Bilingual_Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Bilingual_Templates&amp;diff=10917</id>
		<title>Bilingual Templates</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Bilingual_Templates&amp;diff=10917"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:22:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Bilingual Templates =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a bilingual Template using the ICM Scribe ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a bilingual Template using the ICM Scribe Word Add-in and save it in your ICM repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== To navigate the Create Template page ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Login '''to ICM Scribe. The ''Welcome'' (user name) window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Create'' to start creating a new template. The ''Create Template'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:2-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Specifying Mandatory Template Details ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Type '''the required Template details on the Create Template page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following fields are displayed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Contract Type'': '''Select '''a Contract &amp;amp;nbsp;Type having Lookup on localized Masterdata Attribute from the list of Contract Types available in the system. For example, ''MD Localization agreement CT''.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Name'': '''Enter '''a name for this template. For example, ''Template Localization''. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Description'': '''Enter '''a description for this template. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Version Comments'': '''Type''' specific details about the version, if required. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Effective From'': '''Select '''a date from which this template will be effective. The date cannot be a past date. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Effective To'': '''Select '''a date this template is valid till. You can use the template till this date. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Language'': '''Select '''a primary language for this template. The default language is set to ''English (United States)''. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Select Secondary Language'': '''Select '''a secondary language for this template. For example, ''Deutsch (German)''. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Date Format'': '''Select '''the date format for this template. For example,''MM/dd/yy''. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Time Format'': '''Select '''the time format for this template. For example, ''hh:mm:ss tt''. &amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Link to another Template'': '''Select '''this checkbox to link this template to another template. Clearing the checkbox makes this a primary template.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Team'': This is an optional step. You can add Team Members such as ''Secondary Owner'', ''Contributor'', and ''Approver ''to the template. This can also be done using the ICM Web. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3-2-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' It is not mandatory to add roles to the Template using the ICM Word Add-in. You can add them later using ICM Web.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''Library ''tab. The ''Library ''section opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:4-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''Attributes ''tab.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:5-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Display and highlight locale attributes'' checkbox. This opens ''Select localized attribute language'' drop-down. The primary language is selected (the first one selected by default). Let’s insert the locale Attributes of English (primary language) and Deutsch (secondary language) as per our selection in the ''Create Template'' section.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''&amp;amp;nbsp;The ''Design Preview'' checkbox is greyed out or disabled when ''Display and highlight locale attributes'' checkbox is checked.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Enter '''the keyword in the ''Search ''field or '''click '''the ''DEFAULT'' drop-down. For example, let’s click ''DEFAULT''. All localized attributes of English (United States) language from the Contract&amp;amp;nbsp;Type MD Localization agreement CT are displayed. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:8-bi-plus icon.PNG|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;icon to add the Attributes in the Template.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:8-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.&amp;amp;nbsp; To change the localized Attribute language to another language (for example, ''Deutsch (German)''). '''Click '''''Select localized attribute language'' drop-down to select the second localized attribute language.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:9-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:8-bi-plus icon.PNG|RTENOTITLE]] icon. The added localized Attribute is highlighted in turquoise color.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' A user can see the localized Attribute’s language by taking cursor on it.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:10-bi.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' If you change the second language after the Attributes are tagged in the document, a message is displayed indicating that the selected template language does not match the localized tagged attribute. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:10-2-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11. &amp;amp;nbsp;To add a Clause having localized attributes, '''click '''the ''Clauses ''tab.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12. &amp;amp;nbsp;You can search the Clause through the Search field or through an Advanced Search Filter&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:12-bi-icon funnel.PNG|30px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp; icon.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; For example, '''select '''''MDL clause with English and German tags'' (having localized Attributes).&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[File:12-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 13. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the&amp;amp;nbsp;[[File:13-bi-vert-icon.PNG|25px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;amp;nbsp;icon to view the options.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Direct ''to add the Clause in the document.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:14-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Clauses are added in the document.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:14-bi-2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 15. '''Click '''''Save''. The ''Template has been saved successfully'' window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 16. You can select one of the following options: ''Continue Editing, Send For Approval'', or ''Close''.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:16-bi.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Creating a bilingual Template using the ICM .Net Word Add-In ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create and manage templates using ICM Word Add-in and save it in your ICM repository.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; After the ICM Word Add-in is installed and set up on your computer, the ICM tab opens on the Microsoft Word toolbar. You must log in to ICM before you start creating templates. Follow these steps to log in to ICM:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp; Open Microsoft Word.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''ICM ''tab and '''click '''Login. The ''Login ''window opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Enter '''the username and password, and '''click '''''Sign in''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; To Create a Template ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp; On the ''ICM ''tab, in the ''Templates ''group, '''click '''Create. The ''Create Template'' window opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp; Specify details in the ''Template Details'' as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Metadata:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**''Name'': '''Enter '''a name for the new Template. For example, ''Template Localization 2''. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Description'': '''Enter '''a description about the Template. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Version Comments'': '''Enter '''the appropriate version details &lt;br /&gt;
**''Effective Date'': '''Select '''the date on which the Template is effective from. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiry Date'': '''Select '''an expiry date for the Template. &amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''the primary ''Template Language''. For example, ''English (United States)''. &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''the ''Template Date Format''. &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''the ''Template Time Format''. &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''Template ''Secondary Language''.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
*Contract Type: &lt;br /&gt;
**'''Select '''the appropriate Contract Type. For example, ''MD Localization agreement CT''.   &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Select '''the ''Primary Template'' checkbox.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Save''. The Template gets created.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:3-bi-Net.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Tagging localized Attributes in a Template ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp; On the ''ICM ''tab, in the Templates group, '''click '''''Manage''. The ''Manage Template ''window opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the Contract Type. For example, ''MD Localization agreement CT''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the Template. For example, ''Template Localization 2 – v1''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Open''. The Template document along with ''Update Template'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:4-bi-Net.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:4-bi-Net-2.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp; In the Attributes tab, '''click '''the ''Display locale attributes'' checkbox. The primary language and secondary language are selected as per our selection in the ''Create Template'' section. Let’s insert the locale Attributes of English (primary language) and Deutsch (secondary language) now.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Right click''' an Attribute in the Templates window.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Add''. The localized attribute is added to the document.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7-bi-Net.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp; To change the localized Attribute language to another language (for example, ''Deutsch (German)''), Display and '''click '''''Display and highlight locale attributes'' checkbox to select the second localized attribute language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Right click''' an Attribute.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Add''. The secondary language localized attribute is added to the document.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:10-bi-Net.PNG|320px|10-bi-Net.PNG]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 11.&amp;amp;nbsp;To add a Clause having localized attributes, '''click '''the ''Library Clauses'' tab.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 12. '''Click '''''Display locale attributes'' checkbox. The primary language is selected (first one selected by default). Let’s insert the locale Attributes of English (primary language) and Deutsch (secondary language) as per our selection in the ''Create Template'' section.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:12-bi-Net.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 13.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Right click''' the Clause. For example, ''MDL clause with English and German tags''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14. '''Click '''''Add''. The ''Clause successfully added'' window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:14-bi-Net.PNG|320px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 15. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''OK''. The Clause with a bilingual localized attribute is added to the Template document.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 16. &amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Update''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The Clauses with bilingual localized attribute are added in the Template document as shown below:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:16-bi-Net.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Creating a bilingual Template using the ICM Web ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create and manage templates using ICM Word Add-in and save it in your ICMs.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== To create a Template in ICM ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''Template Management'' tile on the Dashboard. The ''Template Management'' page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''the ''Create Template'' tile. The ''Create Template'' page opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the Contract Type from the ''Contract Type Name'' drop-down list. For example, ''MD Localization agreement CT''. &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Enter '''a Template name in the ''Name ''field. For example, ''Template Localization 3''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp; The ''Template Code'' is auto-generated.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the primary ''Template Language'' from the drop-down list. For example, ''English (United States)''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Select '''the ''Template secondary Language'' from the drop-down list. For example, ''Deutsch (German)''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Yes ''to make it ''Primary Template''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 9.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Enter '''all the details on ''Create Template Details'' page.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp; '''Click '''''Next''. The ''Template Variables'' section opens. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:10-bi-ICM web.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Note:''' &amp;amp;nbsp;If there is a mismatch between the language selected in ICM and the uploaded Template file, ICM doesn’t restrict the user however, a message &amp;amp;nbsp;is displayed indicating to correct the language in the Template document later through ICM &amp;amp;nbsp;Word Add-in (mismatched localized tagged Attribute is highlighted in pink color in ICM &amp;amp;nbsp;Word Add-in not in ICM web).&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:16-bi-ICM Web.PNG|560px|16-bi-ICM Web.PNG]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Approve/Reject_a_Template&amp;diff=10916</id>
		<title>Approve/Reject a Template</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Approve/Reject_a_Template&amp;diff=10916"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:20:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Approving/Rejecting a Template =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left;width:68%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Every Template has a team consisting of a primary owner, a secondary owner, an approver, and so on. The approver can&amp;amp;nbsp;approve or to reject a Template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To approve a Template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. C'''lick''' the ''Tasks&amp;amp;nbsp;''tile on the Dashboard. The ''User Tasks'' page opens displaying a&amp;amp;nbsp;list of tasks pending for your action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template&amp;amp;nbsp;''name link that you want to approve. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Details&amp;amp;nbsp;''page&amp;amp;nbsp;opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Approve or reject a template 7.8.PNG|560px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Download&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;'''to download the Template and Edit to edit the Template.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''''Approve''. The ''Add Note'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Enter '''your comments if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click '''''Add''.&amp;amp;nbsp;The status of the Template changes to ''Approved.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Approve or reject a template Add Note window 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To reject a Template:&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;1. '''Click '''''Reject. ''The ''Add Note&amp;amp;nbsp;''window opens.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;2. Enter your comments if any.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;3. '''Select '''a reason for rejecting the template&amp;amp;nbsp;from the ''Reason Code'' drop-down (This is a mandatory step).&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;4. '''Click '''''Add''. The status of the Template changes to ''Draft'' and the Template has to go through the approval process again.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Approve or reject a template reason code 7.8.PNG|720px|RTENOTITLE]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics: '''[[Template_Management|Template Management]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Create_a_Template_in_ICM_Word_Add-in|Create a Template in ICM Word Add-in]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Rule|Rule]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Agreement_Management&amp;diff=10908</id>
		<title>Agreement Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Agreement_Management&amp;diff=10908"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T08:09:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Agreement Management =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Agreement Management Tile enables you to manage all aspects of creating and editing Agreements from a single page. From this page, you can do the following tasks:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*View and manage all your Agreements on the ''Agreements ''page. &lt;br /&gt;
*Create new Agreements on the Creating an Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
*Search, view, and manage all your existing requests on the ''Requests'' page. &lt;br /&gt;
*Create new Requests on the ''Create Request''&amp;amp;nbsp;page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the terms Agreement and Contract are used interchangeably and mean the same thing. In this Help, we will use the word ''Agreement''&amp;amp;nbsp;when discussing&amp;amp;nbsp;Agreements, whereas Contracts will be discussed with&amp;amp;nbsp;reference to Contract Types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the actual workflow of an Agreement in ICM can be quite complex and involved, it is summarized in these five steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Agreement Management - Agreement Overview.png|720px|Agreement Management - Agreement Overview.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
1'''. ''''''Create Contract Request:''' When someone in your organization, such as a department manager wants to engage a vendor for certain services over a length of time, the individual can raise that request with the procurement department that can then work on that Agreement. Depending on the workflow adopted, your organization may:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enforce this step so that all contracts are initiated and drafted only by one department, or &lt;br /&gt;
*Make this step completely optional, so it can be skipped by someone who is an expert at contracting and its process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Create Agreement:''' In this step, the primary owner or the creator of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;select the contract type, selects attributes and template, and verifies the details that you entered in the agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp;See Create Agreement Page for complete details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Review Agreement: '''After the primary owner has created an internal draft of the agreement, it is published. The published draft can be sent for reviews (optional, if decided by the Primary Owner of the Agreement) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Approve Agreement: '''Once the Agreement is reviewed, it can be sent for approvals to the team of people that are working on this Agreement in various roles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.'''Execute Agreement:''' Several people can review and approve the Agreement before it is ready to be signed. After all approvals are obtained, the Agreement is sent to be signed by both the parties. With both parties signing (known as internal and external signatories in ICM), the Agreement is said to be executed&amp;amp;nbsp;and is now in force.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notes:'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; If an incorrect document was initially uploaded by a signatory, a&amp;amp;nbsp;user with the appropriate privilege can upload the correct document even after the agreement is executed.&amp;amp;nbsp;The uploaded document must be a PDF.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''The ''Executed''&amp;amp;nbsp;state of the Agreement remains unchanged. Only the following roles have this privilege:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;* Primary Owner&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;* Secondary Owner&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;* Contributor&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; If changes are required in the Agreement that is in an ''Executed'' state, the Primary Owner of the Agreement can add an Amendment. Changes may be required due to any of the following business reasons:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;* The payment terms of the Agreement have changed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;*&amp;amp;nbsp;The Statement of Work (SOW) in the Agreement has changed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; *&amp;amp;nbsp;The terms and conditions of the Agreement have changed due to the introduction of a new regulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. ''''''Support Multi-party Agreements''': ICM offers full platform support for multi-party Agreements.&amp;amp;nbsp;You can now use a single system for managing all your Agreements and capture multiple other parties and divisions on an Agreement seamlessly. It allows you to search only metadata instead of searching multiple attributes, thus making it user-friendly. There is no limit on the number of parties that can be added. All parties can sign the Agreements either manually or electronically, based on the signing sequence set in ICM. It also supports parallel signatures independent of the status of either party.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such Agreements include Non-Disclosure Agreements, Sell Agreements or business-specific Agreements. For example, A healthcare business group needs Contract Types for managing their contracts, but the Mergers and Acquisitions department needs their own Contract Types.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Key capabilities of Multi-Party:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Captures multiple values of Attributes and/or Masterdata &lt;br /&gt;
*Tags these multiple instances in the Template &lt;br /&gt;
*Supports the signature workflow with these multiple instances of customer data &lt;br /&gt;
*Supports multiple Rules (say for approval workflow) based on the individual values selected. For example,&amp;amp;nbsp;in an Agreement, if 3 Divisions are selected, the approval process should support approvals from all 3 divisions. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supports visibility in such a one-to-many environment; For example, in the multi-division scenario, the Agreement visibility too should be enabled for multiple divisions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contract Lifecycle Management, Artificial Intelligence, and Bulk Upload ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For organizations looking to optimize their contract lifecycle management processes and digital transformation, this release includes capabilities to manage the bulk upload of larger volumes of legacy contracts, and Artificial Intelligence (AI) driven enhancements to improve discovery, identification, and digitization of third-party, legacy and federal contracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using ICM, you have the:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ability to create US Federal Acquisition Regulations clause repository and to manage US Federal Contracts using ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Accelerate contract digitalization and management by quickly converting legacy contracts into live contracts with AI-enhanced contract digitization capabilities which also help in AI-powered clause and attribute discovery. Excel based bulk upload capability to do so at scale. &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload&amp;amp;nbsp;legacy Agreements in bulk supporting a larger volume of agreements and other entities using Excel utility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;related_topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Searching_agreements_and_requests|Searching Agreements and Requests]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Adding_Supporting_Documents_to_an_Agreement|Adding Supporting Documents to an Agreement]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Setting_auto-expiry_for_an_Agreement|Setting auto-expiry for an Agreement]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Bulk_Actions|Bulk Actions]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[User_Administration|User Administration]] | [[Association_Management|Association Management]] | [[Compliance_Management|Compliance Management]] | [[Template_Management|Template Management]] | [[Clause_Management|Clause Management]] | [[Configuration|Configuration]] | [[Reports|Reports]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10907</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10907"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T07:56:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''NegotiateAI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''ObligationAI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''VisualizeAI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''DiscoverAI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in the context of contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high-risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by providing the ability to compare Associations tagged as a table across versions, allowing comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple application types (''Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the string masterdata localized attributes to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Enhancing the Office.js based Add-in experience in ICM for MS Office Word 2016 onwards that enables you to have richer, more secure and centralized Web experience of managing ICM functions right inside MS Office Word. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported the exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Extending contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications (such as Sourcing)&amp;amp;nbsp;are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support tagging of bilingual agreements/templates using Word Add-in'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates tagging using Word Add-in. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template via Word Add-in. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the NegotiateAI, ObligationAI, VisualizeAI and DiscoverAI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== NegotiateAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This depends on the rule configuration in ICM based on which the similarity will index the agreements. The similarity of clauses or agreements will be within these agreements. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It is tested and verified on: &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office 2016 or later for Windows (build 16.0.4639.1000 or later (64-bit)). &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office on Windows (connected to Office 365 subscription) – version 1902 (build 11328.20368) or later. &lt;br /&gt;
**There is no separate installation required for Office .JS.   &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM third party agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice'', ''Currency'', ''Date'', ''Email'', ''Text Area'', ''Number'' and ''String''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ObligationAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced ObligationAI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;In this release, we have enhanced the ObligationAI to immediately learn from user actions, which is the most important aspect of ML algorithms.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates. &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations, and display higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered. &lt;br /&gt;
*This is supported only for third party agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we have provided server hooks at the following stages to implement custom visualization:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== DiscoverAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the DiscoverAI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Scribe – ICM’s Office Add-in plugin&amp;amp;nbsp;(.JS version)&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancements to ICM Scribe – the new .JS version Office Add-in (Upgraded in 7.8)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Office.js based Add-in experience in ICM for MS Office Word 2016 onwards, enables you to have a richer, more secure and centralized web experience of managing ICM functions right inside MS Office Word. It will reference the office.js library, which is a script loader.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 1.png|860px|7.9 Release Notes Scribe 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Advantages of Office.js based Add-ins over old add-ins built using VBA, COM, or VSTO include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cross-platform support: Office Add-ins run in Office on the Web, Windows, Mac, and iPad. &lt;br /&gt;
*Centralized deployment and distribution: Administrators can deploy Office Add-ins centrally and more securely across an organization, with no need of individual desktop client installation. &lt;br /&gt;
*Based on standard Web technology. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 2.png|7.9 Release Notes Scribe 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Enhancements were made to the Office.js Add-in to improve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reliability:''' By adding validation for incorrect data, providing a light weight engine, removing redundant information, introducing the retry mechanism, replacing unreliable user controls (such as the ''Attribute pane'',''login button'',''Search'',''Add Team,'' etc.), and introducing the ''Something went wrong'' screen in case of connectivity issues. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Usability:''' By restricting the user interface, restricting all entities to 10, sending intuitive messages and warning, increasing real estate, correcting the formatting, reducing user clicks, replacing links with buttons, replacing hidden tabs with ICM product icons, adding tooltips wherever necessary, adding Login, Logout and Home page, adding the Splash screen, adding support for user groups, and adding status indicators. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Productivity:''' By reducing the waiting and operational time, fixing priority functional issues, introducing manual Refresh button to increase concurrency (for Clause, Template Variables, Lists), restricting older version updates (Template and Clause updates), and handing Header and Footer scenarios in the Template module. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 3.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes Scribe 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating the ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In&amp;amp;nbsp;the case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only the agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10906</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10906"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T07:56:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''NegotiateAI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''ObligationAI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''VisualizeAI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''DiscoverAI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in the context of contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high-risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by providing the ability to compare Associations tagged as a table across versions, allowing comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple application types (''Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the string masterdata localized attributes to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Enhancing the Office.js based Add-in experience in ICM for MS Office Word 2016 onwards that enables you to have richer, more secure and centralized Web experience of managing ICM functions right inside MS Office Word. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported the exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Extending contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications (such as Sourcing)&amp;amp;nbsp;are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support tagging of bilingual agreements/templates using Word Add-in'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates tagging using Word Add-in. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template via Word Add-in. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the NegotiateAI, ObligationAI, VisualizeAI and DiscoverAI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== NegotiateAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This depends on the rule configuration in ICM based on which the similarity will index the agreements. The similarity of clauses or agreements will be within these agreements. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It is tested and verified on: &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office 2016 or later for Windows (build 16.0.4639.1000 or later (64-bit)). &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office on Windows (connected to Office 365 subscription) – version 1902 (build 11328.20368) or later. &lt;br /&gt;
**There is no separate installation required for Office .JS.   &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM third party agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice'', ''Currency'', ''Date'', ''Email'', ''Text Area'', ''Number'' and ''String''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ObligationAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced ObligationAI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;In this release, we have enhanced the ObligationAI to immediately learn from user actions, which is the most important aspect of ML algorithms.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates. &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations, and display higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered. &lt;br /&gt;
*This is supported only for third party agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we have provided server hooks at the following stages to implement custom visualization:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== DiscoverAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the DiscoverAI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Scribe – ICM’s Office Add-in plugin&amp;amp;nbsp;(JS version)&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancements to ICM Scribe – the new .JS version Office Add-in (Upgraded in 7.8)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Office.js based Add-in experience in ICM for MS Office Word 2016 onwards, enables you to have a richer, more secure and centralized web experience of managing ICM functions right inside MS Office Word. It will reference the office.js library, which is a script loader.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 1.png|860px|7.9 Release Notes Scribe 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Advantages of Office.js based Add-ins over old add-ins built using VBA, COM, or VSTO include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cross-platform support: Office Add-ins run in Office on the Web, Windows, Mac, and iPad. &lt;br /&gt;
*Centralized deployment and distribution: Administrators can deploy Office Add-ins centrally and more securely across an organization, with no need of individual desktop client installation. &lt;br /&gt;
*Based on standard Web technology. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 2.png|7.9 Release Notes Scribe 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Enhancements were made to the Office.js Add-in to improve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reliability:''' By adding validation for incorrect data, providing a light weight engine, removing redundant information, introducing the retry mechanism, replacing unreliable user controls (such as the ''Attribute pane'',''login button'',''Search'',''Add Team,'' etc.), and introducing the ''Something went wrong'' screen in case of connectivity issues. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Usability:''' By restricting the user interface, restricting all entities to 10, sending intuitive messages and warning, increasing real estate, correcting the formatting, reducing user clicks, replacing links with buttons, replacing hidden tabs with ICM product icons, adding tooltips wherever necessary, adding Login, Logout and Home page, adding the Splash screen, adding support for user groups, and adding status indicators. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Productivity:''' By reducing the waiting and operational time, fixing priority functional issues, introducing manual Refresh button to increase concurrency (for Clause, Template Variables, Lists), restricting older version updates (Template and Clause updates), and handing Header and Footer scenarios in the Template module. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 3.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes Scribe 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating the ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In&amp;amp;nbsp;the case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only the agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10905</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10905"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T07:54:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''NegotiateAI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''ObligationAI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''VisualizeAI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''DiscoverAI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in the context of contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high-risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by providing the ability to compare Associations tagged as a table across versions, allowing comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple application types (''Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the string masterdata localized attributes to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Enhancing the Office.js based Add-in experience in ICM for MS Office Word 2016 onwards that enables you to have richer, more secure and centralized Web experience of managing ICM functions right inside MS Office Word. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported the exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Extending contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications (such as Sourcing)&amp;amp;nbsp;are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support tagging of bilingual agreements/templates using Word Add-in'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates tagging using Word Add-in. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template via Word Add-in. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the NegotiateAI, ObligationAI, VisualizeAI and DiscoverAI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== NegotiateAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This depends on the rule configuration in ICM based on which the similarity will index the agreements. The similarity of clauses or agreements will be within these agreements. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It is tested and verified on: &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office 2016 or later for Windows (build 16.0.4639.1000 or later (64-bit)). &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office on Windows (connected to Office 365 subscription) – version 1902 (build 11328.20368) or later. &lt;br /&gt;
**There is no separate installation required for Office .JS.   &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM third party agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice'', ''Currency'', ''Date'', ''Email'', ''Text Area'', ''Number'' and ''String''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ObligationAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced ObligationAI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;In this release, we have enhanced the ObligationAI to immediately learn from user actions, which is the most important aspect of ML algorithms.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates. &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations, and display higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered. &lt;br /&gt;
*This is supported only for third party agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we have provided server hooks at the following stages to implement custom visualization:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== DiscoverAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the DiscoverAI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Scribe – ICM’s Office Add-in plugin - .JS version&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancements to ICM Scribe – the new .JS version Office Add-in (Upgraded in 7.8)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Office.js based Add-in experience in ICM for MS Office Word 2016 onwards, enables you to have a richer, more secure and centralized web experience of managing ICM functions right inside MS Office Word. It will reference the office.js library, which is a script loader.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 1.png|860px|7.9 Release Notes Scribe 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Advantages of Office.js based Add-ins over old add-ins built using VBA, COM, or VSTO include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cross-platform support: Office Add-ins run in Office on the Web, Windows, Mac, and iPad. &lt;br /&gt;
*Centralized deployment and distribution: Administrators can deploy Office Add-ins centrally and more securely across an organization, with no need of individual desktop client installation. &lt;br /&gt;
*Based on standard Web technology. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 2.png|7.9 Release Notes Scribe 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Enhancements were made to the Office.js Add-in to improve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reliability:''' By adding validation for incorrect data, providing a light weight engine, removing redundant information, introducing the retry mechanism, replacing unreliable user controls (such as the ''Attribute pane'',''login button'',''Search'',''Add Team,'' etc.), and introducing the ''Something went wrong'' screen in case of connectivity issues. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Usability:''' By restricting the user interface, restricting all entities to 10, sending intuitive messages and warning, increasing real estate, correcting the formatting, reducing user clicks, replacing links with buttons, replacing hidden tabs with ICM product icons, adding tooltips wherever necessary, adding Login, Logout and Home page, adding the Splash screen, adding support for user groups, and adding status indicators. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Productivity:''' By reducing the waiting and operational time, fixing priority functional issues, introducing manual Refresh button to increase concurrency (for Clause, Template Variables, Lists), restricting older version updates (Template and Clause updates), and handing Header and Footer scenarios in the Template module. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 3.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes Scribe 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating the ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In&amp;amp;nbsp;the case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only the agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=File:7.9_Release_Notes_Scribe_3.png&amp;diff=10904</id>
		<title>File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=File:7.9_Release_Notes_Scribe_3.png&amp;diff=10904"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T07:52:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=File:7.9_Release_Notes_Scribe_2.png&amp;diff=10903</id>
		<title>File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=File:7.9_Release_Notes_Scribe_2.png&amp;diff=10903"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T07:52:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=File:7.9_Release_Notes_Scribe_1.png&amp;diff=10902</id>
		<title>File:7.9 Release Notes Scribe 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=File:7.9_Release_Notes_Scribe_1.png&amp;diff=10902"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T07:51:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10901</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10901"/>
				<updated>2019-09-13T07:49:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''NegotiateAI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''ObligationAI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''VisualizeAI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''DiscoverAI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in the context of contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high-risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by providing the ability to compare Associations tagged as a table across versions, allowing comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple application types (''Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the string masterdata localized attributes to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Enhancing the Office.js based Add-in experience in ICM for MS Office Word 2016 onwards that enables you to have richer, more secure and centralized Web experience of managing ICM functions right inside MS Office Word. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported the exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Extending contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications (such as Sourcing)&amp;amp;nbsp;are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support tagging of bilingual agreements/templates using Word Add-in'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates tagging using Word Add-in. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template via Word Add-in. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the NegotiateAI, ObligationAI, VisualizeAI and DiscoverAI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== NegotiateAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This depends on the rule configuration in ICM based on which the similarity will index the agreements. The similarity of clauses or agreements will be within these agreements. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It is tested and verified on: &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office 2016 or later for Windows (build 16.0.4639.1000 or later (64-bit)). &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office on Windows (connected to Office 365 subscription) – version 1902 (build 11328.20368) or later. &lt;br /&gt;
**There is no separate installation required for Office .JS.   &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM third party agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice'', ''Currency'', ''Date'', ''Email'', ''Text Area'', ''Number'' and ''String''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ObligationAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced ObligationAI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;In this release, we have enhanced the ObligationAI to immediately learn from user actions, which is the most important aspect of ML algorithms.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates. &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations, and display higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered. &lt;br /&gt;
*This is supported only for third party agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we have provided server hooks at the following stages to implement custom visualization:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== DiscoverAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the DiscoverAI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Scribe – ICM’s Office Add-in plugin - .JS version&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enhancements to ICM Scribe – the new .JS version Office Add-in (Upgraded in 7.8)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Office.js based Add-in experience in ICM for MS Office Word 2016 onwards, enables you to have a richer, more secure and centralized web experience of managing ICM functions right inside MS Office Word. It will reference the office.js library, which is a script loader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advantages of Office.js based Add-ins over old add-ins built using VBA, COM, or VSTO include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cross-platform support: Office Add-ins run in Office on the Web, Windows, Mac, and iPad. &lt;br /&gt;
*Centralized deployment and distribution: Administrators can deploy Office Add-ins centrally and more securely across an organization, with no need of individual desktop client installation. &lt;br /&gt;
*Based on standard Web technology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enhancements were made to the Office.js Add-in to improve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reliability:''' By adding validation for incorrect data, providing a light weight engine, removing redundant information, introducing the retry mechanism, replacing unreliable user controls (such as the ''Attribute pane'',''login button'',''Search'',''Add Team,'' etc.), and introducing the ''Something went wrong'' screen in case of connectivity issues. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Usability:''' By restricting the user interface, restricting all entities to 10, sending intuitive messages and warning, increasing real estate, correcting the formatting, reducing user clicks, replacing links with buttons, replacing hidden tabs with ICM product icons, adding tooltips wherever necessary, adding Login, Logout and Home page, adding the Splash screen, adding support for user groups, and adding status indicators. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Productivity:''' By reducing the waiting and operational time, fixing priority functional issues, introducing manual Refresh button to increase concurrency (for Clause, Template Variables, Lists), restricting older version updates (Template and Clause updates), and handing Header and Footer scenarios in the Template module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating the ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In&amp;amp;nbsp;the case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only the agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Visualize_AI&amp;diff=10895</id>
		<title>Visualize AI</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Visualize_AI&amp;diff=10895"/>
				<updated>2019-09-12T09:52:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Visualize AI =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the number of pages and convoluted texts of Agreements, it is difficult to easily search, access, skim through, understand or use them. The Visualize AI feature offers rich visualization using diagrams, graphs, charts, images, and visually structured layouts to make Agreements easily searchable, readable, and understandable. This feature is available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Visualize AI 1.png|720px|Visualize AI 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types of Visualizations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two types of visualizations are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Agreement centric:''' Visualize AI is launched for the selected Agreement allowing the user to easily navigate through the related entities and possible actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Visualize AI 2.png|720px|Visualize AI 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Saved Search centric:''' Visualize AI is launched based on selected Saved Search (if technically configured for the scope of the saved search) allowing users to view a collection of Agreements grouped and aggregated as per the configuration, and to easily navigate using the rendered graph.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Visualize AI 3.png|720px|Visualize AI 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Saved Search centric visualization is available only for Agreements and no other entities.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data Fetching, Data Transformation and Data Rendering ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Visualize AI app is tightly coupled with the standard ICM entities. However, the app has been unable to cater to these customization needs of many enterprise customers who have customized these entities and have written their own logic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we support implementation of custom visualization using the following purposes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data Fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data Transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data Rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Create_Agreement_Page|Create Agreement]] | [[Managing_US_Federal_Contracts_using_ICM|Managing US Federal Contracts using&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM]]&amp;amp;nbsp; |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Contract_Digitalization|Contract Digitalization]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Discover_AI|DiscoverAI]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Negotiate_AI|NegotiateAI]] | [[Obligation_AI|ObligationAI]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Obligation_AI&amp;diff=10894</id>
		<title>Obligation AI</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Obligation_AI&amp;diff=10894"/>
				<updated>2019-09-12T09:51:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Obligation AI =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of identifying Obligations in an existing Agreement manually is tedious, time consuming and error prone. Obligation Discovery automates this process by applying Natural Language Processing and Machine Learning to this problem. This enables discovery of Obligation from the Agreement without having to read the entire Agreement text by looking up similar Obligations from the Obligations library and automatically extracting key metadata from the discovered Obligations. This feature is available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the Obligations in an Agreement:&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Obligation Discovery'' tab on the ''Agreement Details'' page. All the Obligations that AI has discovered from the Agreement document are highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Merge Obligation 1.png|720px|Merge Obligation 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. The following actions can be taken on selected Obligation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''the Confirm to confirm the Obligation. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' Review Later if you are unsure and want to review the Obligation later. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' Metadata to view all the discovered metadata. The number (for example, 10.10) indicates the number of Attributes that are discovered such as ''Email, Numbers, Date and Time'', and so on.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' Ignore to ignore the Obligation. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click '''Parent Clause to see the parent Clause that the Obligation is linked to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To configure Obligation Discovery:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Create Agreement'' tile on the Agreement Management Index page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Select '''the ''Category, Contract Type Name and Third Party Type of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Merge Obligation 2.png|720px|Merge Obligation 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click '''''Next.'' The Attributes page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Select '''''Discovery AI'' from the ''Clause Discovery Type'' drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Toggle&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the ''AI Obligation Discovery Enabled ''Attribute (Boolean type) to ''Yes''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Merge Obligation 3.png|720px|Merge Obligation 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Merge Obligation 4.png|720px|Merge Obligation 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7. '''Click '''''Create and Publish. ''It may take some time to discover the Clauses, Obligations, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Merge Obligation 5.png|720px|Merge Obligation 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8. '''Click '''the ''Clause Discovery'' tab on the ''Agreement Details'' page to see the number of Obligations that a Clause has which is indicated by the yellow icon next to the Clause. Click the icon to view the Obligation that is under the respective Clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Merge Obligation 6.png|720px|Merge Obligation 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9. '''Click '''the ''Obligation Discovery'' tab on the ''Agreement Details'' page. All the Obligations that AI has discovered from the Agreement document are highlighted. The Matched Library Obligations are visible on the right hand side. The top 5 matching options and the relevance are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Merge Obligation 7.png|720px|Merge Obligation 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10. '''Click '''''Confirm ''to confirm the Obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. '''Click '''''Finish ''to complete the discovery and continue with the workflow as expected.&amp;amp;nbsp;The ''Obligation Save Confirmation'' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. '''Click '''''Mark Confirmed, Mark Ignored ''or''Cancel'' as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Merge Obligation 8.png|720px|Merge Obligation 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
13. '''Click '''''Export Obligation Data ''to export the Obligation information to an Excel file.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Merge Obligation 9.png|720px|Merge Obligation 9]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ML&amp;amp;nbsp;based Obligation Discovery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain type of Obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhances Obligation AI to discover only the specific obligations from the Agreement document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most important aspects of ML algorithms is having the ability to learn from the users actions. In this release, we have enhanced the Obligation AI to immediately learn from user actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery ML model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations and display a higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To discover Obligations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. On the ''Create Agreement'' page, '''enter''' the ''Contract Type Name''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Select''' ''Third Party'' Type Of Paper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click''' ''Next.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Obligation AI 1.PNG|720px|.9 Obligation AI 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. On the ''Attributes'' page,'''enter''' the Attribute details and '''select''' ''ML based'' from the ''Obligation Discovery Type'' drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Obligation AI 2.PNG|720px|.9 Obligation AI 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Obligation Discovery ''tab will be displayed on the ''Agreement Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''Click '''''Create. ''The ''Obligation Discovery ''tab will be displayed on the ''Agreement Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Obligation AI 3.png|720px|7.9 Obligation AI 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''View''' the discovered obligations in the ''Discovered Obligations Mapped'' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''Open '''the MS Excel sheet with the Obligation Template.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Obligation AI 4.png|720px|7.9 Obligation AI 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9. '''Select''' the Agreement on the ''Agreement Management'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Obligation AI 5.png|720px|7.9 Obligation AI 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10. '''Click''' ''Confirm'' to confirm the discovered obligations or review them later.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Obligation AI 6.png|720px|7.9 Obligation AI 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Create_Agreement_Page|Create Agreement]] | [[Managing_US_Federal_Contracts_using_ICM|Managing US Federal Contracts using&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM]]&amp;amp;nbsp; |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Contract_Digitalization|Contract Digitalization]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Discover_AI|DiscoverAI]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Negotiate_AI|NegotiateAI]] | [[Visualize_AI|VisualizeAI]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Negotiate_AI&amp;diff=10893</id>
		<title>Negotiate AI</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Negotiate_AI&amp;diff=10893"/>
				<updated>2019-09-12T09:51:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Negotiate AI =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Legal people are more comfortable using MS Word to make and edit Agreements as compared to ICM, the Negotiate AI feature has been added in this release to help bridge this gap. This enables real-time negotiation and provides assistance at the time of the Agreement review by looking up similar Agreements or similar Clause text. This feature is available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now use Negotiate AI to work with Third Party and Legacy Contracts by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Selecting a Discovered Clause text and Attributes in the opened MS Word document of the Agreements and finding similar Clause text in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Updating the Discovered Clause text and Attributes in the opened Word document of the Agreements and saving them to ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': This feature works on Office 2016 and later and Office.js installed.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Prerequisites ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The plugin&amp;amp;nbsp;''Icertis Experience for Word&amp;amp;nbsp;''must be installed. &lt;br /&gt;
*All the Discovery features should be present in the plugin&amp;amp;nbsp;''Icertis Experience for Word&amp;amp;nbsp;''when authoring a Third Party Agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use Negotiate AI:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Login&amp;amp;nbsp;'''to ICM.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 2.png|720px|Negotiate AI 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Import Agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;''to import the document as an Agreement. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Automatically Process Agreement ''message indicating that the Clauses and the Attributes will automatically be identified is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 3.png|720px|Negotiate AI 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Start.''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:Negotiate AI 4.png|Negotiate AI 4]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Select''' the ''Contract Type''. Select the ''Language, Category ''and ''Agreement Type''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 5.png|Negotiate AI 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5. '''Click '''''Discover''. The ''Discovery in Progress'' message is displayed while the Clauses are being discovered from the Clause Library and the Attributes are being identified to tag them to the Imported Agreements automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 6.png|Negotiate AI 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''':&amp;amp;nbsp;Depending on the size of the Agreement, the discovery process may take some time.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6. The ''Review Agreement Discovery Now'' message appears displaying the number of Clauses and Attributes found.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 7.png|Negotiate AI 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Agreement Clauses ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''Click '''''Show'' next to the number of Clauses found so that you can review and select from the detected Clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The dots on the left hand side indicate the confidence level of the match based on the Clauses present in the Clause Library. &lt;br /&gt;
*The dots on the right hand side display the actions that can be taken on the Clauses, such as Select Matched Clause, Ignore Clause and Remove Identification. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 8.png|Negotiate AI 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the Clause to see the location on the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:Negotiate AI 9.png|720px|Negotiate AI 9]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:Negotiate AI 10.png|720px|Negotiate AI 10]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9. The following actions can be taken on selected Clause:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Confirm ''to confirm that the Clause matches what is available in the Clause Library. This Clause then appears under the ''Confirm'' tab. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Review Later'' if you are unsure and want to review a Clause later. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Replace Clause'' if you want to replace the Clause with another one. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Click''' ''Compare'' to compare the Clause based on the match from the Clause Library. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Check '''the ''Track Deviations'' box if you want to track the deviations. &lt;br /&gt;
*Sort the Search by:&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**''Document Order'' &lt;br /&gt;
**''Category Order&amp;amp;nbsp;''   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''[[File:Negotiate AI 11.png|Negotiate AI 11]]''&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10. '''Click''' ''Save ''to save your work in the ''Draft ''status. The same changes will reflect on the ICM UI. A new Agreement is created and the Clauses will be displayed on the ''Clause Discovery'' tab on the ''Agreement Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 12.png|Negotiate AI 12]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
11. '''Click''' ''Finish''. The remaining workflow continues as expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Agreement Attributes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. '''Click '''the ''Show'' button next to the number of Attributes found so that you can review and select from the detected Attributes. All the possible values of the metadata that is identified by AI for these Attributes, such as External Signatory, Contract Value, Effective Date, Expiry Date and so on. The Contract Value is present with currencies. The grouping of Attributes is based on the grouping preferences applied at the time of Contract Type creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul style=&amp;quot;margin-left: 40px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The dots on the left hand side indicate the confidence level of each Attribute.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;The dots on the right hand side display the actions that can be taken on the Attribute, such as Select Matched Attribute, Identify Attribute and Ignore Attribute.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 14.png|Negotiate AI 14]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
All the possible values of the metadata that is identified by AI for these Attributes, such as External Signatory, Contract Value, Number of Renewals, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 15.png|Negotiate AI 15]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The grouping of Attributes is based on the grouping preferences applied at the time of Contract Type creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. '''Edit''' the Attributes as required. For example, you can select an external signatory or change the Effective/Expiry Date.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 16.png|Negotiate AI 16]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
14. '''Click '''''Save'' to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. '''Click '''''Finish''. The remaining workflow continues as expected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Similar Agreements&amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. '''Click''' ''Similar Agreements'' if you want to view similar Agreements from ICM that may have been created for other customers or that are of the same Contract Value.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 17.png|Negotiate AI 17]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
17. '''Click''' ''Similarity Filter'' to find similar Agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 18.png|Negotiate AI 18]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
18. ''Choose Contract Type'' to further refine your search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Find'' if you want to find similar Agreements or ''Cancel ''if you want to cancel your search.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Negotiate AI 19.png|Negotiate AI 19]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ''Fetching data'' message is displayed as it may take some time to find similar data if there are many Agreements. You can see the percentage indicating how much the Agreements match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Agreement Similarity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular Clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar Clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This also applies to the Agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar Agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9&amp;amp;nbsp;release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a Clause/text and find similar Clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar Agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the Similarity search (for Clauses and Agreements) within particular type of Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It works on Microsoft Office 2016 for Windows version 16.0.4390.1000 or later, and Office .JS installed. &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM Agreements. However, the Similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice, Currency, Date, Email, Text Area, Number ''and ''String'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a Rule and building your own repository ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a Rule and build your own repository of ICM contracts within which similar Clauses (or Agreements) can be extracted:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Configuration'' tile on the Dashboard.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the''Rules'' tile.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Select Contract Type''. For example, Testing Negotiate AI.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 1.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Select''' the Rule that you want to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 2.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter '''the ''Rule Name.'' For example, Rule to index similarity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Enter''' the ''Rule Description''. The Contract Type, Rule Type and Event are auto populated.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Next''. The ''Edit Rul''e page opens.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 8. '''Click''' ''Update''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 3.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9. The ''Rule updated successfully'' message is displayed. '''Click''' ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 4.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finding Similar Clauses (or Agreements) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider an example of finding similar Clauses. You can follow the same method to find similar Agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Open''' the Agreement Document. The Negotiate AI in the Icertis Experience for Word.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 5.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''Similar Clauses (or Agreements) will be displayed based on the user authorization on the contract.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Select''' a Clause in the Agreement Document and apply the ''Similarity Filter'' to search for similar Clauses in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 6.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3. It will be displayed in the ''Current Selection'' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''''Proceed''. Clauses that are similar to the selected one will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' Compare to get a comparison of the Clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 7.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6. The ''Discovery complete message'' is displayed when similar Clauses are discovered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Show ''to view the discovered Clauses in the ''Review Agreement Discovery Now'' section. A list of all discovered Clauses will be displayed in the All tab of the Agreement Clauses pane.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 8.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only Clauses/text that are tagged within the Agreement document will be displayed in the list.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Sort ''By if you want to sort the Clauses ''by Document Order or Category Order.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. '''Select '''a Clause and '''click '''''Select Matched Clause'' if it matches your search criteria. For example.''Preamble'' The selected Clauses will then appear in the Confirmed tab. You can ignore a Clause or Remove Identification if it does not match your search criteria. These will then be displayed in the respective tabs.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 9.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 9]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Save''. The ''Clause Matching Library'' pane opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 10.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 10]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can compare, confirm, replace or review Clauses later. You can also track deviation on the Clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 11.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 11]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Select from Library'' if you want to select the Clause from the ICM repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. You can edit the Attributes here from the ''Agreement Metadata'' pane.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Negotiate AI 12.png|720px|7.9 Negotiate AI 12]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''Choice Attribute is now supported in metadata discovery. Lookup and Cascade Attributes are not supported and will not be displayed.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Create_Agreement_Page|Create Agreement]] | [[Managing_US_Federal_Contracts_using_ICM|Managing US Federal Contracts using&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM]]&amp;amp;nbsp; |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Contract_Digitalization|Contract Digitalization]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Discover_AI|DiscoverAI]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Obligation_AI|ObligationAI]] | [[Visualize_AI|VisualizeAI]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Discover_AI&amp;diff=10892</id>
		<title>Discover AI</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Discover_AI&amp;diff=10892"/>
				<updated>2019-09-12T09:50:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= DiscoverAI =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bulk Upload with Clause Discovery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upload Agreements in bulk:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Agreements''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile. The ''Agreement Management ''page opens. Let us take an example of an Agreement Contract Type (CT1) that should have already been created and published.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 1.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Bulk Upload''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Bulk Upload''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 2.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Enter'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Request Name.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Batch File''&amp;amp;nbsp;button to select the file for a bulk upload. In this example, we are selecting the LegacyBulkUpload.zip file.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Upload a .zip file here which should have been created containing 2 Excel files (Meta.xls, Data.xls) and Third Party Agreement files in PDF and docx format. This does not work for Own Party Agreements.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*The Meta.xlsx files contains data related to ContractType (CT1 in this case), CTTypeofContract (Agreement Contract Type), Technical Name of the Attributes present in the Contract and Display Name of the Attributes.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 3.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*The Data.xlsx files contains all the Attributes in Contract Type (CT1) as a column name in which the data gets auto-populated from the PDF/docx file. User needs to add the Bulk Upload Business Status is Executed and the file name under File Path column in Data.xlsx file.&amp;amp;nbsp;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Submit&amp;amp;nbsp;''button. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''File Uploaded Successfully''message is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 4.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Submit''&amp;amp;nbsp;button. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''File Uploaded Successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 5.png|SP6 Bulk Upload 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''OK''. The file is now displayed in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Grid''&amp;amp;nbsp;view with the status ''Not Started''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 6.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Refresh''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon twice. On first Refresh, the Status changes to&amp;amp;nbsp;''In Progress''&amp;amp;nbsp;and then to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Needs Validati''on.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 7.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''an&amp;amp;nbsp;''Actions&amp;amp;nbsp;''radio button for the file that you want to finalize. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Validate''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Finalize''&amp;amp;nbsp;buttons are enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 8.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9.''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Validate''&amp;amp;nbsp;button to download the PopulatedData.xlsx file. The values of the Attributes can be edited in this file.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''The data in the Excel sheet that is marked green signifies the highest confidence level, data in yellow indicates medium confidence level and data in red indicates lowest confidence level. You can then make any changes to the Attribute values. (In this example, you can make changes to the Attribute value from the downloaded PopulatedData.xlsx file).&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Save''&amp;amp;nbsp;to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Finalize&amp;amp;nbsp;''button, the PopulatedData.xlsx file can be uploaded. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Finalized File Uploaded Successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 9.png|SP6 Bulk Upload 9]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
12.&amp;amp;nbsp;The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Needs Validation''&amp;amp;nbsp;status changes to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Completed''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 10.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 10]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Agreements tile to view the Agreements which will be in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Draft''&amp;amp;nbsp;state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 11.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 11]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table Discovery =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the Discover AI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with Clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in Agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page). ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the Associated Contract Types of the Agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that Associated Contract Type, and the table columns are also matched with the Attributes of that Associated Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the Associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the Agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the Agreement Document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the Associations for the uploaded Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' Only the .docx document format is supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discovering Tables in an Agreement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To discover tables in an Agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Create''' an Agreement (''Third Party Type Of Paper'').&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 2.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Ensure''' that the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Discovery'' functionality is turned&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;and the Contract Type is enbled for table discovery.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 3.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Create and Publish'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Agreement. ICM automatically queues the Agreement for table discovery.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' To enable discovery, the hooks must be enabled.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing Discovered Tables in an Agreement ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can view all the discovered tables in an Agreement, so that you can review them and take actions as needed (based on whether they meet the criteria for creating an associated document or not).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Table Discovery'' tab on the uploaded Agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;''Details'' page.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. ICM displays a list of the ''Discovered Tables'' for that Agreement Document.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 4.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing Table Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Edit Table Name ''icon next the table that you want to edit. For example, Table 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 1.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Toggle '''the ''Has Header'' button to''Yes'' if you want the table to have a header.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 2.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' inside the header box to add the header name. For example, PSE Workers, Term, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 3.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''inside each of the boxes to add data in the columns. For example, 3.0 (Version), 09 Sep, 2019 (Date Released), etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Save Changes ''to save changes if you want to review or edit them later. The Table data saved message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 4.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Association for which you want to create this data from the Select Association drop-down. For example, Payment Details.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 5.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7. A validation message is displayed to check if you want to save the updated data. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Save'' to update the data in the table, else '''click''' ''Discard''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 6.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the checkbox for the rows and columns that you want to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Finish''. A validation message is displayed informing you that you will not be able to make any changes to the table data after this.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 7.png|720px|7.9 Edit Table Data 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Yes'' if you are sure that you want to update the table and proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. A message is displayed indicating that the table data is saved and the Associations are being created. '''Click '''''Yes'' if you are sure that you want to update the table and proceed, else click&amp;amp;nbsp;''No''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 8.png|720px|7.9 Edit Table Data 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
12. You can view the associations on the ''Associations ''tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.'''Click '''''View Record ''to view the details of the individual records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. You can take further action as needed. For example, send it for Approval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Selecting the Type of Table to be able to create Associations for it ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create Associated Documents using the data in the discovered tables. You are basically discovering the Associated Document type and the columns associated with that document type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Click''' the ''Table Discovery'' tab on the uploaded Agreement Details page.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Discovered Tables'' window when matching data is present, the give the exact Association with that table are discovered. For example, the ''Payment Details''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;are discovered. These are associated and the names of the header are also discovered.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 5.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;You can select whether the table should have a header or not by enabling the ''Has Header ''flag to ''Yes''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; By doing this, the first row of the table will be marked as the header and Associations will not be created for it. If there are 2 rows other than the header, then 2 Associations will be created. A green tick mark will be displayed next to them which means that they are successfully created in the Table Discovery tab.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Discovered Tables'' window, make changes in the table as required. For example, '''select''' 3 rows and columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Saving the changes of the Table Discovery for the Agreement ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can save the interim progress of the Table Discovery for an Agreement, so that you can review it later by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' ''Save Changes''. The ''Table data saved'' message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 6.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing the Table Identification for an Agreement ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can complete the Table identification for an Agreement, so that the identified tables become part of the Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Click''' ''Finish.&amp;amp;nbsp;''A message will be displayed indicating that you will not be able to make any changes to the table data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 7.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.'''Click'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; if you are certain that you want to make the changes, else you can save changes and review them later.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Click''' the ''Associations''tab to see the Associations that are discovered. As 3 rows were selected, 3 ''Payment Details''Associations are created.&amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 8.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''the ''Payment Details ''association to view the details and send for approval.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Export to Excel'' if you want to export the table&amp;amp;nbsp;that has been discovered.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Once the Associations are creates, you cannot make any changes to the table. The table is disabled and the status changes to ''Review Completed''. &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not necessary to match every table to one of the association contract type. You can still make changes to such tables and download them using ‘Export to excel’ functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Create_Agreement_Page|Create Agreement]] | [[Managing_US_Federal_Contracts_using_ICM|Managing US Federal Contracts using&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM]]&amp;amp;nbsp; |&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Contract_Digitalization|Contract Digitalization]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Negotiate_AI|NegotiateAI]] | [[Obligation_AI|ObligationAI]] | [[Visualize_AI|VisualizeAI]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Contract_Digitalization&amp;diff=10891</id>
		<title>Contract Digitalization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Contract_Digitalization&amp;diff=10891"/>
				<updated>2019-09-12T09:50:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Contract Digitalization =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM includes important capabilities to help you manage legacy contracts using Artificial Intelligence (AI). To manage them effectively, ICM supports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Converting legacy contracts (PDF and Images) into machine searchable documents &lt;br /&gt;
*Converting unstructured contracts into structured contracts by identifying the metadata attributes (including&amp;amp;nbsp;''String, Data, Date, Email, Boolean, User, ''and''Lookup)'' in the contracts &lt;br /&gt;
*Identifying and extracting clauses from the contract &lt;br /&gt;
*Excel-based Bulk Upload capability that processes legacy contracts with attribute extraction in bulk&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Visual cues on AI confidence on extracted information in Excel &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly find a relevant contract through powerful search on text or metadata, and analyze the presence or absence of clauses to identify hidden risks. You can also easily perform lifecycle actions such as renewal, terminate, amend and assign, as well as perform bulk actions to comply with changing regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create Attribute for Clause Discovery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, to manage legacy contracts using AI, you need to first create an attribute Clause Discovery Type. To do so:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1. '''Click''' the ''Create Agreement ''tile.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 FR Discovery 8.png|720px|SP6 FR Discovery 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.'''Select''' ''Category''. For example, ''Default.''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Select''' ''Contract Type Name''. For example, Legacy Sponsorship Types.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4. '''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Type of Paper - Third Party''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5. '''Click '''''Next''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 6. On the ''Attributes ''page, '''click''' ''Clause Discovery Type'' (which is a mandatory field).&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 7. '''Select''' ''Discover AI'' from the drop-down to use AI to discover the clauses.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Discover AI.PNG|720px|SP6 Discover AI]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''Selecting the None option from the drop-down creates a regular third party Agreement.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Select File'' in the ''File Path''. You can select a PDF or .docx legacy file which you want to be discovered.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 FR Discovery 11.png|720px|SP6 FR Discovery 11]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; - Using AI, there will be a mapping of the attributes that you want to get discovered from the selected legacy file. For example, if the uploaded file with a Contract Value, that value will get discovered and populated in the Contract Value field.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; - The attributes that you want to be discovered can also be configured.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9. '''Click''' ''Next''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 10.&amp;amp;nbsp;On the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Verify'' page, '''click''' ''Create and Publish''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 FR Discovery 12.png|560px|SP6 FR Discovery 12]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The ''Details ''page will now display the following 2 additional tabs:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;''Metadata Discovery'': displays the metadata values of the discovered clauses from the uploaded legacy document&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; •&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Discovery'': displays the discovered clauses from the uploaded legacy document&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Metadata Discovery'' tab. The values that have been fetched from the uploaded legacy file are displayed. The best possible match will be displayed in each of the fields. The discoverable Metadata attributes include&amp;amp;nbsp;''String, Data, Date, Email, Boolean, User, ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Lookup''.&amp;amp;nbsp;For the ''Boolean ''type of discovery, you can toggle&amp;amp;nbsp;''Configured Attribute Field''&amp;amp;nbsp;to ''Yes/No,&amp;amp;nbsp;''as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the steps for adding any attribute are quite similar in nature, let’s consider the Lookup attribute as an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For example, a ''Lookup Attribute'', such as the ''Country Name'', the options that were discovered from the uploaded document are highlighted in the screenshot below. Select the desired option as&amp;amp;nbsp;''United State''s.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Lookup Attribute 1.png|720px|SP7 - Lookup Attribute 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*The selected option which comes from Discover AI is then filtered in the Masterdata entities and when accepted, the selected value gets added to the Lookup (metadata field) on the ''Metadata Discovery'' tab of the ''Details ''page. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Lookup Attribute 2.png|720px|SP7 Lookup Attribute 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
12.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''the ''View potential matching value''s icon. The best potential matching values, based on the confidence level (3 being the highest confidence level) are displayed. A popup opens which displays the values fetched from the legacy file. (For example: Icertis solution).&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 13.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Show More ''to display all the other relevant matches. You can select a value from this list.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 14.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Save'' to save to the database of ICM or '''click''' ''Save As'' to save to the AI database.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; A popup Data has been saved successfully is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 15.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' the ''Clause Discovery'' tab.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 FR Discovery 13.png|SP6 FR Discovery 13]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can sort a long list of discovered clauses that are mapped to Attributes in following two ways, allowing you to quickly focus on specific items that match your sort criteria:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Document Order'': This is the default and the clauses are displayed in the sequence in which they appear in the uploaded document.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*''Confidence Score'': The discovered clauses are displayed based on their confidence level, derived from the built-in AI logic. There are 3 levels of confidence, with the highest confidence level being listed first. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' By a technical configuration, you can restrict the number of matches to be displayed in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Matched Library Clauses ''section on the right hand side of the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Discovery''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab of the''&amp;amp;nbsp;Details''&amp;amp;nbsp;page. By default, the 5 best matches are displayed.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Discover AI Document Order.png|720px|SP6 Discover AI Document Order]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By a technical configuration, you can restrict the number of matches to be displayed in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Matched Library Clauses ''section on the right hand side of the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Discovery''&amp;amp;nbsp;tab of the''&amp;amp;nbsp;Details''&amp;amp;nbsp;page. By default, the 5 best matches are displayed based on the maximum length of the matches and their confidence level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The discovered mapped clauses can be filtered using the following categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''All: ''displays all clauses that are discovered from the uploaded legacy file &lt;br /&gt;
*''Confirmed: ''displays clauses that you select to be confirmed by clicking the ''Confirm'' tab for the matched library clauses &lt;br /&gt;
*''Review Later: ''displays clauses that you may want to review later by clicking the ''Review Later'' tab for the matched library clauses &lt;br /&gt;
*''Ignore: ''displays clauses that you select to be ignored &lt;br /&gt;
*''Not Identified:'' displays clauses that are present in the discovered clauses list, but are not identified. You can preview and confirm these later, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Relevance Score:'' A relevance score of 80&amp;amp;nbsp;% indicates that it is an 80% match. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;16.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' ''Track Deviation'' if you want to perform deviation analysis on a clause. This opens the ''Add Text ''popup.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 17.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' M''ore / Compare''. ''Show More'' displays more options. ''Compare'' allows you to compare both sides.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 18.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Confirm''. A deviation analysis is done.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;19.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Finish''. The deviation logic is complete only on clicking the ''Finish ''button. The Deviation count will change to 1 on the ''Deviation''s tab. The regular deviation process continues hereon.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Discover AI Finish.PNG|720px|SP6 Discover AI Finish]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Downloading Matched Clauses to Excel ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clauses from the uploaded document are discovered and extracted. These discovered clauses will appear&amp;amp;nbsp;on the ''Clause Discovery'' tab of the ''Details ''page.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; These clauses can be exported to Excel for convenient offline reviews as follows:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Export Clause Data ''to display specific columns you would like to export to Excel. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discovered Clause Category &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovered Clause Text &lt;br /&gt;
*Matched Clause Category &lt;br /&gt;
*Matched Clause Text &lt;br /&gt;
*Status – this is the status in the AI. For example, ''Confirmed''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SP6 Discover AI Clause Categories in Excel.png|720px|SP6 Discover AI Clause Categories in Excel]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Complete end-to-end processing including Validation,&amp;amp;nbsp;Upload/Create Contract (Web) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can process a bulk upload contracts end-to-end. This includes validation and creation of the contract, thus making it easier to manage contracts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a bulk upload, you need to create the following two Excel files:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Data:'' This file includes information in the same format that we want it to be represented in the ICM UI, so that we have a record there. The Clause Discovery is done by the AI and the status of the bulk upload is always ''Executed''. &lt;br /&gt;
*''Metadata:'' This file includes the metadata of the Contract Type that you have defined and saved in the Excel format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform a bulk upload:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#In a .zip folder, place the Data and Metadata Excel files along with the legacy document. Name the folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#'''Click '''the ''Select Batch File ''button. Select the .zip folder. &lt;br /&gt;
#'''Click '''the ''Submit'' button. A validation message ''File Updated Successfully ''is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
#'''Click''' the ''Refresh ''button to check if the validation process has begun or not. The status changes from ''Not Started'' to&amp;amp;nbsp;''In Progress''. &lt;br /&gt;
#'''Click''' the ''Refresh ''button. The status changes to ''Needs Validation.'' &lt;br /&gt;
#'''Click''' the ''Validate'' button. The Excel file containing the metadata is downloaded. &lt;br /&gt;
#'''Click''' the ''Finalize'' button, an AI logic is run and the value that was uploaded in the document which has been fetched is given in the Excel. It then takes the amended Excel and creates the executed contracts as a batch process from the finalized attribute values. If an incorrect file is uploaded, an error message is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Discover AI Validate &amp;amp; Finalize.png|720px|SP6 Discover AI Validate &amp;amp; Finalize]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
On completion of the batch process, the status changes to ''Completed''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''You can do multiple bulk uploads simultaneously.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can also configure the extracted Excel document to be color coded linked to the confidence level. The colors - ''Green, Yellow ''and ''Red ''denote the most, medium and least confidence levels respectively, making it easier to identify them instead of having to search through all the options.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Discover AI Color Coded Clauses.png|720px|SP6 Discover AI Color Coded Clauses.png]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Create_Agreement_Page|Create Agreement]] | [[Managing_US_Federal_Contracts_using_ICM|Managing US Federal Contracts using&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM]]&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Discover_AI|DiscoverAI]]&amp;amp;nbsp;| [[Negotiate_AI|NegotiateAI]] | [[Obligation_AI|ObligationAI]] | [[Visualize_AI|VisualizeAI]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Discover_AI&amp;diff=10889</id>
		<title>Discover AI</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Discover_AI&amp;diff=10889"/>
				<updated>2019-09-12T09:47:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= DiscoverAI =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bulk Upload with Clause Discovery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upload Agreements in bulk:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Agreements''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile. The ''Agreement Management ''page opens. Let us take an example of an Agreement Contract Type (CT1) that should have already been created and published.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 1.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Bulk Upload''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Bulk Upload''&amp;amp;nbsp;page opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 2.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Enter'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Request Name.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Select Batch File''&amp;amp;nbsp;button to select the file for a bulk upload. In this example, we are selecting the LegacyBulkUpload.zip file.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Upload a .zip file here which should have been created containing 2 Excel files (Meta.xls, Data.xls) and Third Party Agreement files in PDF and docx format. This does not work for Own Party Agreements.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*The Meta.xlsx files contains data related to ContractType (CT1 in this case), CTTypeofContract (Agreement Contract Type), Technical Name of the Attributes present in the Contract and Display Name of the Attributes.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 3.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*The Data.xlsx files contains all the Attributes in Contract Type (CT1) as a column name in which the data gets auto-populated from the PDF/docx file. User needs to add the Bulk Upload Business Status is Executed and the file name under File Path column in Data.xlsx file.&amp;amp;nbsp;5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Submit&amp;amp;nbsp;''button. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''File Uploaded Successfully''message is displayed.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 4.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Submit''&amp;amp;nbsp;button. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''File Uploaded Successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 5.png|SP6 Bulk Upload 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''OK''. The file is now displayed in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Grid''&amp;amp;nbsp;view with the status ''Not Started''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 6.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Refresh''&amp;amp;nbsp;icon twice. On first Refresh, the Status changes to&amp;amp;nbsp;''In Progress''&amp;amp;nbsp;and then to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Needs Validati''on.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 7.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select&amp;amp;nbsp;'''an&amp;amp;nbsp;''Actions&amp;amp;nbsp;''radio button for the file that you want to finalize. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Validate''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Finalize''&amp;amp;nbsp;buttons are enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 8.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
9.''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Validate''&amp;amp;nbsp;button to download the PopulatedData.xlsx file. The values of the Attributes can be edited in this file.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;'''The data in the Excel sheet that is marked green signifies the highest confidence level, data in yellow indicates medium confidence level and data in red indicates lowest confidence level. You can then make any changes to the Attribute values. (In this example, you can make changes to the Attribute value from the downloaded PopulatedData.xlsx file).&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Save''&amp;amp;nbsp;to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Finalize&amp;amp;nbsp;''button, the PopulatedData.xlsx file can be uploaded. The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Finalized File Uploaded Successfully''&amp;amp;nbsp;message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 9.png|SP6 Bulk Upload 9]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
12.&amp;amp;nbsp;The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Needs Validation''&amp;amp;nbsp;status changes to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Completed''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 10.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 10]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Agreements tile to view the Agreements which will be in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Draft''&amp;amp;nbsp;state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:SP6 Bulk Upload 11.png|720px|SP6 Bulk Upload 11]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Table Discovery =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the Discover AI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with Clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in Agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page). ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the Associated Contract Types of the Agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that Associated Contract Type, and the table columns are also matched with the Attributes of that Associated Contract Type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the Associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the Agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the Agreement Document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the Associations for the uploaded Agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' Only the .docx document format is supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discovering Tables in an Agreement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To discover tables in an Agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Create''' an Agreement (''Third Party Type Of Paper'').&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 2.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. '''Ensure''' that the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Discovery'' functionality is turned&amp;amp;nbsp;''On''&amp;amp;nbsp;and the Contract Type is enbled for table discovery.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 3.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Create and Publish'''&amp;amp;nbsp;the Agreement. ICM automatically queues the Agreement for table discovery.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' To enable discovery, the hooks must be enabled.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing Discovered Tables in an Agreement ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can view all the discovered tables in an Agreement, so that you can review them and take actions as needed (based on whether they meet the criteria for creating an associated document or not).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Table Discovery'' tab on the uploaded Agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;''Details'' page.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2. ICM displays a list of the ''Discovered Tables'' for that Agreement Document.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 4.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing Table Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' the ''Edit Table Name ''icon next the table that you want to edit. For example, Table 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 1.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 1]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
2. '''Toggle '''the ''Has Header'' button to''Yes'' if you want the table to have a header.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 2.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 2]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' inside the header box to add the header name. For example, PSE Workers, Term, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 3.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 3]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''inside each of the boxes to add data in the columns. For example, 3.0 (Version), 09 Sep, 2019 (Date Released), etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Save Changes ''to save changes if you want to review or edit them later. The Table data saved message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 4.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 4]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
6.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select '''the Association for which you want to create this data from the Select Association drop-down. For example, Payment Details.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 5.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
7. A validation message is displayed to check if you want to save the updated data. '''Click&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Save'' to update the data in the table, else '''click''' ''Discard''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 6.png|720px|.9 Edit Table Data 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
8.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Select''' the checkbox for the rows and columns that you want to update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Finish''. A validation message is displayed informing you that you will not be able to make any changes to the table data after this.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 7.png|720px|7.9 Edit Table Data 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
10.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click '''''Yes'' if you are sure that you want to update the table and proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. A message is displayed indicating that the table data is saved and the Associations are being created. '''Click '''''Yes'' if you are sure that you want to update the table and proceed, else click&amp;amp;nbsp;''No''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Edit Table Data 8.png|720px|7.9 Edit Table Data 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
12. You can view the associations on the ''Associations ''tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.'''Click '''''View Record ''to view the details of the individual records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. You can take further action as needed. For example, send it for Approval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Selecting the Type of Table to be able to create Associations for it ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create Associated Documents using the data in the discovered tables. You are basically discovering the Associated Document type and the columns associated with that document type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Click''' the ''Table Discovery'' tab on the uploaded Agreement Details page.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Discovered Tables'' window when matching data is present, the give the exact Association with that table are discovered. For example, the ''Payment Details''''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;are discovered. These are associated and the names of the header are also discovered.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 5.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 5]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3.&amp;amp;nbsp;You can select whether the table should have a header or not by enabling the ''Has Header ''flag to ''Yes''.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; By doing this, the first row of the table will be marked as the header and Associations will not be created for it. If there are 2 rows other than the header, then 2 Associations will be created. A green tick mark will be displayed next to them which means that they are successfully created in the Table Discovery tab.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 4.&amp;amp;nbsp;In the ''Discovered Tables'' window, make changes in the table as required. For example, '''select''' 3 rows and columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Saving the changes of the Table Discovery for the Agreement ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can save the interim progress of the Table Discovery for an Agreement, so that you can review it later by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''Click''' ''Save Changes''. The ''Table data saved'' message is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 6.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 6]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finishing the Table Identification for an Agreement ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can complete the Table identification for an Agreement, so that the identified tables become part of the Agreement.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 1.'''&amp;amp;nbsp;Click''' ''Finish.&amp;amp;nbsp;''A message will be displayed indicating that you will not be able to make any changes to the table data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 7.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 7]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 2.'''Click'''''&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; if you are certain that you want to make the changes, else you can save changes and review them later.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 3. '''Click''' the ''Associations''tab to see the Associations that are discovered. As 3 rows were selected, 3 ''Payment Details''Associations are created.&amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Table Discovery 8.png|720px|7.9 Table Discovery 8]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
4. '''Click '''the ''Payment Details ''association to view the details and send for approval.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; 5.&amp;amp;nbsp;'''Click''' ''Export to Excel'' if you want to export the table&amp;amp;nbsp;that has been discovered.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Once the Associations are creates, you cannot make any changes to the table. The table is disabled and the status changes to ''Review Completed''. &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not necessary to match every table to one of the association contract type. You can still make changes to such tables and download them using ‘Export to excel’ functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Related Topics:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Create_Agreement_Page|Create Agreement]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Contract_Digitalization|Contract Digitalization]]&amp;amp;nbsp; |&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[[Managing_US_Federal_Contracts_using_ICM|Managing US Federal Contracts using&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM]]&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;|&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10888</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10888"/>
				<updated>2019-09-12T09:46:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''NegotiateAI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''ObligationAI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''VisualizeAI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''DiscoverAI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in the context of contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high-risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by providing the ability to compare Associations tagged as a table across versions, allowing comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple application types (''Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the string masterdata localized attributes to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported the exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Extending contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications (such as Sourcing)&amp;amp;nbsp;are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support tagging of bilingual agreements/templates using Word Add-in'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates tagging using Word Add-in. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template via Word Add-in. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the NegotiateAI, ObligationAI, VisualizeAI and DiscoverAI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== NegotiateAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This depends on the rule configuration in ICM based on which the similarity will index the agreements. The similarity of clauses or agreements will be within these agreements. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It is tested and verified on: &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office 2016 or later for Windows (build 16.0.4639.1000 or later (64-bit)). &lt;br /&gt;
**Microsoft Office on Windows (connected to Office 365 subscription) – version 1902 (build 11328.20368) or later. &lt;br /&gt;
**There is no separate installation required for Office .JS.   &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM third party agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice'', ''Currency'', ''Date'', ''Email'', ''Text Area'', ''Number'' and ''String''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ObligationAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced ObligationAI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;In this release, we have enhanced the ObligationAI to immediately learn from user actions, which is the most important aspect of ML algorithms.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates. &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations, and display higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered. &lt;br /&gt;
*This is supported only for third party agreements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we have provided server hooks at the following stages to implement custom visualization:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== DiscoverAI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the DiscoverAI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating the ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In&amp;amp;nbsp;the case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only the agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10875</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10875"/>
				<updated>2019-09-09T10:00:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''Negotiate AI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''Obligation AI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''Visualize AI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''Discover AI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in context of contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by providing the ability to compare Associations tagged as a table across versions, allowing comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple application types (''Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the string masterdata localized attributes to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Extending contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications such as Sourcing, are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support tagging of bilingual agreements/templates using Word Add-in'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates tagging using Word Add-in. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template via Word Add-in. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the Negotiate AI, Obligation AI and Visualize AI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Negotiate AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It works on Microsoft Office 2016 for Windows version 16.0.4390.1000 or later, and Office .JS installed &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM Agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice, Currency, Date, Email, Text Area, Number ''and ''String'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obligation AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced Obligation AI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;One of the most important aspects of ML algorithms is having the ability to learn from the users actions. In this release, we have enhanced the Obligation AI to immediately learn from user actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery ML model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations and display a higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we support the implementation of custom visualization using the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discover AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the Discover AI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Create mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10874</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10874"/>
				<updated>2019-09-09T08:50:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''Negotiate AI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''Obligation AI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''Visualize AI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''Discover AI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in context of Contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple Application Types (Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management) when creating a Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by allowing the comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the string masterdata localized attributes to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI Dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the Dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications such as Sourcing, are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support tagging of bilingual agreements/templates using Word Add-in'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates tagging using Word Add-in. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template via Word Add-in. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the Negotiate AI, Obligation AI and Visualize AI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Negotiate AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It works on Microsoft Office 2016 for Windows version 16.0.4390.1000 or later, and Office .JS installed &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM Agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice, Currency, Date, Email, Text Area, Number ''and ''String'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obligation AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced Obligation AI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;One of the most important aspects of ML algorithms is having the ability to learn from the users actions. In this release, we have enhanced the Obligation AI to immediately learn from user actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery ML model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations and display a higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we support the implementation of custom visualization using the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discover AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the Discover AI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Create mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10873</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10873"/>
				<updated>2019-09-09T08:46:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''Negotiate AI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''Obligation AI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''Visualize AI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''Discover AI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in context of Contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple Application Types (Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management) when creating a Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by allowing the comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the string masterdata localized attributes to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI Dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the Dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications such as Sourcing, are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support tagging of bilingual agreements/templates using Word Add-in'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates tagging using Word Add-in. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template via Word Add-in. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the Negotiate AI, Obligation AI and Visualize AI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Negotiate AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It works on Microsoft Office 2016 for Windows version 16.0.4390.1000 or later, and Office .JS installed &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM Agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice, Currency, Date, Email, Text Area, Number ''and ''String'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obligation AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced Obligation AI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;One of the most important aspects of ML algorithms is having the ability to learn from the users actions. In this release, we have enhanced the Obligation AI to immediately learn from user actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery ML model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations and display a higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we support the implementation of custom visualization using the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discover AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the Discover AI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Create mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10872</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10872"/>
				<updated>2019-09-09T08:13:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''Negotiate AI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''Obligation AI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''Visualize AI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''Discover AI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in context of Contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple Application Types (Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management) when creating a Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by allowing the comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI Dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the Dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png|720px|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications such as Sourcing, are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support bilingual agreements/templates &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the Negotiate AI, Obligation AI and Visualize AI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Negotiate AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It works on Microsoft Office 2016 for Windows version 16.0.4390.1000 or later, and Office .JS installed &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM Agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice, Currency, Date, Email, Text Area, Number ''and ''String'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obligation AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced Obligation AI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;One of the most important aspects of ML algorithms is having the ability to learn from the users actions. In this release, we have enhanced the Obligation AI to immediately learn from user actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery ML model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations and display a higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we support the implementation of custom visualization using the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discover AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the Discover AI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Create mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=File:7.9_Release_Notes_452265.png&amp;diff=10871</id>
		<title>File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=File:7.9_Release_Notes_452265.png&amp;diff=10871"/>
				<updated>2019-09-09T08:11:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10870</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10870"/>
				<updated>2019-09-09T08:07:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''Negotiate AI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''Obligation AI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''Visualize AI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''Discover AI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in context of Contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple Application Types (Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management) when creating a Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by allowing the comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI Dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the Dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.PNG|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications such as Sourcing, are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support bilingual agreements/templates &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the Negotiate AI, Obligation AI and Visualize AI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Negotiate AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It works on Microsoft Office 2016 for Windows version 16.0.4390.1000 or later, and Office .JS installed &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM Agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice, Currency, Date, Email, Text Area, Number ''and ''String'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obligation AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced Obligation AI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;One of the most important aspects of ML algorithms is having the ability to learn from the users actions. In this release, we have enhanced the Obligation AI to immediately learn from user actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery ML model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations and display a higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we support the implementation of custom visualization using the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discover AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the Discover AI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Create mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10869</id>
		<title>Release Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://iciwikiapac.icertis.com:443/ICIHelp8.2/index.php?title=Release_Notes&amp;diff=10869"/>
				<updated>2019-09-09T08:04:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;IDT-5: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;Release Notes - Release 7.9 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 7.9 Release introduces significant enhancements to the Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform. It strives to improve user experience and intuitiveness by continually improving ICM functionalities and user interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key enhancements of this release include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancements in AI applications such as providing the agreement/clause similarity functions and some UX improvements in the ''Negotiate AI'' app, supporting obligation discovery on templates and incorporating user actions feedback in the ''Obligation AI'' app, adding support for implementation of custom visualization in the ''Visualize AI ''app, and adding support for Table discovery in the ''Discover AI'' app. &lt;br /&gt;
*Allowing multiple stakeholders to collaborate within ICM itself in context of Contract, thus eliminating the need for using external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
*Enhancing the ICM infrastructure to support multiple Application Types (Contracting, Sourcing, Proposal, Obligation Management, and Supplier Lifecycle Management) when creating a Contract Type. &lt;br /&gt;
*Supporting the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. The search capabilities now also allow searching agreements and associated documents based on clause usage, so that users can tackle the high risk agreements first and mitigate risks. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving usability by allowing the comparison of any two versions of the agreement document, and displaying a banner for an announcement or scheduled event. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the bulk import tool to import templates/clauses in bulk along with tagging and rules, enhancing bulk upload capability to create an assignment or initiate termination, provision users, and add team members when creating or updating an agreement/amendment. &lt;br /&gt;
*Introducing the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times to support bilingual templates within ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the ability to create rules by introducing new conditions such as ''Has A Value'' and supporting power set conditions for multi-select data.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*Extending support for template variables to be able to track the dependency between the contract type attributes and template variables. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving Power Business Intelligence (BI) usability by displaying the power BI Dashboard on the ''Advanced Analytics'' tile and making some UX related changes to improve user experience. &lt;br /&gt;
*Refining reports to display the date and time as per user preferences in addition to more reports now being available on the Dashboard as KPIs. &lt;br /&gt;
*Improving the Icertis Experience by: &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin to be able to upload the next version of the agreement document and associated document, or creating a new association instance and the uploading the associated document received over email to the agreement, thus reducing the overall turnaround time for the author. &lt;br /&gt;
**Introducing a new field for Salesforce users named ''Field Set Name'' so that the adapter reads the metadata and sends only the attributes defined for the entity when the integration is triggered from Salesforce. It also allows using attributes defined at the template level to store critical data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process. &lt;br /&gt;
**Collaborating in Microsoft Teams using ICM Bot to provide a seamless user experience when authoring contracts, negotiations or when discussing ideas, and in turn significantly improving the cycle time. &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuring the ICM Workday adapter so that executed agreements can be attached as .PDF, instead of .docx. &lt;br /&gt;
**Extending support of wet signatures available in Adobe Sign to ICM, and supporting redlining in associations tagged as a table in a template or agreement document, in addition to allowing the user to send supporting documents along with the main agreement for signature when using Adobe Sign.   &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;note-box&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: '''The ICM-Coupa integration adapter that supported exchange of data between ICM and Coupa Spend Management platform is no longer supported.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These Release Notes provide an overview of enhancements to ICM and the ICM Experience for Integrations. Refer to the detailed Wiki documentation for explanation and capabilities of these and all other ICM features and functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ICM Application Enhancements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''390639 – Collaboration in contracts &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Previously, stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process used to communicate via external tools such as Email, Skype, etc. Managing these conversations that involved multiple stakeholders and multiple discussions was a cumbersome task. With this release, ICM has eliminated the need to use external tools and created a dedicated space available within the agreement itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To collaborate, multiple stakeholders involved in the contracting/sourcing process can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the ''Collaboration'' tab available inside the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision an internal/external team member to communicate with other internal or external team member(s) by creating topics and posting messages in it &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to send and receive attachments along with the message &lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users to mark the topic as closed once the discussion is concluded &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Email notifications to participants when messages are posted in the topic &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by setting the ''Enable Collaboration'' flag to ''Yes'' for the agreement contract type, which displays a ''Collaboration'' tab on the agreement ''Details ''page. To prevent data loss, once ''Collaboration'' is enabled for a contract type, it cannot be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 390639.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 390639]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408644 – Google cloud Pub/Sub support'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has introduced out-of-the-box support for Google Pub/Sub (which is a fully managed real-time messaging service provided by Google Cloud) for ICM internal communication and also for any third party integrations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ICM, the ''Message Pull'' option is used to receive messages from Pub/Sub. This change is transparent for ICM and there is no change as to how the communication between ICM Application (UI/API/Task) is perpetual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;400058 – Searching entities using nested filters&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM now supports the ability to apply nested filters to search entities. This allows users to derive out-of-the-box saved search KPIs that help them manage agreements and amendments easily. For example, you can search for all agreements where John Doe is present in the agreement as the deviation approver by nesting of filters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can search and filter agreements based on any user roles using the following ''Categories'' – ''Team Member: Role Name, Is Group, Role Display Name, and User Name.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 400058.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 400058]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''452265 – Ability to compare any two&amp;amp;nbsp;versions of the agreement&amp;amp;nbsp;document'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, users could only see the comparison between the last and the current version of the agreement document version. This functionality has now been enhanced and is accomplished through the ''Compare Documents'' icon on the agreement ''Details'' page, so that the user can compare any two of the available versions of the agreement as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The agreement document version comparison always takes place between a higher version on the right panel and a lower version on the left panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 452265.PNG|7.9 Release Notes 452265]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''428153 – Promote to Production (P2P) enhancements – beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the Promote to Production tool is now enabled. This functionality, provided to administrators, can promote ICM configurations/modifications that are made to ICM configurations in pre-production environments to production environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool provides support for contract types, contract type attributes, clauses and templates (along with the documents), notification templates, rules, masterdata, users, user groups and security groups. The elastic search sync is also supported by the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;This tool does not support the movement of agreements and amendments.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384321 – Ability to compare ''Associations tagged as a Table'' across versions'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user uploads a new version of the document, ICM provides the ability to compare the changes in clause language or the attributes. Version-wise changed history is also stored in the ''Versions'' section on the ''Details'' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, modifications made to associations or saved search that were tagged as a table in a template (such as adding or removing rows/columns or changing the values in individual cells) will be visible at the time of upload as well as on the ''Versions'' tab of the agreement document. This will allow the contract negotiator to make informed decisions accordingly. ICM Scribe has also been enhanced to support this capability, but provides limited information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Deviation tracking and syncing back of the changed table data to the respective association instances is not supported. Table comparison is only shown when cell values get changed, not when empty cells get added or removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:382235.png|720px|382235]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;408652 – Displaying an announcement banner&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has now improved user experience by providing the capability of displaying a scrolling banner message to inform users of a scheduled event or an announcement. For example, you can inform users that a maintenance activity is scheduled in 24 hours. A banner will scroll at the top of the ICM window alerting the users of the downtime, so that they can plan their work accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved through ''Application Settings'' by toggling the ''Show announcement banner'' field to ''Yes'' and entering the message to be displayed in the ''Announcement message'' box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408652.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408652]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''288372 – Inclusion of clauses and clause properties in search facets&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM has further enhanced the search capabilities by allowing searches on agreements,&amp;amp;nbsp;amendments, and advanced search based on clause usage. This allows users to prioritize the agreements they plan to work on based on clause usage, thus being able to tackle high-risk agreements first and mitigating risks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now search and filter agreements using the following clause categories:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Group, Clause Language, Clause Name, Is Alternate Clause, Is Dependent Clause, Is Deviated, Is Editable, Is Mandatory, Perform Deviation Analysis, Primary Clause, and Clause Code.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''''Clause Description'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Text'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Linked Primary Clauses'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Clause Status'', ''Linked Primary Template Clause'', and search based on clause text area are not supported in clause categories''.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[File:7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 288372.PNG]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''456074/439569/439668/467828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Enhancements to Bulk Upload - beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Bulk Upload'' functionality has been enhanced. This allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provision users (which was earlier only available for Legacy Upload) &lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when creating an agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 01]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add team members when updating agreement or amendment &lt;br /&gt;
*Create assignment and initiate the termination of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 456074-439569-439668-467828 - 02]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;382235 – Default dashboards in advanced analytics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, in an effort to improve advanced analytics usability, additional functionalities have been added and some changes have been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Default Dashboards are now available in the ''Advanced Analytics'' section. The ''Advanced Analytics'' tile now displays the following 3 tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Business Summary:''''' displays the following charts based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Finance Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**Agreement Summary such as Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements, etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**Deviations Summary such as Deviated Agreements and Contract Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviated Agreements by Contract Type, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Expiring Agreements such as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Cycle Time Report such as Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
**Configuration Statistics such as Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, Clauses by Category, etc.&amp;amp;nbsp;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Summary:'' '''displays the following based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Top Agreements by Value, Top Expiring Agreements'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements and Agreement Value (s) by Org Unit, Deviations Trend'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements by Month, Agreements Value Expiring in next 12 Months by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Cycle Time (in Days) by Contract Types, Trend of Cycle Time by Month'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Configuration Statistics ''such as ''Distribution of Templates by Contract Types, User Information,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Legal Details:''''' displays the legal details at a more granular level based on the defined KPIs and the authorization of the user (for example, Legal Head): &lt;br /&gt;
**''Agreement Summary'' such as ''Count of Agreements by Contract Type or Org Unit, Agreements by Status'', etc. (based on the defined KPIs). &lt;br /&gt;
**''Deviations Summary'' such as ''Deviated Agreements by Org Unit, Deviated Clause Cloud'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Expiring Agreements ''such ''as Expiring Agreements in 30 Days by their Org Unit, Agreements marked for Auto-Renewal in 30 Days by Org Unit'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
**''Cycle Time Report ''such as ''Average'' ''Cycle Time (in Days) of Agreements, Month-wise Cycle Time Trend,'' etc.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When creating reports, you can select which data model you want to use. For example, you can select the Agreements data model to get agreement centric attributes and other data. If you select Clauses data model, then you would get clauses centric attributes and other data. The same applies using the ''Ask a question'' functionality. &lt;br /&gt;
*The following UX related changes have been made: &lt;br /&gt;
**''Last Updated On'' text is changed to&amp;amp;nbsp;''Data Source updated successfully&amp;amp;nbsp;'' &lt;br /&gt;
**The ''Refresh'' icon (which shows the minimum time of refresh cycle among all datasets) is changed to the ''Refresh page'' button   &lt;br /&gt;
*The ''Save your report'' option is now available for global reports. Users can save a copy of the global report. It is visible in the user’s''My Reports'' section and can be modified as required. If special characters are added to the report name, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can change the name of the report using the ''Edit Report Name'' option. If special characters are added when renaming a report, an error message will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
*You can also delete this report using the ''Delete Report'' option if it is no longer relevant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''420230 – Contract type definition to determine the Application type'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
ICM offers the ability to determine the Application type (''Contracting'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Sourcing'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Proposal'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Obligation Management'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Supplier Lifecycle Management'') when creating a contract type. This is possible with the inclusion of two new choice type attributes,&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Type''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Business Application Category''&amp;amp;nbsp;at the contract type level. This feature helps effortlessly drive business applications on the ICM platform.&amp;amp;nbsp;These attributes are applicable for agreements and associated document contract types, after the business application is enabled through a technical configuration. The access privileges for business applications such as Sourcing, are driven through Security Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes 420230.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 420230]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397346 – Ability to create a rule with ''Has A Value ''condition&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition has been enhanced to include all data types and system defined attributes such that rules can be set up for an attribute having any value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you want to set up a rule so that an approver John Doe should approve the contract if a discount is applicable to it, irrespective of the value of the discount. Then, user can add a rule using the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Has A Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;condition, such that John Doe is added as an approver if the discount has a value of 5%, 10% or whatever value is desired.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier this condition supported only a limited set of user defined and system attributes, but now it has been enhanced to support all data types and additional system attributes. It is now also available for the following contract type attributes and data types:&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Contract Type Multi-Select Lookup'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Multi-Select Choice'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Number'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Currency'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Percentage'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''Date'',&amp;amp;nbsp;''DateTime'', and&amp;amp;nbsp;''URL''. In addition, it is also available for system attributes such as&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Name''&amp;amp;nbsp;and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Type Of Paper''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397346.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387346]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''408653 – Enhancing rules to support power set conditions for multi-select data&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently, ICM supports only the ''Contains/Does Not Contain'' conditions for multi-select data. The ''Contains'' operator does not check whether all selected values of the attribute are a subset of expected values, but only checks for any one of them. Thus, when the rules were evaluated, even the templates, approvers, clauses, etc. that are not required to get executed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this confusion, rules have been further augmented so that the user can configure conditions for power sets (i.e. cases where the user wants a rule to be executed only if the entity field contains a subset of the configured values). This is achieved by introducing the new operator, ''Subset of, ''which is applicable only to multi-select lookup that supports evaluation of string, number, user, percentage and email data types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s consider the example of a template selection rule to select multiple products using the ''Subset of&amp;amp;nbsp;''the operator. Suppose, the rule is defined such that ''Template 1 ''should be selected if the selection is a subset of ''Products A, B, C'', then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} like A,B or B,C or A,C or A,B,C, then ''Template 1'' will be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
*If the user selects any subset of products {A,B,C} &amp;amp; any other product like A,B,C,D or A,B,E, then ''Template 1'' will NOT be available for selection &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 408653.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 408653]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''419834 – Localization of masterdata attributes to support bilingual agreements/templates &amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, ICM did not directly support bilingual agreements and templates. As a result, users had to tag multiple attributes in a template for different languages, thereby ending up duplicating multiple attributes in a contract type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify this process and facilitate bilingual templates, ICM has introduced the ability to tag the same masterdata localized attribute multiple times for different languages which can be tagged in a bilingual template. This allows the user to manage the same attribute with a different language in the same template or agreement. The support for bilingual templates allows the user to specify the second language for the template and also be able to tag localized attributes in the template with the second language.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:'''&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It only supports string attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Localization of masterdata attributes is applicable for - template level support for primary/secondary language, Word Add-in (.NET and Scribe), agreement and clause tags, document assembly, and rule-based assembly &lt;br /&gt;
*Rules will be evaluated in English for the masterdata localized attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*Advanced search also supports the localization of masterdata attributes &lt;br /&gt;
*It is not applicable for associations, template variables, reverse sync, and support tags on the parent agreement clause &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275828 &amp;amp;nbsp;– Template and clause harmonization – Beta version'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The beta version of the ''Legacy Upload'' functionality now provides an option to upload templates and clauses in bulk. This allows users to upload templates, template metadata, extended template entity metadata, template variables, template team, clauses, clause metadata and clause team. It also supports auto-tagging in templates and clauses of template variables, contract type attributes, associations, signatories and clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; To enable auto-tagging, the details need to be provided in a set format/syntax.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;397327 – Ability to drive dependency of template variables on agreement attributes&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, ICM has extended support to template variables being conditional to the value of the attributes that are part of a contract type. The user can track the dependency between the contract type attribute and template variable as well as eliminate the creation of duplicate attributes between them.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be achieved by any user with&amp;amp;nbsp;''Manage''&amp;amp;nbsp;access on&amp;amp;nbsp;''Template Management''&amp;amp;nbsp;tile by enabling the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional&amp;amp;nbsp;''flag for each template variable when creating or editing a template. When the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Is Conditional''&amp;amp;nbsp;flag is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'', a user is able to set a dependent condition on the template variable by using&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute'' (set to ''On'') and&amp;amp;nbsp;its related conditions -&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Value&amp;amp;nbsp;''field.&amp;amp;nbsp;The following conditions decide the dependency between the template variable and contract type attribute:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''On'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the contract type attribute in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
*When&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends on Contract Type Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;is&amp;amp;nbsp;''Off'',&amp;amp;nbsp;then it displays the template variable in the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute''&amp;amp;nbsp;drop-down list.&amp;amp;nbsp; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each selected attribute from&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On Attribute&amp;amp;nbsp;''drop-down list, the user can then enter the&amp;amp;nbsp;''Depends On''&amp;amp;nbsp;''Value''&amp;amp;nbsp;that will drive the dependency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 397327.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 397327]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Artificial Intelligence Apps in ICM ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''386571 – Enhancements in AI Apps&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the 7.9 release, the Negotiate AI, Obligation AI and Visualize AI apps have been further enhanced to improve their usability. These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;These apps are available in ICM through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Negotiate AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While negotiating a particular clause, the contract negotiator would like to quickly find similar clauses in contracts that have already been executed to be able to make informed decisions. This also applies to the agreement as a whole where the negotiator can refer to historical data from similar agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the following options are provided within the Add-in so that the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select a clause/text to find similar clauses from the ICM repository and compare them with the selected one &lt;br /&gt;
*Select similar agreements present in the ICM repository &lt;br /&gt;
*Choose a filter to narrow down the similarity search (for clauses and agreements) within particular type of agreements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It works on Microsoft Office 2016 for Windows version 16.0.4390.1000 or later, and Office .JS installed &lt;br /&gt;
*Discovery workflow is supported only for non-ICM Agreements, but the similarity workflow is supported for both ICM and non-ICM Agreements &lt;br /&gt;
*The supported attribute data types include ''Choice, Currency, Date, Email, Text Area, Number ''and ''String'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obligation AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often business is interested in finding certain types of obligations only. Our ML based obligation discovery finds all the obligations available in the document. In this release, we have enhanced Obligation AI to discover only the specific obligations from the agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;One of the most important aspects of ML algorithms is having the ability to learn from the users actions. In this release, we have enhanced the Obligation AI to immediately learn from user actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the user can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the type of obligation discovery method to be run for a contract i.e. from a ML based generic discovery model or from a predefined set of obligation templates &lt;br /&gt;
*Self-train from the ML obligation discovery ML model based on the actions taken by the user on the discovered obligations and display a higher confidence the next time similar obligations are discovered &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visualize AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, we support the implementation of custom visualization using the following methods:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Data fetching (for example, fetching data from external Web services) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data transformation (for example, adding a custom metadata property node) &lt;br /&gt;
*Data rendering (for example, adding custom nodes in visualization) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discover AI ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''387056 – Add support for Table discovery&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, the Discover AI app has been further enhanced to include Table discovery. Along with clause and metadata, ICM now also extracts tables (including information such as SLAs, price list, etc.) in agreements and displays them on the ''Table Discovery'' tab (on the ''Details'' page).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICM tries to match the discovered table(s) with the associated contract types of the agreement. If a strong match is found, then the table is tagged with that associated contract type, and the table columns are also matched with the attributes of that associated contract type. You can then take relevant action such as creating new instances of the associations. Automatically recognizing table data inside the agreements saves a lot of manual labor of identifying and tagging the data correctly. The table discovery allows you to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Identify and discover the table(s) in the agreement document &lt;br /&gt;
*Update the data in the discovered table as required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Create new instances of the associations for the uploaded agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only the .docx document format is supported.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 387056.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 387056]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to ICM Add-ins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;334171 – Enhancements in Email Outlook Plugin (.JS version) &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new .JS version of the ICM Outlook plugin has been introduced. The overall turnaround time for authoring is reduced as the user no longer needs to download the documents received over email to the local machine, then switch applications and log on to ICM, search the agreement and then upload the documents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The provisioned user can now:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the agreement document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Upload the next version of the associated document (supporting attachments) received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
*Create a new association instance and then upload the associated document received over an email to the agreement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the Outlook Add-in is driven by the masterdata, whereas the list of agreements and their details are configured by the saved searches. You can configure multiple saved searches.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Outlook Add-in (.JS version) is supported on 2 different platforms:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For MAC OS (Mojave): it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office 365 (2016 and above). &lt;br /&gt;
*For Windows 10: it is tested and verified on Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2013 (15.0.5007.1000) and 2016 (16.0.4849.1000) 64-bit and above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Enhancements to Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''275838 – Extended support for user's preferred time zone settings in reports'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously, all the date related columns and parameters in all ICM reports were displayed in the UTC time zone, in the ''mm/dd/yyyy ''format. ICM allowed users to set the date and time format as per their preferred locale settings.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release, all reports will display the date and time as per the ''Time Zone'' set by the user in the user preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the following points need to be noted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When reports are exported to CSV format, due to the inherent property of the CSVS files, the date and time format of the date columns will be as per the user's local machine format, not as per the user preferences set in ICM. &lt;br /&gt;
*In all reports, where the parameters to generate the reports have dates (for example, ''Created Start Date ''and&amp;amp;nbsp;''Created End Date'' in the ''Cycle Time Report''), the default value in these fields are displayed in the UTC time zone. However, when the user changes values in these fields and generates the reports, the dates will then be displayed as per the user’s local time. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If the ''Date Format ''selected in the user’s preferences is ''dd-mmm-yy'', the date value in the field gets converted to the month and vice-versa. As a workaround, the date format in this field has been set as ''mmmm-dd-yyy'', so that the default value is displayed as per the user’s expectations. However, the date format when the report is generated is displayed as per the user’s preferences. For example, if the user selects the ''Date Format'' as ''dd-MMM-yy'' in ''My Preferences'', then the dates displayed in the ''Cycle Time Report'' fields ''Created Start Date ''and ''Created End Date ''are actually set as ''mmmm-dd-yy''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 275838-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 275838 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''385409 – Additional reports added to KPIs&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the reports that are already available on the Dashboard as KPIs (''Agreement Deviation Report, Agreements Pending Approval Report, Agreements Pending Execution Reports, Average Agreement Turn Around Time Report, Clauses Pending Approval Report, Expiring Agreement Report, and Templates Pending Approval Report''), users can now also add the reports shown in the table below. This can be achieved by providing access through ''Security Groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 01]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
For example, the ''Signature Type Report'' KPI depicts the percentage of electronic signatures in ICM. If the number of electronic signatures is 6 and the number of manual signatures is 83, then the KPI is calculated as 6/83+6 = 6/89 (total number of agreements). Therefore, the percentage of electronic signatures displayed on the KPI tile on the Dashboard is 6 (rounded off to nearest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 385409-2nd.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 385409 - 02]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Integration&amp;amp;nbsp;with Collaboration Tools ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''370460 – ICM Bot integration with MS Teams&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By integrating ICM Bot platform with MS Teams, users can collaborate for contract authoring, negotiations, etc. This not only provides a better, seamless user experience, but also helps to discuss ideas, and in turn significantly improve the cycle time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this integration, we support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoking ICM Bot in the Teams app &lt;br /&gt;
*Querying ''My Pending Tasks'' using the ICM Bot to be able to collaborate with others and take decisions on pending tasks and expedite the contracting process &lt;br /&gt;
*Searching for agreements using ICM Bot so that the user can find the relevant agreements, share their status and make informed decisions &lt;br /&gt;
*Using ICM Bot to get answers to frequently asked questions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Setting up ICM Bot is done through a technical configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Salesforce ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''348588 – Configuring field set from Salesforce to ICM using Rest API&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, a new field called ''Field Set Name ''has been introduced that can be configured using the ''Configuration'' page which is accessible through the managed application available in Salesforce AppExchange. When the integration is triggered from Salesforce, the adapter can read the metadata and send only the attributes defined for the entity field set. If the field set is not defined, the adapter sends all the attributes for that entity.&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;It is necessary to create a new field set for every Salesforce entity. The field set determines the fields that the user can edit in a particular Salesforce entity instead of having to select each field individually. For example, a field set created for an Opportunity can have fields such as ''Opportunity Name, Opportunity ID, etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''397315 – Create mapping between template variable for agreements and SFDC fields'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICM Salesforce adapter allows mapping of Salesforce entities and their attributes to be integrated with ICM for data flow from Salesforce to ICM (forward sync) as well as ICM to Salesforce (reverse sync). This was previously done using ''Client App Entity Mapping ''on the ''Masterdata Configuration'' page which allows mapping the ICM Attributes from contract types, but not from agreement templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this release, administrators can now use attributes defined at the template level to store critical external data as part of the agreement and sync with Salesforce, thus avoiding data duplication and redundancy in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Icertis Experience for&amp;amp;nbsp;Workday ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''384529 – Executed PDF from ICM to Workday&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Customers using Workday ERP application to manage their procure-to-pay process want to have end-to-end integration to Icertis Contract Management (ICM) platform for managing their procurement process.&amp;amp;nbsp;The Icertis platform already supports integration to Workday Financials and HCM via an adapter. As part of this integration, contracts authored in the ICM platform can be sent to Workday via the adapter and attached to Workday contracts in the .docx format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, with the help of Event based configuration in the adapter, it is possible to send the agreement document in .PDF or .docx format to Workday for a specific event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enhancements to Adobe Sign ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''344436 – Support for ''Print, sign and upload'' (wet signed copy) and sync back in ICM&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; Adobe Sign provides users the capability of signing documents manually using the ''Print, sign'' and ''upload'' option. However, earlier when the agreement document was wet signed and uploaded, it did not get synced back to ICM, and the agreement would get blocked in that state. With this release, ICM supports syncing back the signed agreement document and changed status, so that the user can proceed with the workflow as expected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is selected, then system mandates all the users to sign the agreement document using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option of Adobe Sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*If the ''Wet Signatures Only'' option is not selected, then users can either sign it electronically or use the ''Print, sign and upload'' option to sign it manually. However, in this case if any user signs using the ''Print, sign and upload'' option, since all the signature tags will be lost, Adobe Sign will add an additional page to the end of agreement document that will have signature tags for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign. &lt;br /&gt;
*Attribute sync back to ICM will only work for the first signatory. Once Adobe Sign’s ''Print-Sign-Upload'' option is used, attribute tags are not available for subsequent signatories who are yet to sign the document. &lt;br /&gt;
*In case of parallel signatures, the wet signature option is not applicable. If the''Wet Signature Only ''option is selected, then the agreement will be stuck in the ''Approved'' state. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:7.9 Release Notes 344436.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes 344436]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#008000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''430578 – Sending additional supporting documents to Adobe Sign&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The current ''Send for Signature'' functionality only allows users to send the main agreement for signature. It does not allow users to add the supporting documents along with the main agreement document.&amp;amp;nbsp;With this release,&amp;amp;nbsp;ICM will support preview and sending of the associated documents (attachments) along with the main agreement for signature.&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note:&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Only agreement specific tags will be displayed in the agreement document when reviewing and signing it. After the agreement document is signed, only agreement will be synchronized with ICM again. The associated documents (attachments in the Word or PDF format that are associated to the main agreement) will be available for selection when sending it for signature.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;image-green-border&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
== Technical Requirements for Release 7.9 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Icertis Contract Management base system can be accessed from any device with an Internet connection and a supported Internet browser. Not all features may be available in all the environments and specific customer environments may have other requirements. The software and hardware requirements for client system as well as mobile application are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Operating Systems table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Other Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Special Requirements table 2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG|720px|7.9 Release Notes Microsoft Office table 2.PNG]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>IDT-5</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>